Yang Li Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine PDF - PDFCOFFEE.COM (2024)

wlt~

,a,- ,

.

~kvj --~

~

4~

+

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

19

a -1 5 CP F& * Yang Li

Beijing Science, and Technology Press

Name List

of the Translation Committee of

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

First Edition 1998 ISBN 7 -5304 -2025-9/R-212 Published y

Editor-in-chief : Dong Shuang-chen Associte Editor-in-chief : Niu Jie-zhen Wang Yong-xiang Editor : Ma Xue-mei Wang Yong-mei Wang Su-ying Wang Xue-min Wang Su-qing Shi Geng-shan

Tian Yong-ying

Beijing Science & Technology Press

Li Shao-feng

`16 Nandajie Xizhimen, Beijing, 100035, P . R . China Printed y

Song Zhi-fang

Li Ge Sun Bing-tang

Beijing No 3 Printing House

Zhang Qin Wu Li-fang

Distri uted y

Zhao Chen-wei

China International Book Trading Corporation 35 Chegongzhuang Xilu, Beijing 100044, China P .O . Box 399, Beijing, China

Zhang Shang-lian Chen Ning Qin Yong-sheng

Hou J ian-j un Su Wei-nong English Editor : Richard R . Pearce Foster Stockwell Zhang Qin Proofreader : Shi Geng-shan Song' Zhi-fang

Printed in the People's Repu lic of China

Consultant : Wang Wei Chen Sheng-an Zhang Nuan Tong De-kun Dong Jia-li

Wang Wu-xu Zhou Ji-chun Zhao Xiang-lin Meng Shuang-qun

A Brief Introduction to the Author

A Brief Introduction to the Author a~ Yang Li, professor at the Graduate Department of the TCM Institute of China, is a well-known expert in Yi science and a TCM A : 19FOC t- tfi *1

theorist . Her works have made great contri utions to the dissemination of Chinese culture . Among them are the Book of Changes and

(E tr_1% t) )

Traditional Chinese Medicine, Advance Diagnosing of Diseases in Chinese Medicine and Chinese Medical Science of Breath Exercises, which have had a great influence on medical practice oth at home and a road . All these ooks have een highly commended and have won many prizes .

1~~~

T 7jC~

Richard R . Pearce Foster Stockwell -4-1 0 1 . U it V, ~T

A

~E tFA Wftl JJttAM#

The Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine was awarded the World Golden Prize of Taiji Science in 1993 ecause of the unique and original, ideas set forth in the ook . It has also een awarded the National Best-selling Prize for Outstanding Books on Science and Technology, the Second Prize for Excellent Books of Beijing, and the First Prize for Excellent Books of 10 Provinces/ Cities in North China . The ook is availa le in oth simplified and complex Chinese characters and has

een translated into English,

Japanese and Korean editions, which are selling well in different parts of the world . Forthcoming ooks y Yang Li : Series on the 5000 Years of Chinese Culture : 1 . Classics of 5000 Years of Chinese Culture 2 . Classics of 5000 Years of Chinese Science 3 . Classics of 5000 Years of Chinese Literature

SYNOPSIS

SYNOPSIS

3

ences, such as philosophical thinking, psychoethics, astronomy,

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

meteorology, genetics, ecology, ionics, phenology, language and temperament, which are all expounded in the context of the philosophy of Changes . The arguments and views presented in the

Yiching or The Book of Changes, originally titled Zhouyi (The Zhou Changes), is a monumental work which com ines Chinese philosophy, social sciences and natural sciences . It represents

ook are discussed systematically and profoundly with a rigorous scientific approach . The ideas set forth y the author are unique and original, and some of them are theoretical reakthroughs, especially those related to im-

the asics of Chinese culture and has had a great influence on many

portant issues concerning traditional Chinese medicine, for which

ranches of learning in China, particularly on traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) . As a matter of fact, the asic concepts of traditional Chinese medicine are rooted in The Book of Changes . tional

the author was awarded the 'World Golden Prize of Taiji and

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine (availa le in oth Chinese and English) is an outstanding academic ook of sci-

and a TCM theoretician .

ence and also a monographic work on health preservation, which will e of great value to research work in oth Yi-science and TCM theories . This

ook organically com ines the theories in The Book of Changes with traditional Chinese medicine, systematically analyses the close relations etween them, and highlights the significance of the philosophy of Changes to traditional Chinese medical theories . It contains rilliant expositions on Yi-science, traditional Chinese medicine and taiji science (supreme ultimate science) . Centered on the medical Yi-science, it enlightens and inspires readers to delve into the effects of Yi-science on life, qigong, health preservation, preventive medicine, nutrition medicine and time medicine, thus opening a new field for the study of life science, development of medicine and TCM theories . The ook covers a wide range of social sciences and natural sci-

Science' in 1993 . The author Prof . Yang Li is a well-known expert in Yi-science

3

A Brief Introduction to

FOREWORD

the Book of Changes

5

A Brief Introduction to the Book of Changes

FOREWORD

The rilliant ancient culture of China has made great contri utions to world culture . A prized gem of Chinese culture is Zhou Yi, or the Book of Changes, a monumental work whose significance to

Zhou Yi or the Book of Changes, is a monumental work of ancient China and a prized gem in the treasury of Chinese culture . It has had a great influence on philosophy, literature, historical studies, religion, as well as natural and social sciences . Down the cen-

the world is hardly second to any other pu lication . The Book of Changes

is

the fountainhead

of

Chinese culture,

the principal source of Chinese philosophy, social sciences and natural sciences . It has greatly influenced the history of Chinese civilization . Its importance lies not only in what is covered in the Classic of Changes and Commentaries on the Changes, the two component parts of the ook, ut also in some 3000 related works on Yi philosophy (philosophy of Changes), the many ancient schools of thought that derived from this philosophy, and the comprehensive system of Yi science it nurtured . All this makes the Book of Changes an inexhausti le well and unlimited treasury of human knowledge . That Yi philosophy has not only survived

ut remained active for thousands of years is ecause the Book of Changes is a pivotal link etween the past and the future . It has organically com ined ancient and modern Chinese civilization, joined the lifelines of Chinese culture and vigorously promoted its development. Thus, studying the Book of Changes is of far-reaching significance to Chinese culture .

turies, no less than 3000 scholars have researched and annotated the work, and the numerous schools of thought that derived from Yi philosophy have accumulated into the imperisha le Yi science, whose profound and far-reaching influence in China and a road has few parallels throughout the world . The theoretical comprehensiveness and importance of the Book of Changes lies not only in what is covered in the Yi Jing, or Clasof Changes, and Yi Zhuan, or Commentaries on the Changes, the two component parts of the ook, ut also in some 3000 related works on Yi philosophy (philosophy of Changes), the many an-

sic

cient schools of thought that derived from this philosophy, and the comprehensive system of Yi science it nurtured . All this makes the Book of Changes an inexhausti le well and unlimited treasury of human knowledge . The Book of Changes, or its essence, has two major connotations : Yi philosophy and Xiang Shu (Divination) . Xiang Shu is the asis of Yi philosophy.- Without Xiang Shu there would e no Yi philosophy . It is the charm and attraction of Xiang Shu that has made Yi philosophy more popular than any other system of philosophy . Xiang Shu has permeated traditional Chinese culture more widely and has een applied more flexi ly than any other science . As

FOREWORD

FOREWORD

phy, meteorology, astronomy, medical psychology, architecture,

y the Book of Changes . The Book of Changes adopted the essence of the principles of yin and yang (neg-

calendrical science, geography and forecasting science, ancient or

ative and positive) and zvuxing (the five elements : metal, wood,

modern, are closely related to Xiang Shu . This reflects the great value of Xiang Shu principles in Chinese culture . Especially close

water, fire and earth) of the pre-Qin period, and The Emperor's Canon of Medicine also took them as its asic theories, which shows

are the relations etween Xiang Shu and TCM . This ook provides an in-depth analysis of the relations

the particular "kinship" etween ; these two monumental works . The Book of Changes can e regarded as the fountainhead of The Emperor's Canon of Medicine, for the latter a sor ed the

a matter of fact o all ranches of learning in China such as philoso-

etween

the Book of Changes and TCM ased on a com ination of systematic expositions and monographic study . It highlights the significance of Yi philosophy and Xiang Shu patterns of reasoning to the theories of TCM . It can e regarded as the first comprehensive treatise that com ines Yi with TCM . This ook shows that TCM and Yi are interlinked philosophiDally and it ela orates on the application of the medical theories of Yi . While stressing the application of Yi theories to the life, medicine and forecasting science, the

science of

ook gives rilliant and o-

was deeply influenced

essence of the Changes, creatively developed many of its theories and even improved on some of then . This has made the Canon a great medical classic, as rilliant as the Changes . By fully incorporating the theories of the Changes and creatively integrating them with medical science, the Canon has made TCM a ranch of the natural sciences with a very high philosophical value, and has strongly promoted its development . Thus it is o vious that TCM science and

Yi

science developed from the same origin, and the asic

riginal expositions on a wide range of human knowledge, from the

theories of the former stemmed from those of the latter . As the emi-

exploration of the mysteries of life, the secrets of health and anti-senility to reha ilitation medicine, encephalogy, sexology, language and a-

nent doctor Sun Simiao once said, "You cannot master medicine un-

coustics, medicated diet, medical cosmetology, qigong, acupuncture, ionic medicine, genetic iotics, phenological iotics and so on, which are all expounded in the context of the Book of Changes . The Book' of Changes, with its a struse philosophy and road connotations, is the origin of the natural sciences and the prime source of many ranches of learning . Virtually

all

ranches of learn-

ing in China originated in the Book of Changes . TCM, a ranch of the natural sciences, surely has an insepara le relationship with the Book of Changes . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine, an authoritative work on TCM written' at a out the same time as Yi Zhuan,

til you have studied the Book of Changes . " It is hardly exaggerating to say that no doctor in Chinese medical history has ever studied The Emperor's Canon of Medicine without consulting the Book of Changes . But to make a deeper study of The Emperor's Canon of Medicine, there is need to have a thorough understanding of the Book of Changes, so that its origin can e traced, its essence inherited and the study of TCM further developed . It is a pity that the Book of Changes is difficult to understand ecause it is written in art archaic language, and there is riot yet any ook dealing specially with the relationship etween the Book of Changes and TCM . On the one hand, increasing interest in the

FOREWORD

INTRODUCTION

Book" of Changes in Chit}a and a road has aroused a widespread

"craze" over the

ook . On the other,

ooks on Yi, or the

INTRODUCTION

Changes, are far too few to meet the demand . It was ecause of this that I decided to write the present ook . In the course of writing I have read intensively a large num er of related works, including rare

Chinese culture as represented

y Zhou Yi, or the Book of

versions of the Book of Changes and extracts from Chinese classics,

Changes, is a fertile soil in which traditional Chinese medicine

and have epitomized the thoughts of different schools, analyzed

(TCM) is rooted . For thousands of years it has nurtured the growth

them, and incorporated them into what I had gained from my re-

of TCM and contri uted to the prosperity of the Chinese nation .

searches over the years . The text of this

ook was revised three

times efore it was pu lished .

The reason why TCM can remain vigorous for thousands of years is in its unique theoretical system that is rooted in Chinese cul-

Extracts from and analysis of the original Book of Changes are

ture . This ook focuses on the study of Yi, or Changes, as related

ook, which contains authentic materials, in-

to TCM and also takes into account the influences of Confucianism,

depth discussions and accurate quotations from other sources . Hope-

Taoism and Buddhism and various ancient Chinese schools of

fully, it will help readers to study the Book of Changes more easily and quickly and facilitate their advanced studies in the future . This

thought . It reflects the interdependence

also included in this

nese culture and TCM .

een

In recent years an intense interest in the Book of Changes and

highly commended . It has also een well received in medical circles .

in TCM has sprung up almost simultaneously . This is not a coinci-

I wish to express my sincere thanks to the successive directors

dence, for TCM and the Book of Changes are closely related and

ook has

een used as a text ook for postgraduates and has

etween Yi-centered Chi-

and staff of Beijing Science and Technology Press for their assistance in the pu lishing of this

ook . I am particularly grateful to Mr .

Zhang Jingde, the executive editor of my ook and present director

mutually dependent and have had much the same experience in history .

TCM and the Book of Changes are the core of traditional Chi-

and concurrent chief editor of the Press, for his insight and recogni-

nese culture . Along with the study of Yi, or the Changes, as a

tion of talent and his great support and hard work .

medical science, the importance of TCM is increasing

oth in China

and a road . Studying the medicative values of Yi has already Yang Li

aroused widespread interest . It marks a new trend in the study of

Graduate Department,

TCM that will e of far-reaching significance to its rule in medical

Traditional Chinese Medical Institute of China

practice around the world . Continued' research in Yi medical science

Beijing

will definitely promote the development of TCM and open up new

Winter 1988

fields in its study and practice .

CONTENTS Chapter One Introduction

(1)

Chapter Two The Author of Book of Changes and Its Place in History

Chapter Three The Structure of

Book

(8)

of Changes

and Its

Main Content

(12)

(12) Book of Changes (13)

Section 1

The Structure of Book of Changes

Section 2

The Main Content of

Chapter Four

The Nature of Book of Changes (15)

Chapter Five

The Basic Theories of Book of Changes (18)

(21) Book of Changes and The Theories of TCM The Particular Relationship etween Book of Changes

Chapter Six Section 1 and

TCM

Section

2

(21)

The Kinship Between the Theoretical System of

Book of Changes and the Emperor's Canon of Medicine Chapter Seven The Similarities Between Medicine and Book

(23)

CONTENTS

CONTENTS of Changes

(30)

Section 3 The Time and Space Relationship Between the

Section 1

Similarity in the View of Movement (30)

He Map,

Section 2

The Similarity of Integrity (31) The Similarity of the View of Balance (32)

Moon and Earth

Section 3

Chapter Twelve Chapter Eight The racy Study of Book of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (36)

the Luo

Writing and the System of Sun,

Book of Changes and The Science of Human.

Life Section 1 . A Survey_ of the Development of the Science of Human Life

Chapter Nine The Eight Trigrams and TCM (45) Section 1 Origin, Arrangement and Types of the Eight (45) Trigrams Section 2

The Formation, Arrangement and Meaning of Sixty-Four Dou le Hexagrams (56)

Section 3

Section 2- The Eight Trigrams and the Science of Human Life Section 3 Section 4

(89)

(93) (93) (97)

Taiji and the Science of Human Life (110) The He Map, the Luo Writing, and the Science

of Human Life

. . .

(114)

Quality and Significance of the Eight Trigrams

11

(64)

Chapter Ten Map of The Grand Terminus and Theory of :. ; (70) TCM Section 1 Map of the Grand Terminus (70) Section 2 Philosophical Moral of the Map of the Grand Terminus Section 3 Map of the Grand Terminus and Yin Yang Qi

(74)

Hua Chapter Eleven The He Map, The Lao Writing and TCM

(76)

Theory Section 1 The Explanation of the He Map and the Luo

(81)

(86)

Research on

The Temperament y The Eight

Trigrams of Book of Changes (126) Section 1 The Division of Temperaments and Its Significance

(126)

Section 2 The Theory of Temperament in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine and Its Clinical Significance (137) Section 3

Contrastive Studies of Temperament in China

and A road Chapter Fourteen Book of Changes and Forecasting

(141) (148)

Section 2

.. . . . . Book of Changes Series and Forecasting . . . . . (148) Divination in Changes and Information . . . . . . (152)

Section 3 Section 4

(157) Divinatory Methods in Book of Changes Characterisiics of Divination in Book of Changes

Section 1

Writing Through Trigrams (81) Section 2 The Num ers in the He Map and the Luo Writing and the Five Elements

Chapter Thirteen

and Its Influence on Forecasting (161) Section 5

Forecasting with Qigong (163)

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Techniques Chapter Fifteen Book of Changes and Forecasting Medical Science of TCM Section

1

Section 3

Section 2 (167)

Physiognomy in TCM (167)

Book of

(197),

(197) Book of Changes Section 2 Book of Changes and Taoist Qigong (205)

Book of Changes and Buddhist Qigong (212)

Chapter Seventeen

Book

of Changes and The Science of The

Brain

(215)

Section 1 The Re-evaluation of the Dynamic Role of Consciousness

(215)

Section 2 A Brief Account of the Development of Psychophysiology-Both at Home and A road (217) Section 3 Book of Changes and the Development of Psychophysiology

(221)

Section 4 Qigong of the Brain (222) Chapter Eighteen

Book

of Changes

and Medicated Diet : • • • (241)

Principles Section 2 The Eight Trigrams, Medical Food and

Acupuncture and Moxi ustion (232) -

(242)

(243) Medicated Diet Section 3 Rising and Decreasing of Qi According to Time in Book of Changes And the Biological Clock in Taking (245) Medicated Food Section 4

The Theory of Purgation and Invigoration and Medicated Food to Life (247)

Chapter Twenty Book of Changes and Aesthetic Medicine . . . . ... ... . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. .. . . . ... .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . ... . . . . . . Section 1 Connotation of Aesthetic Medicine in Book of (251) Changes Section 2 The Application of Aesthetic Medicine in Book (254) of Changes Chapter Twenty-one

of Changes and The Study of

Section 1 Book of Changes and the Midnight-Noon E Flow Technique, and the Eight Magic Turtle

Chapter Nineteen Book

Section 1 Xiang in Book of Changes and Medicated Diet

Changes and Chinese Qigong

(Breathing Exercises) Section 1 The Theory of Chinese Qigong Originating in

Section 3

(238)

(185)

The Forecasting Value of Dreams (194)

Chapter Sixteen

The Eight Trigrams in Book of Changes and Acupuncture and Moxi ustion • (236) Section 3 Book of Changes and Coordinating the Acupuncture Points

Section 2 Forecasting According to the Appearance of Hands

(232)

Book of Changes and The Three Basic

Laws of The Universe • • • • •• • *-*, • • • • ( 266) Section 1 The Unity of Time and Space and the Holistic View of the Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams, the

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

He Map and the Luo Writing (266) Section 2 The Unity of Motion and Relative Rest and Balance View of The Grand Terminus, The Eight Trigrams, the He Map and the Luo Writing (272) Section 3 The Unity of Yin-Yang Opposites and Motion View of the Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams, the He Map and the Luo Writing (279)

Eight Trigrams Deriving Law (300) Section 4 The Origin of Life--the Deriving Law of the Grand Terminus in Microcosm (303) Section 5

Book of Changes and Human Genesis (307)

O serving the Grand Terminus in Macrocosm From the Occurrence of the Solar System (309)

Section 6

Chapter Twenty-four Book of Changes and Sexology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (316)

Chapter Twenty-two The Holistic Existence of The Grand Terminus (Ta(ji) and The Eight Trigrams in The Whole Cosmos Section 1 The Definition of Holisticism and Its Source

It

(282) (282)

The Holisticism of Taiji and the Eight Trigrams

Section 2 (286) in Book of Changes Section 3 The Map of Taiji : Epitome of Cosmic Motion (288) Laws Section 4 The Holisticism of Taiji and the Eight Trigrams (289) in the Human Body Section 5 The Special Holistic Areas in the Human Body (291)

Section 1

A Survey of This Chapter (316)

Section 2 Section 3

The Origin of Sexology in China (317) The Decrease-Increase Theory in Book of

Changes and Sexology

Section 4 The Application of the Decrease-Increase Theory to Sexuality Recorded on the Excavated Bam oo Slips from the Ma Wang Dui Han Ruins (325) Section 5 The Application of the Decrease-Increase Theory to Sexual Techniques Recorded in the Book Effective Prescriptions Section 6 Section 7 Section 8

Chapter Twenty-three Book of Changes and The Occurrence (296) of The Universe Profound Meaning of the Occurrence of the Law (296) of Yin Yang Yao Section 2 The He Map and the Luo Writing-the Map of

Section 1

the Derivation of Everything (297) Section 3 Imagination A out the Grand Terminus-the

(322)

(327)

Sexual. Qigong (332) Bionics in Sexuality (339) Sexual Periodicity (341)

Section 9 The Decrease-Increase Theory in Sexuality (344) Chapter Twenty-five

Book of Changes

and Theory of

Senility (349) Section 1 Modern Theories of Senility (349) Section 2

Taiji Life Clock of Eight Trigrams and Book of

Changes

(358)

I,

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Section 5

The Brain and Anti-Senility (365) (370) Life Recapitulation and Anti-Senility . . . (373) • Dynamic Qigong and Anti-Senility

Section 6 Section 7

***-****,*-,*** (376) **,***•, Yang Qi and Life . . . . Water and Anti-Senility (378)

Section 3 Section 4

Chapter Twenty-six Book of Changes and Acoustics (382) Section 1 Essentials of Acoustic Information (382) Section 2 Profound Meanings of Incantations in Book of ( 386) Changes Section 3 Investigation into Special Speech Sounds Incantations, Cosmic Language and Qigong Language (389) Section 4

of Changes and The Life, Science (440) Section 1 The Law of Reverse Motion and the Law of Recapitulation Section 2 The Reverse Motion of Consciousness and its Significance

(440)

(444) Section 3 The Repression-Releasing Effects on Homologous Organs Left y Reverse Motion (448) Section 4 The Application of the Theory of Homologous Organs to Medical Science (451) Chapter Twenty-nine

Book of Changes and Bionics (461)

Section 1 The Bionic Idea in Book of Changes (461) Section 2 Bionic Medical Science (464)

Speech Sound : Science of Traditional Chinese Chapter Thirty

Chapter Twenty-seven

Book of Changes and Biological

Section 1

(415) Clocks (415) Section 1 A General Survey of Biological Clocks Section 2 Information on Periodic Rhythm Existing in the (416) Universe Section 3 The Formation Mechanism of the Biological Clock Section 4 Taiji Clock and Its Important Enlightenment _ Section 5 Section 6

(417) (421)

The Application of the Taiji Clock (429) (431) The Calculation of the Biological Clock

Chapter Twenty-eight

The Law of Reverse Motion in Book

Section 2 Section 3

Book of Changes and Genetics (476) Summary of Genetics (476) Life's Genetic System (480) Theory of Change and the Genetic Principle (483)

Section 4

The Eight Trigrams, the Grand Terminus and

the Genetic Code (484) Section 5 Book of Changes and Eugenics (490) Chapter Thirty-one Section 1 Section 2 Section 3

Book of Changes and Ecology (500) Ecology and Ecosystem (500) Book of Changes and Ecological Balance (501)

The Enlightenment of Book of Changes to Ecological Balance

(504)

CONTENTS Section 4

Book of"Changes' and Sym iosis (511)

Extracts From The Original Book of Changes and Analysis ... ... . . . ... ... . .. .. . . .. ... . .. ... ... . . . . . . .. . ... . .. ... .. . . .. ... . . . . . . (517) . . . . . ... .. . . .. .. .. .. . . . ... ... ... ... ... (517) Part I .. . . . . ... . .. ... . . . ... . .. . . ... . .. .. . . .. . .. ... ... (544) Part II .. . ... ... ... .. . ... .. . . .. ... ... . .. . .

Chapter One

Introduction

Engels said, "A nation will never reach the scientific peak without the a ility to reasgn-scientifically . " Chinese culture egan with Book of Changes, which was a great work incorporating Chinese philosophy, natural and social sciences, and a crystallization of Yan Di (Emperor Yan) and Huang Di (Emperor Huang) . Book of Changes is one of the most precious contri utions of

Chinese culture, which has exerted a great influence on Chinese philosophy, -literature,' historical study, as well as natural and social sciences .

As Ban

Gu, the

famous

historian of the Han Dynasty com-

mented, "The theory contained in Book of Changes is so profound that it had een passed on from the ancient times when the three sages lived . " The Chinese classics include Book of Changes, Book of History, Poems, Rituals, and The Spring and Autumn Annals . Book of Changes, with its great profundity, ranks first among them, from

which one can see its position in traditional Chinese culture . Confucius attached high value to it, claiming that it was well in accordance with the laws of nature and that its profundity could never e exhausted . The Outline of the Contents of Si Ku Quan Shu ((W X .(L )) says, "Book -of Changes covers such a wide range of knowledge that such fields as astronomy, geography, music, art of war, and prosodity can all find a place in it . " Laozi , an outstanding work of philosophy in the pre-Qin period, attri utes its in-

t Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

cisive view to Boqk of Changes . Metaphisics (Taixuan) y Yang Xiong, a scholar of the Han Dynasty, a sor ed the merits of oth Book of Changes and Laozi, which made it a much etter philosophical ook than its contemporaries . The far-reaching influence of Book of Changes can e seen from these orrowings .

Sun Simiao, one of the most famous doctors in Chinese history, once stated, "Medicine cannot e mastered efore you have studied Book of Changes" . A Warning in Medicine ((1Kf7 P)) concluded, "The guidance to medicine is implied everywhere in Book of Changes", which reflects the close relationship etween medicine and Book of Changes, as well as the great influence of the ook on

TCM . Book of Changes is divided into two parts, Yi Jing (The Text) and Yi Zhuan (The Commentaries) . The former is the original work that came into eing at the end of the Western Zhou Dynasty as a ook on natural sciences in ancient times . It is a summary of research in the fields of natural and social sciences, history, and philosophy and a masterpiece incorporating the natural sciences and philosophy . Since it is concerned with many realms of human knowledge, such as. astronomy, geography, music, and the art of war . Book of Changes is wide ranging in that it was intended as an investigation of the mysteries of the universe y num ers, theories and sym ols . Some scholars elieve Book of Changes is a joint work y Fu Xi, King Wen, Zhougong and Confucius, with Fu Xi drawing the Eight Trigrams, King Wen inventing the judgements to the hexagrams, Zhougong writing the text pertaining to individual lines, and Confucius composing The Commentaries (Yi Zhuan) . The three schools of Chinese thought, Confucianism, Taoism and Mohism, as well as other schools, are all ased on Book of Changes

Chapter One

Introduction

3

This

shows it has had an unrivaled influence on Chinese culture and acsence, as well as on the world . The Commentaries (Yi Zhuan) was written during the period

Fmm the Spring and Autumn period till the middle of the Warring States Period . It is an explanation and ela oration on Yi Jing (The Tart) and a comprehensive expression of philosophy, and social and natural sciences efore the Spring and Autumn Period, in which The Commentaries is a further development of Yi Jing as well as a refinement of it . The explanation in The Commentaries is a great contri ution made to Chinese culture . Yi Jing and Yi Zhuan comrise Book of Changes, the theory of which is called the theory of

changes . It is, no dou t, a magnificent classic incorporating philosophy, science and culture . Book of Changes contains a rich stock of dialectic thought .

What is more valua le is the mass of philosophy related to medicine implied in it . Therefore, medicine is said to have the same origin as Book of Changes .

Since ancient times, Book of Changes has not only received a great deal of attention from philosophers and historians, ut has also een commented and interpreted y no less than 3, 000 scholars since the Han Dynasty . (206 BC-220 AD) For example, The Meaning of Medicine and Book of Changes ((KM X)) contained in Dia graphical Interpretation of Leijing (( A 40!3i IU

) ) y Zhang Jingyue in the Ming Dynasty (1368-1644 AD) derived some theories from Book of Changes . Book

of Changes, with its profound theories and wide range of

knowledge, is the source of natural sciences, the root of the correct world outlook and the origin of many ranches of learning . Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM), a

ranch of the natural sciences,

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter One Introduction

surely possesses au insepara le relationship with Book' of Changes . The asic theories of the Emperor's Canon of Medicine, such as Yin and Yang (the negative and positive), Zang Xiang (the outside imagic representation of organs) and Qihua (the production, circulation and function of vital energy) were all derived from Book of Changes . In addition, Book of Changes provides a rich source of

losophy and medicine, it has made a great contri ution to the development of TCM as well as to promoting the development of philoso-

medical data, including records of fourteen diseases, eight medical her s, and many terms of physiological dissection, sterility and psychological treatment . Thus, the study of the Emperor's Canon of Medicine cannot e accomplished without tracing it to its original source . Book of Changes, the Emperor's Canon of Medicine and Yi Zhuan were written at a out the same period, with the latter during the time from the Spring and Autumn Period till the Warring States Period and the former from the Warring States Period to the Han Dynasty . As a result, the Emperor's Canon of Medicine etrays the great influence of Book of Changes, with much of its philosophy im ued in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine . Since the Emperor's Canon of Medicine a sor ed the essence of Book of Changes as well as expanded many of the theories of Book of Changes, it has ecome a masterpiece in medicine, summarizing the results of the medical research efore the Han Dynasty . Many of the theories orrowed y the Emperor's Canon of Medicine were further improved y it, thus making it not only a medical classic ut also a scientific work on iology, anthropology, philosophy and logic, as rilliant as Book of Changes . Since the Emperor's Canon of Medicine adopted the essence of other pre-Qin works of philosophy and natural sciences, it has not only ecome the initiator of the theories of TCM, : ut has also made important progress

in philosophy . As a thorough com ination of phi-

5

phy and other natural sciences . In terms of philosophy, > Book of Changes is the ancestor of Confucian thought . Confucianism originated from Book of Changes, with the former taking Book of Changes as the standard of morality . Consequently, there have een no Confucian scholars who have not devoted their studies to Book of Changes . The Commentaries is said to have een written y Confucius . The Classic of Taoism, Laozi finds its source in Book of Changes . Laozi is actually an explanation of `Book of Changes . The famous saying in Laozi "Tao leads to one, one leads to two, two leads to three and three creates everything" was derived from "Birth and re irth are called changes" . All of Laozi- was ased on Book of Changes Confucius followed Book of Changes' doctrine on Being Positive while Taoism followed that of

Negative, thus giving rise to the different doctrines of two schools . The views of Mohism were also ased on Book of Changes, with the main idea that the changes from rise to decline are the natural law of development. This is in correspondence with the doctrine of changes taught y Book of Changes . These make it clear that the three schools of thought in Chinese culture all originated from Book of Changes and that Book of Changes has no rival in the range it covers and the influence it has had on Chinese culture . Though Book of Changes includes some waste, its philosophical thought, as well as implication on medicine, has exerted a great influence on traditional Chinese culture . Hence, Book of Changes can e said to e the source of TCM . This is why some people claim that "medicine equals Book of Changes" . Since every ranch of learning has its own origin, it cannot e completely mastered without eing

BookIof Changes and T adiiionµl Chimes Medicine traced to its origin . Only y knowing its origin can one know the occurrence and development of this ranch of learning and make further developments . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine is the initiator of the theories of TCM, yet it has an origin of its own . Book of Changes as the ancestor of Chinese culture, surely has exerted a great influence on TCM . Book of Changes, with a-great influence on the Emperor's Canon of Medicine, plays an important role ;: in . the formation and development of the theories' o . f TCM . As it adopted the essences of the theories of Yin and Yang and Wuxing (the Five Elements) of the pre-Qin period, which TCM has taken as its asic theory, Book of Changes must have a peculiar kinship with TCM . The Commentaries was compiled etween the Spring and AutunVi Period (790 - 476 BC) and the Warring States Period, (475-221 BC) while the Emperor's Canon, of Medicine was, writ ten etween the Warring States Period and the Han Dynasty . Since the two ooks were asically contemporary, the Emperor's Canon of Medicine fully adopted the essence of Book of Changes (including the theory of Yin and Yang and the Five Elements, which came into eing during the Warring States Period) and com ined this creatively with medicine, rendering TCM an independent ranch of natural science with a high level of theoretical reasoning . With the great contri utions made to the health of the Chinese people, the Emperor's Canon of Medicine has proved to e a great work of TCM . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine and Book of Changes have influenced each other, with the former influenced y the latter as well as spurring further developments in it . The Emperor's

Canon of Medicine greatly promoted the development of TCM . Therefore, medicine has inherited a great deal from Book of Changes, with the former originating from as well as fostering the

Chapter Qne

Introduction

alavdopment of the latter . There have

7

een no doctors who have

somAed the Emperor's Canon of Medicine without making reference Book of Changes . Therefore, to make a further study of the

Emperor's Canon of Medicine, ' as well as the theories of TCM, Am is every necessity to study Book of Changes . It is a pity that Book of Changes is quite' difficult to underw A . Furthermore, some waste can

e found in it, It seems that

shortcomings have overshadowed its value . Yet, its value can er e completely covered up y its defects . To further research

Emperor's Canon of Medicine, it is necessary to study Book of ages so that reakthroughs can- e made in the study of the theoof TCM, and the essences of it can e carried forward .

at Ma Wang Dui, Changsha, Hunan Province in 1973, Chapter Two The Author of Book of Changes and Its Place in History is a gem in Chinese' culture . The second was Lian Shan Yi ((A III 4)) . ' It was compiled Chapter

Two

The Author of Book of Changes and Its Place in History

Book of Changes comprises two parts, The Text and The Commentaries . The linear signs, judgement to the hexagrams, and the text pertaining to the individual lines from The Text . And Zhuan ((p) the commentary on the Decision), Xiang ((*) the Image sym ol), Wen Yan MC a ) commentary on the Words of The Text), Xi Ci (MM the Appended Judgements), Shuo Gua ((%*) Discussion on the Trigrams), Xu Gua ((JM the Structure of the Hexagrams) and Za Gua ((,tr. t') the Relationships of the Lines to One Another), altogether seven in style, form the Zhuan (The Commentaries) . Therefore, these articles are known as the Seven Wings . In the Han Dynasty, the scholars added the three articles or Yi Wei to Yi Zhuan (The Commentaries) , turning the Seven Wings into Ten Wings . The origins of Book of Changes are hazy . There were said to e three versions of Book of Changes in ancient times . The first was Zhou Yi, the version of Book of Changes still in current use . It was invented y Fu Xi . The Text contains sixty-four Hexagrams, with Qian Gua as the first . Though it has no ver al explanation, it is as transparent as if it had . Regarded as the ancestor of Chinese culture and ased on many schools of Chinese thought, it

y Shen Nong and also was called Xia Yi It takes Gen Gua (Shan Gua) as the first trigram . There are eight trigrams and sixty-four hexagrams . The name of the ook refers to Shen Nong, who was also known as Yan Di (Emperor Yan) and had the surname of Shan Shi . That version was adopted y the Xia Dynasty . It is no longer extant . The third was Gui Zang Yi (( ;>1 4)) . It was the version y Huang Di (called Yao and Shun), the first trigram of which was Kun Gua . The political system of the Shang Dyansty was ased on it . It is no longer extant . Since the earliest linear signs of Book of Changes, dating to the Zhou Dynasty, were recorded on tortoise shells, Ding (caldron'), animal ones, and shells of clams, which were perisha le, they are almost completely lost to time . Fortunately, some are still intact on containers made of ones and horns, unearthed in therelics in Haian, Jiangsu Province . Those found on silk ooks unearthed in the third tom though put in different order from that in current use, are in fact another record of the hexagrams of Book of Changes . As for the author of Book of Changes, no agreement has een reached . In the Great Treatise on Yi, the earliest mention of the author of the ook can e found, saying that, "When Fu Xi came to the throne, he o served the images of the heavens and examined the laws of the earth . Taking intuition from himself and o jects other than him, he invented the Eight Trigrams ." In The Book of Han : Art and Writings ((U-14 : Ban Gu said that the theories of Book of Changes are so profound that they had een passed on

Book of Changes

10

Chapter Two The Author of Book of Changes and Its Place in History

and Traditional Chinese Medicine

different times . According to the analysis made

from ancient times when the three sages lived, claiming it was compiled

y the three ancient sages . Huai Nan Zi :Lectures on the A -

stracts

((**3 **)Q))

ed

y Fu Xi,

through the eight trigrams and

Fu Xi

changed

riad . The analysis of Book of Changes printed on the silk

e predicted

them into sixty-four

y Fu Xi has remained popular . Later, there arised another

who also wrote the judgements to the hexagrams, and that the text pertaining to individual lines was composed Commentaries was written

y Zhou Gong and The

y Confucius . After the May Fourth

Movement, (1919 AD) it was accepted that The Text was compiled in the Shang or Zhou Dynasty, not

y Fu Xi or King Wen . Accord-

ing to an analysis of the text pertaining to the individual lines, it was a long period from the collection of data to the completion of the ook . Therefore, it could not have stead, it must have

een written

y one person . In-

een compiled from contri utions

y many peo-

ple . Regarding the author of The Commentaries, it is said to have een written

y Confucius . The earliest mention of this view can

found in Book of Historians : Biography of Confucius

ml()) ,

saying that Confucius took to Book

e

(ME : RT

of Changes in

his later

years, compiling Tuan, Xi Ci, Xiang, Shuo Gua and Wen Yan . The influence of this statement had

een widespread for more than

1, 000 years, until someone threw dou t on it in the Song Dynasty . Ouyang Xiu dou ted that Xi Ci had

een written

y Confucius, ar-

guing that the different parts of The Commentaries do not reflect one aothor at one period .' The Commentaries, comprising Seven Wings, were written in

Dui Han

ooks un-

Ruins in Changsha in 1973 further

proved that other parts of The Commentaries were accomplished etween the Spring and Autumn Period and the

middle of the Warring States Period . Therefore The Commentaries must have

y King Wen,

view that the sixty-four hexagrams were invented

earthed from Ma Wang

during the time

hexagrams . Thereafter, the view that the eight trigrams were invented

y scholars on Book

of Changes, Zhuan was written during the Spring and Autumn Pe-

also insists the hexagrams were invent-

claiming that luck and disaster can

11

een written during the time

etween the Spring and Au-

tumn Period and the middle of the Warring States Period . ( ased on A Study of the Ideas in Book of Changes Zhang

(J A Z V ff 9)

y

Liwen)

Since ancient scholars concentrated their minds merely on the pursuit of knowledge, without paying any attention to their own fame, they often compiled their

ooks in the name of ancient sages

such as Fu Xi, Shen Nong, Huang Di or Confucius . As a result, the authors of many classics cannot

e determined .

Chapter Three The Structure of &,Qk and Its Main Content ages

(l M t*^ 1'E)) .

13

They were written during the period

t-uas the early to late Zhou Dynasty

Chapter Three

of Changes

y different people .

The Commentaries is composed of seven types of essays, Tuan Tuan 11, Xiang I, Xiang II, Wen Yan, Xi Ci I, Xi Ci II, Shuo

The Structure

of Book

of

Xu Qua and Za Gua, altogether ten essays ( termed Ten Wings) . They were compiled during the Eastern Zhou Dynasty .

Changes and Its

Main Content

Book of Changes is quite valua le in respects of history, philosy, and social and natural sciences,

as a record of the social,

ooonomical and natural conditions from the Shang Dynasty to the X44 of the Western Zhou Dynasty . In terms of economical coadi-

Section 1

The Structure of Book

it took down facts a out agriculture, hus andry and fishery . It was concerned with such aspects as enfeoffment, the founding of

of Changes

states, classes, marriages, family, and clan . It also touched such

Book of Changes is composed of Yi Jing (The

Text)

sspects as conventions, religious

eliefs, customs, sacrifices, food,

and Yi and clothing, as well as wars, defense and jurisdiction . In all, it

Zhuan (The Commentaries) . Yi Jing is made up of the judgements ,-lovers an extremely wide range including ideology, morality and poand the text pertaining to individual lines . The Text (called the Yao stical views . in ancient times) is called the text of divination, comprising sixtyfour hexagrams . Each of the hexagrams has six places, forming 360 places altogether . Qian Gua and Kun Gua have seven places each .

Section 2 The Main Content of

Under each hexagram, the following are listed : the Image of Sym-

Book of Changes

ols, the name and the judgement . In every place, the title and text are provided . The title of a place is composed of two words, with The Text includes : the judgements to the sixty-four hexagrams one indicating the order of the place and the other showing the naand 386 texts pertaining to individual lines . ture of it . The places are put in an upward order . The first place is The Commentaries includes Zhuan, Xiang and Wen Yan titled "one"

the second "two"

third "three"

the fourth "four" I . Zhuan : including two parts giving interpretation of only the

the fifth "five", and the sixth "up" . The nature of the place is dessym ols, titles and judgements to the hexagrams without commentignated y Nine (Yang) and Six (Yin) . The judgements and texts amount to 450 articles, more than 4,900 words

(A

ing on the texts pertaining to individual lines . It is intended as an

Note on Book of explanation of the implication of the hexagrams .

- 14

Book of

Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Xiang': also including two parts, written to explain the judgements and texts pertaining to individual lines. Xiang can e dil

vided into Xiang Senior and Xiang Junior, with the former explaining the judgements and the latter explaining the texts pertaining to individual lines . M.

Wen Yan : an explanation of the two hexagrams Qian and

Chapter Four The Nature of Book of Changes

Kun. IV . Xi Ci : composed of two parts, it is an explanation of the judgements and texts pertaining to individual lines . It is an important part of the Seven Wings (Yi Zhman) , implying many precious philosophical reasons and putting forward many important propositions such as Yin (the negative and feminine) and Yang (the positive and masculine) eing called Dao, irth and re irth eing called I

changes, and poverty leading to changes, change leading to fitness,

Book of Changes

is a philosophical work, melding philosophy, na ural and social sciences into one . The Text, though a ook of divination, is the cradle of the earliest philosophical views in China . The philosophical view of Book of Changes em odies a change from divination to the image of the heavens and human eings . The Text, or later The Commentaries, further developed and

and fitness leading to eternity . V . Shuo Gua : an interpretation of sym ols and judgements of

supplemented the ideas of Yin and Yang implied in it and after merging itself into the current of the ideas of Yin and Yang, turned from a ook of divination into a great philosophical work, having

the hexagrams . VI . Xu Gua : an explanation of the order of the sixty-four hexa-

guided the philosophy, natural and social sciences of China over thousands of years .

grams .

The Commentaries is meant for the explanation of The Text . The Text was set against the ackground of the slavery society while

VI . Za Gua : an explanation of the contradictory judgements of the sixty-four hexagrams .

The Commentaries arose from the ackground of the early feudal society . The Text was written in the early Shang and Zhou dynasties, when the slavery society was at its peak of prosperity and the Zhou Dynasty was at its climax . Since there was at the time a social staility, great developments took place in the aspects of astrology, calendar sciences, agriculture and industry . For example, in astrology and calendar sciences, there can e found in the Jia Gu Wen inscriptions on ones or tortoise shells of the Shang Dynasty records of not-

Chapter Four The Nature of Soak of Changes

ing data y GGn Zhi, o serving the sun, y Gui, Biao, (an ancient Chinese sundial) , and recording time y Lou Ke, as well as solar and lunar eclipses . With improvement in productivity, appeared developments in scientific research, providing the premise for the occurrence of the scientific reasoning of The Text . It was under such a social ackground that the philosophical asis' of The Text was formed . However, since the Shang Dynasty was still in the slavery society with a comparatively low level of productivity and science, the understanding of the world y the people was still limited and such views of religion and divination was inevita ly reflected in The Text, This is why The Text took the form of a ook of divination . Yet, the divination in The Text was nothing ut an external

form . The text of divination reflects the accumulation of experiences from social and productive activities and o servations of nature . Therefore, under the outside appearance of a ook of divination, its true value is disguised . Though The Text took the form of a ook on divination, the judgements etray some content against eliefs in ghosts and gods. From this fact, it can e seen that The Text was not merely a ook of divination . In short, the nature of Book of Changes should e viewed in this way : in form, it is a ook on divination, in content, it is a record of the social and productive activities, as well as of the scientific research, in the Shang and Zhou dynasties, with the kernal of early : Chinese culture within it . Therefore, it is the ancestor of early Chinese scientific thoughts, philosophical views and culture . Yi Zhuan, (The Commentaries)

includes Tuan I an 11, Xi Ci

I and 11, Wen Yan I and II, Shuo Gua I and II, Xu Gua I and II, Za Gua I and II, which all came into eing during the time etween the Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period . At

17

that time, as a result of the use of iron, productivity was greatly improved, with agriculture and industry continuously developing to higher levels . With the prosperity of the economy, new ideas in accordance with the feudal society

egan to occur . The scholars ecame actively involved in heated academic de ates, with schools of thoughts such as Confucianism, Taoism, Yin and Yang contending . W u Xing (Five Elements) adequately developed .;- Due to the great progress made in productivity, scientific reasoning and philosophical views were developed . It was under such a ackground that The Conainentaries came into eing . The author, adopting the ideas of Yin and Yang, the Five Elements and the thoughts of different schools, made some improvement and refinement to The Text . The Commentaries, making use of The Text, adequately a sor ed and developed the scientific and philosophical views of the time and colkcting all the philosophical achievements since the pre-Qin period, turning The Text into a comprehensive work on philosophy and natural and social sciences . As an imperisha le work of Chinese culture, it has greatly influenced and pushed forward the development of Chinese culture, science and technology in the past 2,000 years .

chapter Five . The aWc Theories of Book of Changes

19

and the weak displace each other, leading to changes and formations in the figures ( Great Treatise on Yi) " Yin and unite according to their qualities and there comes the em odiof the result y the strong and weak . " Here the strong and the means Yang and Yin, which shows Yin and Yang are the orin of all changes . What is unfathoma le in the movement of the inS U0119

Chapter Five The Basic Theories of

Book of Changes I . The successive movement of the inactive and active operations constitute the course of the things . This shows that there is a clear expression of the view of Yin and Yang . This is the asis of the theories of Book of Changes, as oti the asic philosophical theory and the asic theory of the sixtyfour hexagrams . Yin and Yang em ody the relationship of unity of opposites etween them . This unity of opposites was not only expressed in the explanation of the judgement and text, ut also emodied y the Yin places and the Yang places . For example, "--" is a Yin position and "--" a Yang position . The changes of the sixtyfour hexagrams lie in the interchange etween the two kinds of positions . The statement that "the successive movement of inactive and active operations constitutes what is called, the course of things" makes clear that the shift etween the two gases of Yin and Yang is the asic law of the universe . Book of Changes further points out, "the shift etween strength and weakness gives rise to every change in the world" ( Great Treatise on Yi) , "Yin and Yang are unified and strength and weakness are joined into one" . Strength and weakness are equal in meaning to Yin and Yang . These statements agree to the opinion that Yin and Yang are the source of every change .

cz a and active operations is spiritual, which shows that Yin and rag are the ases of the movement of the universe . U "Poverty leads to change, change leads to fitness, and fitleads to eternity . " Taken from the Great Treatise on Yi, this is an important trnposition in Book of Changes, emphasizing the importance of change . The theory of Book of Changes was founded on the unity of c4pasites etween Yin and Yang , with change as its essential idea . The two ideas form the ideological foundation of Book of Changes &ad serve as the spirit of it, exerting a great influence on the develment of the natural sciences of China . The sayings "the shift etween strength and weakness gives rise to change", and "the altern tion etween the sun and the moon rings a out rightness" , i emonstrate that Book of Changes held the view that everything in the world is in constant movement, which is a very valua le idea . Book of Changes also stresses that interchange is the major means of changing . For example, it says "the interchange etween the heavens and the earth makes everything compati le with everything else", "the ig will come after the small disappear" . (Tuan in Tai Trigram of Yi )

M . "Production and reproduction is the process of change" Book of Changes emphasizes that the alternation

and Yang gives

etween Yin irth to everything . "Birth does not come out of

2Q

Book of Changes and Traditional C4inese Medicine

emptiness . InsteAd, it's a result of the interchange (movement)" Therefore, the ook says, "The most important contri ution made y the heavens and the earth is irth" and "when the heavens and the earth are united, everything is prosperous . " This means "the in-

Chapter Six

terchange etween the heavens and earth makes everything prosperous" . This idea is the predecessor of the view held y Laoxi "Tao leads to one, one leads to two, two leads to three and three creates

Book of Changes and the Theories of TCM

everything . " 1V "To look up to contemplate the rilliant forms exhi ited in the sky and look down to survey the pattern shown on the earth . ... Near at hand, in his own person, he found things and the same at a

Section 1 The Particular Relationship etween Book of Changes and TCM

distance, in things in general" Through the o servation of images, Book of Changes has o `tained the a ility to understand the implications of the heavens and the hints given y gods . The statement "a gentleman o serves the images and thinks a out the judgement they imply", "Good and ad luck can e predicted from the images shown y the heavens" and

There is an old saying in TCM, "Medicine cannot e approached without studying Book of Changes, Book of Changes im-

"the sages followed the change of the heavens andr earth" illustrate that Book of Changes shows a strong sense of materialism . There-

plies

fore, "Xiang is so called ecause the images are just like the actual o jects" . Book of Changes pays particular attention to the imitation of the heavens and the earth, as well as the o servation of everything, saying "Book of

Changes is

in correspondence with the heav-

ens and the earth" and "o serve the rule governing it when there is some change" . That means things in the world are understood through the o ser vttion of the images shown y the heavensand the earth . This shows that the world outlook taken y Book of Changes is of materialism, regarding the heavens and the earth as the origin .

the asic theory of medicine, and medicine is practiced y apiaylag the theories of Book of Changes" . The ideological system and the fact that the Emperor's Canon of Medicine adopts in a large wart the judgements and propositions of Book of Changes show that there is a particular kinship etween TCM and Book of Changes .

the source of the theories of TCM with the asic theories all derived from it . The theories such as the Five Elements, Zang Xiang, . Qi hua, Yun Qi and the causes of diseases held y

B" of Changes is

TCM can all find their origins in Book of Changes . 1 . The theory of Yin and Yang in TCM arose from the Yin and Yang opposition etween the Yin positions and Yang positions, and

the philosophy of Yin and Yang is implied

y the hexagrams of Book

22

Book of Granges and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Six

Book of Changes

and the Theories of-TCM

23

of Changes .

2 . The six positions and the Grand Terminus and non-terminus in - Book of Changes are the foundation of the theories of Jing Qi and Yin and Yang in TCM . 3. The images of the six positions and hexagrams are the source of the theory of Zang Xiang of TCM . 4 . The six positions have a dialectical relationship with the six channels, their systems and differential diagnosis in accordance with the theory of channels . 5 . The oppositions etween Qian and Yuan, Kun and Pin, Yin positions and Yang positions are the original form of the pattern of Gan Zhi, the theory of Qihua and Yun Qi . 6 . The ideas of Qian and Kun, the heavens and earth, in Book of Changes are the origin of the monism in TCM . 7 . The concepts of num ers and doctrines in He Luo-are closely related to Jiu Gong Ba Feng, Midnight-noon E -flow, Efficacious Tortoise 8 method, and Seven Damages and Eight Benefits in TCM . 8 . The two hexagrams of Kan and Li are closely related to the relationship etween liver and kidney, the theory of gate of life, and gases etween kidneys in TCM . 9 . He Luo is related to the theory of the Five Elements and the num ers of generating in TCM . 10 . The positions of heaven, earth, and human eings in Book

of Changes have a close relationship with the three dimensions in TCM and serve as the origin of the view of entirety in TCM . 11 . The theory of circles in Book of Changes is the origin of the movement in circles in TCM . 12 . The view of moderation in Book of Changes is closely related to the theories of alance and coordination in TCM.

Section 2 The Kinship Between the Theoretical System of Book of

Changes and the Emperor's Canon of Medicine' Book of Changes was written

efore the Emperor's Canon of Medicine . As a 'natural consequence, the philosophical theory and the origin of natural sciences is im ued in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine . Having a sor ed and developed the essences of Book of Changes, the Emperor's Canon of Medicine reflects the spirit of science . The relationship etween Boa of Changes and the Emperor's Canon of Medicine is demonstrated in the following aspects : 1 . The influence of Book of Changes on the theory of Yin and Yang of the Emperor's Canon of Medicine . Though The Text of Yi does not mention the concept of Yin and Yang explicitly, it is implied in the ideas of strength and weakr,ezs as well as the judgements and positions . The Commentaries proposes explicitly the concepts of Yin and Yang . For example, the Great Treatise on Yi says "the successive movement of inactive and active operations constitutes what is called the course of things . " This means contradiction and mutual effect are the propulsion of the developments of things . The Commentaries is a great philosophical work . Zhuangzi : Essay on the world ((f : F )) says "the purpose of Book of Changes is to expound the theory of Yin and Yang", i . e . , the theory of Yin and Yang is the nucleus of Book of Changes . In that ook, the concepts of Yin and Yang are expressed

24 .

4 Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Six Book of Changes and the Theories of TCM

y Yao (the two positions), -- (Yin), and - (Yang) . With this opposition, unification, rise and decline,' as well as change, depend on the alternation of the two positions . The concepts of Yin and Yang were proposed y Bo Yangfu in explaining earthquakes with the concept of the two gases of Yin and Yang . The gases of Yang are surpressed and cannot e released while the gases of Yin approaches and cannot e evaporated . As a result, an earthquake takes place (Guo Yu : Zhou Yu (W i* : ) J ffi)) . Later, the statement y Laozi "everything is a com ination of Yin and Yang" further demonstrated the unity of opposites etween the two . Yet, it is The Cuwnmentaries that develops the concepts of Yin and Yang into a integrated philosophical system . One of the properties of The Com-

25

ring, ut the whole of it was also im ued with the philosophin,:epts of Yin and Yang . In this respect, it was a good example ,om ination of medical and philosophical theories . In On the of Yin and Yang ( ( R Pi JA-*)cite)), On the Difference 5iutilarity of Yin and Yang (0i {iH A 'V^-3 i/0), and Seven Est i(?)) , much can e found devoted to the discussion of ...ad Yang . The propositions put forward em ody a high level of r-z-ophical reasoning . For example, Plain Questions : On the Dife and Similarity of Yin and Yang (( iia1 : IJ l a i0) "Yin and Yang govern the heavens and the earth . They guide ;king, are the cause of every change, and are the initiator of and death, . . ." Plain Questions :On the Difference and Si,niJy of Yin and Yang (MA : NJ

nAentaries is that the relationship of Yin and Yang is expressed

y

the tyvo positions of Yin and Yang, making the concepts a philosophical category, instead of a mere term of divination, and Book of Changes a great philosophical work . The philosophical idea of Book of Changes is that the contradiction and alternation

etween Yin

and Yang exist in everything including social phenomena, expanding the connotation of the concepts of Yin and Yang . That is to say the unity of opposites etween the two determines the occurrence, development and change of everything . Under the influence of Book of Changes, as well as its idea of Yin and Yang, peculiar at the time, the Emperor's Canon of Medicine adopts the essences of the theory of Yin and Yang . The contri ution made y the Emperor's Canon of Medicine to the development of the philosophical concepts of Yin and Yang lies in that it com ines those philosophical concepts with medicine and makes this the asic theory of TCM . Not only does the Emperor's Canon of Medicine devote a part to the discussion of the concepts of Yin

A it)) summarized the ditic relationship etween Yin and Yang y way of the separation com ination of Yin and Yang, implying the unity of opposites . iurther proposed, "Yang is the ase and Yin is the guidance, -t her expounding the relationship etween Yin and Yang . Addi ,ally, the Emperor's Canon of Medicine com ines the concepts Yin and Yang with the four seasons of the nature with the human y, and puts forward the concepts of Yin and Yang in the four z,-z,uns and organs of the human ody, applying the philosophical . ;Incepts of Yin and Yang to the explanation of medicine . This ex. . ordinary development of the concept of Yin and Yang is a great tri ution made y the Emperor's Canon of Medicine . It can even e regarded as surpassing Book of Changes . 2 . The influence of Book of Changes on the theories of Zang Bang in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine . Book of Changes is structured on the

asis of the sym ols of agrams and positions, which serve as the images of concrete o -

26

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

jects . The Text takes the symbols of hexagrams or positions as the images of things . In this sense, The Commentaries is in fact a book of "images" . Just as the Great Treatise on Yi says, "Book of Changes is about images . Images represent concrete things . " There are numerous things

a great variety in the universe, but if one masters the rules of the abstraction of images, it will be easy to find the systematic rule of change among the things . This is why the sixof

ty-four hexagrams and 384 positions can be employed in the explanation of nearly everything . Therefore, the images in Book of Changes are images of all the things in the universe . Those images are ab-

stracted from concrete objects through the observation of things and phenomena . In this way, a hexagram or a position can be utilized to categorize many kinds of things . From this fact, one can see that

the images in Book of Changes are representative of many things . 'Consequently, the rules can be grasped, changes can be controlled, and the natural laws can be mastered through those images . Besides

representing the heavens, and objects, the images in Book of

Changes also represent human beings (social behavior) . Thus, the

hexagrams in The Text can be said to be a miniature of the relation between the images of the heavens, objects and human beings . Adopting the images of Book of Changes, the Emperor's

Canon of Medicine has developed the peculiar theory of Zang Xiang,

which belongs to TCM alone, providing the cornerstone for the formation and development of the fundamental theories of TCM . Zang refers to the organs of the human body ; Xiang refers to the outside representation of the organs . Since Xiang is the outside representation of the organs, through Xiang, those organs can be examined . This is how the theory of Zang Xiang is applied in the diagnoses . The theory of Zang Xiang is concerned with how to study, through

Chapter

Six

Book of Changes

and the Theories of TCM

27

utside representation, the physiological laws governing how the -n organs contract diseases as well as their relationship . The

of-Zang Xiang has the following properties : a . it corelates the es of the heavens with the representation of the human organs, n stated in Plain Questions : Liu Jie Zang Xiang Lun (C fpl : i A*iO), "the heart is the essence of life" . It is in accordance gases of summer" unifying Zang Xiang with the images of nab . It unifies the outside representations with the images of of which, according to the theory of Wu Shen (five gods), is one . The five gods exist inside the five organs . Through the r of the five gods, the state of the five organs can be examined ; tudies the state of the disease through the hexagrams . For ex-

through Ji Ji (Completion) and Weiji (Before Completion), iscomfort of the heart and kidney can be diagnosed ; through

(the the Creative) Gua and Kun (Resting in Firmness) Gua, the of excessiveness of Yin and Yang can be judged ; through (Gentle Penetration) Gua, the disease of the liver can be exaniThe above mentioned examples demonstrate that the or's Canon of Medicine applies the theory of images to the

of Zang Xiang in TCM . This contributed a great deal to the

r~jpment of TCM . 3. The influence of Book of Changes on the theory of Qi Hua production, circulation, and function of vital energy) The positions (Yao) in Book of Changes represent Qi Hua,

the change of the positions of the signs brings about the change xagrams . The positions represent Qi Hua of Yin and Yang .

the change of the hexagrams is caused by a shift of the postThe positions initiate Qi Hua . Book of Changes is a work on

gyr es,

which mainly lie in the changes of hexagrams, the causes

28

Bode of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

of which are changes in positions . The changes in positions give rise to the Qi Hua of Yin and Yang . The increase or decline

of

"six positions (Yao)" causes the fol-

lowing : "We see its subjects as the dragon lying hidden in the deep . It is not the time for activity . " "The dragon exceeds the proper limits ; there will be occasions for repentance . " "We see its subjects trading on hoarfrost ;-the strong ice will come by and by ." These can be interpreted as, "the pulling of the hair

can

cause the movement of

the whole body" . Production and reproduction is the process of changes . If one feels poor, he will seek changes that will cause communication that will remain for ever" . These show that Qi Hua originates in Book of Changes . The theory of Qi Hua activity of vital energy originated in Book of Changes . This theory, based on Qi Hua of the Yin and Yang of Taiji (the Grand Terminus) in Book of Changes , has developed the theories of Yun Qi and Qi Ji Sheng Jiang . The theory of Yun Qi centers on the Qi Hua of the nature, explaining the relationship between time, geography and disease through the theory of Wu Yun and Liu Qi . The Theory of Qi Ji Sheng Jiang concentrates on the elaboration of the rise and fall of the spirit and gases of human organs . The theory of Qi Hua is imbued in such fields as physiology,

pathology, diagnostics and treatment as the nucleus of the basic theory of TCM . What is peculiar about this theory . lies in that it com-

bines the Qi Hua of nature with that of the human body . It is an improvement on the treatment offered in Book of Changes . In brief, Book of Changes has exerted a great influence on the Emperor's

Canon of Medicine, which offers a brilliant reflection on the influ-

ence from Book of Changes .

Chapter Six Book

of Changes

and the Theories of TCM

29

These facts show that the Emperor's Canon of Medicine is the main source of the theories of TCM . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine originated from Book of Changes and played an important

role in the formation and development of theories of the TCM .

Chapter Seven The Similarities between Medicine and Book of Changes

31

turning" . And the Great Treatise, on Yi says, "The endless going and returning is called communication . The sun goes and the moon

Chapter Seven The . Similarities Between Medicine and Book of

Changes The similarity between Book of Changes and TCM lies in the common source of their reasoning patterns in such areas as views on movement, entirety, and balance .

Section 1 Similarity in the View of Movement Book of Changes stresses the pattern of a circle . Some scholars emphasize that the view of the pattern of the circle in Book of Changes is closely related to the reasoning of TCM . For example, Liu Changlin claims that Book of Changes implies the pattern of the circle, referring to the fact that there is a rule that makes things move in a circle in the universe . The sixty-four hexagrams are ar-

ranged in a large circle, with the six linear signs in each hexagram forming a small circle . Circles can be found in everything . For example, Tai trigram of Yi says, "There is no state of peace that is not liable to be disturbed ; without going away, there will be no re-

"

comes, while the moon goes and the sun comes ••• These statements reflect the phenomena of the pattern of a cycle . The Map of Taiji counts as the representation of the pattern of a cycle, implying the recursiveness of the cycle . The pattern of the cycle is the repetition

of the cycle in motion . There is a cycle of going and coming in everything . This idea of a cycle has great influence on the theory of 1' CM . First, the pattern of a cycle lays a foundation for the view of

entirety, which is the entirety of a cycle . This view of it is a repre5entation of a cycle . The Yin Yang and Five Elements theories were more imbued with the view of the pattern of a circle . The mutual influence in Yin and Yang and the government between them are

{xamples of the phenomena of a cycle . The theory of time in TCM :z, also a concrete representation of the circle shown in Book of Changes .

Section 2 The Similarity of Integrity The three dimensions of man, nature, and society in TCM find :eir source in the three-dimensional view of man-nature-society in b"ok of Changes . The nature of this view is the view of integrity,

which is the center of the theory of systematicality . The primitive .Dory of systematicality has arisen from the system of Book of

Changes .

The theory of systematicality is a theory as to how to

grasp the dynamic relationship between the whole and its parts . &rak of Changes is an open system storing various kinds of informa-

32

Chapter Seven The Similarities Between Medicine and Book of Changes

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

tion, in which the sixty-four hexagrams are a large system of information, with every hexagram as a smaller system of information forming a part of the larger one . A single change in any part of a system will lead to the change of the larger system, As in Book of

Changes, the change of any line in the trigram will influence the six-

ty-four hexagrams . This shows that the system is not only integrated, but also dynamic . It is integrity and harmony in motion . The Eight Trigrams and sixty-four hexagrams are both systems implying the basic principle of the modern theory of systematicality

Qian = Kun

C_

Zhen _

Kan =

Xun

Gen

Li

33

Du*

Furthermore, the arrangement of the symbols of 12 informative hexagrams also shows the symmetry and balance of the rise and decline of Yin and Yang . Fu ' (sou =

Lin _ Dun

Tai =

Da Zhuang =

Pi =

Guan ^

Guai = Bo

Qian Kun =_

and exerting a deep influence on the formation of the theory of sys-

From these, it can be seen that the Eight Trigrams in Book of

tematicality in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine . Examples are the

Changes reflect the property of balance, symmetry and complementary nature of Yin and Yang in Book of Changes , laying the founda-

theories of the Five Elements, the doctrine of viscera-state, the relationship between the twelve channels, and the relationship between

tion for the theory of balance in TCM . This theory is built on the

the most important drugs and less important drugs in TCM, all us-

basis of the unity of opposites, including the balance of nature, as

ing the patterns and views of the system to grasp the rules governing the physiology and pathology of the human body . These facts

well as the balance inside and outside the human body . The balance of nature is demonstrated by the theory of Yun Qi, referring to the

of the human body itself as well as the unification of it with the out-

ness) f, Fu (repetitiveness)

demonstrate that the view of integrity pays attention to the integrity

side world . The view of integrity is employed and developed out of the theory of systematicality in Book of Changes .

Section 3

The Similarity of the

View of Balance

Book of Changes heavily emphasizes balance, moderation and

balance of weather through the rules governing Sheng (excessiveA,

Yu (blocking) Iffi, and Fa

( breaking) /~t . The balance inside the human body indicates the relation between organs, the adjustment of Jing Luo and the coordina-

tion and balance obtained through Qi Ji Sheng Jiang . The source of the theory of balance in TCM mainly lies in the theory of balance of Yin and Yang in Book of Changes, which is a theory of the unity of opposites as well as the unity in balance embodied in the view of nature, society and the human body in TCM . Besides being embodied

in the Eight Trigrams, the Sixty-four Hexagrams, and the Map of

symmetry . The symbols of trigrams and hexagrams are arranged in

Taiji, the theory of balance between Yin and Yang is also implied in

symmetry, as shown by the following :

the wording of the book, as examplified by the statement "the Yang hexagrams have more Yin positions and the Yin hexagrams have

34

Book}of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

more Yang_ positions . What's the reason for this?" (Great Treatise

on Yi) . Feng in Zhuan of Yi says, "When the sun has reached the meridian height, it begins to decline . When the moon has become full, it begins to wane . The interaction of heavens and earth is now vigorous and abundant, now dull and scant, growing and diminishing according to the seasons . How much more must it be so with the operations of men? The view of moderation is central to the view of balance . The purpose of moderation is to reach

a balance . Since The Commen-

taries of Yi was written mainly by Confucian scholars, it was natural that it adopted the idea of the Doctrine of the Mean from Confucian teachings, serving as the basis of the theory of moderation . For example, the Great Treatise on Yi says, "Yin and Yang can be unified and strength and weakness can be joined together ." The Cornrnentaries holds that Qian means strength and Kun means weak-

ness . Treatise of Remarks on the Trigrarns of Yi says "water and fire contribute to the one object, thunder and wind do not act contrary to each other ; mountains and collections of water exchange their influence . " Qian trigram in Tuan of Yi, "The conditions of great harmony are preserved in union . The result is what is advanta-

geous, correct and firm, " stressing the harmony of Yin and Yang including the balance and symmetry in quantity and harmony and unity in quality . Influenced by the view of moderation in Book of Changes, the idea of moderation is reflected in both the basic theory and clinical treatment in TCM . This is in fact an embodiment of the theory of balance . The emphasis of balance between Yin and Yang in the basic theory is shown by the statement "in the relationship between Yin and Yang, if Yang is too strong, the two will not be in

harmony, just as there is only spring without autumn, or winter

Chapter Seven The Similarities Between Medicine and Book of Changes

35

without summer" . The way to overcome the disharmony is moderaaon . Harmony, among the eight ways, is one of the most popular s of treatment . Examples such as harmony between the superfiand the interior adjustment of nourishing Qi and protecting Qi,

~ d the harmony between the liver and spleen all belong to this cate ..i4l

movement in a month . The beginning from Kun is Shuo (the

st day of lunar month), it is called Shang Xian (the first quarter . :# the moon) from Kun to Li . Arriving at Qian is Wang (the fif-

Boole

52

a

of Changes and

Trgditional Chinese Medicine

teenth day), it is called Xia Xian (the third quarter of the moon) from Qian to Kan . Returning to Kun is a Shuo month . All of the above indicates that Yao

is used to record the changes of the sun and

Qian

reflects heaven

Kun

reflects earth

Zhen ,;

reflects thunder

Xun _

reflects wind

the moon's movement . (See Figure 9-6)

Vil

Kan

reflects water

Gen

reflects mountain Table 9-1

Qian ength

ZI

(2)

(1) Figure 9-6

It Qian

4 Kun

&A full moon

Xun

Gentle

The

power

penetra-

Perilous

tion

Pit

Li

' t

Bright

Resting

Dui joy

-ness

At a distance or in general

Sketch map of emblems of Yao

A Li * Kan

It1lA crescent

Dui _ reflects marsh

Exciting

(3) Notes to this figure :

reflects fire

Symbolism of the Eight Trigrams

Zhen

Softness

Li =

± 9 upper crescent

Near at hand, in his own person

T39 lower crescent

Kun

2 . The arrangement of the Eight Trigrams According to Book of Changes copied on silk unearthed from

As for the emblems of the Eight Trigrams, Book of Changes says that the Eight Trigrams have been completed in their proper order, there were in each emblematic lines . Each Gua (trigram) in the Eight Trigrams has a symbolic pic-

tograph (see table 9-1) included :

Foot

Kan

Thigh

Ear

Li

Eye

Gen

Hand

Dui

Mouth

Emblems in family

Han Tombs in Ma Wang Dui, the order of the Eight Trigrams is :

Qian, Gen, Kan, Zhen, Kun, Dui, Li and Xun, an alternative arrangement to early heaven trigrams and later heaven trigrams .

Zhen

Abdomen

Zhen aher

Mother

Eldest son

Xun

Kan

Li

Eldest

Second

Second

daughter

son

daughter

Gen

Dui

Young

Young

est

eat daughter

Heaven and earth, thunder and wind, water and fire, moun-

,..a n and marsh ; these are four pairs of opposites . The occurrence .=4 development of all things gains new unity in opposites because of transformation of Yin and Yang . Yin Yao ( --) and Yang Yao

S

54

$ook of

Changes and Traditional Chinese

Medicine

Chapter Nine The Eight Trigrams and TCM

(-) , therefore are the basis of evolving Eight Trigrams, from which sixty four double hexagrams are derived . The Eight Trigrams are the supreme sign of Qi Hua of the universe ( various kinds of changes taking place in the body under the action of Qi) . Yang Yao ( -) represents active powers, while Yin Yao (°) represents inactive things . So the Eight Trigrams are the symbols of Yin Yang Qi Hua .

The Eight Trigrams also display two types : early heaven trigrams and later heaven trigrams . The former is said to have been invented by Fu Xi and therefore are called the Fu Xi Trigrams . The U! .

latter are called King Wen Trigrams for it is said King Wen invented

Figure 9-7 Early heaven trigrams

them. By textual research it has been proven that the Eight Trigrams were invented by neither Fu Xi nor King Wen, but as to who invented them, there is no definite conclusion . The Eight Trigrams were summarized from the social and living practices of the working people over a long period of time . It is also beyond doubt that the Eight Trigrams have their own material basis and naive materialism

and dialectics . The form and images of early and later heaven trigrams are the same . The differences lie in the position and order of arrangement .

The early heaven trigrams : Qian lies in the south, Kun the north, Li the east and Kan the west . (See figure 9-7) The later heaven trigrams : Li lies in the south, Kan the north,

Zhen the east and Dui the west . (see figure 9-8) The later heaven trigrams regard Li and Kan as south and north, Zhen and Dui as east and west . So it determined east, south, west and north by Zhen, Li, Dui and Kan, which respectively represent spring warmth, summer hotness, autumn coolness and winter coldness . About the eight stages of the universal growth and stor-

Figure 9-8 Later heaven trigrams

Notes to figure 9-7 and figure 9-8 : * South

At north

t*c east

99 west

X* trigram of Li ** trigram of Kan X I'

trigram of Zhen

3f.*

trigram of Dui

X* trigram of Xun i* trigram of Kun

R* trigram

of Gen

OtF

trigram of Qian

55

56

Bode of Changes and Traditional' Chinese Medicine

age, it says in Treatise

of Remarks on

the Trigrams of Yi, "All

things are made to issue forth in Zhen, which is placed at the east . Li gives the idea of brightness . All things are now made to manifest

Chapter Nine The Eight Tiigrams and TCM

Two Qian make Qian two Ktm make Kun Two Zhen make Zhen two Xun make Xwt

one another . It is the trigram of the south . Kun denotes the earth, (and is placed at the southwest) . All things receive from it their fullest nourishment . Dui corresponds (to the west) and to autumn - the season in which all things rejoice . Kan denotes water, it is the trigram of the exact north - the trigram of comfort and rest, what all things are tending to . Gen is the trigram of the northeast .

In it all things bring to a full end the issue of the past (year), and prepare the commencement of the next . " Hence it is said, "He com-

pletes (the work of the year) in Gen ." The posterities often adopt the later heaven trigrams (King Wen Trigrams), and Jiugong and Pafeng in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine adopt it too .

Section 2 The Formation, Arrangement and Meaning of SixtyFour Double Hexagrams The Eight Trigrams, also named Eight Jing Trigrams, are the basis of the sixty-four separated hexagrams, or sixty-four double

hexagrams, whose way of derivation lies in that every separated hexagram is composed of two Jing trigram . For instance, Meng sep-

arated hexagram _ is composed of Gen trigram E and Kan trigram :: . Gen trigram (reflects mountains) is the upper gua, Kan (reflects water) is the lower, so the character of Meng separated hexagram is a spring issue beneath a mountain . The formation of sixtyfour double hexagrams is as follows :

57

Heaven up and earth low make Pi (Stagnation)

Heaven low and earth up make Tai (Peace) Heaven up and thunder low make Wu Wang (Correctness)

Heaven low and thunder up make Da Zhuang (the Power of the Great) Heaven up and wind low make Gou (Encountering)

Heaven low and wing up make Xiao Xu (the Small taming force) Heaven up and water low make Song ((onflict)

Heaven low and water up make Xu (Waiting)

Heaven up and fire low make Tong Ren (Companionship)

Heaven low and fire up make Da You (the Great Possession) Heaven up and mountain low make Dun (Retreat)

Heaven low and mountain up make Da Xu (the Great Taming Force) Heaven up and marsh low make Lu

Heaven low and marsh up make Guai (Removing Corruption)

58

Chapter Nine The Eight Trigrams and TCM

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Reasoning out the,rest by analogy : earth FujiYu thunder

earth Shen4Guan wind

earth ShiIrlIBi

earth MingYil Jin

water

thunder thunder thunder FengJ[ShiKe Hengj Yi JieliTun fire water wind wind Huanj Jing water

wind JiaRen]IDing f ire

wind Jian [Gu mountain

marsh

earth LmjICu

fire mountain marsh thunder XiaoGuo'I Yi mountain

thunder GuiMei Sui

wind ZhongFuIIDaGuo marsh

water water water water JUijIWeili JianjiMeng JieIIKun LujIBen mountain marsh mountain fire fire Kuil[Ge

earth Qia,, Bo

mountain Sun f xian marsh

heaven' earth thunder wind Qtan II Qan KunhI Kun Zhen JI Zhen Xunif Xun wind earth thunder heaven water fire mountain marsh Ka4Kan LiII Li Ge4J[Gen Dun] Dui f ire mountain marsh water

marsh

Sixty-four double Hexagrams in Rhyme 1st Gong : Qian is heaven heaven wind is Gou (Encountering) heaven mountain is Dun (Retreat) heaven earth is Pi (Stagnation) wind earth is Guan (Contemplation) mountain earth is Bo (Falling Apart) fire earth is Jin (Progress) fire heaven is Da You (Great Possession, Abundance) 2nd Gong : Kan is water water marsh is Jie (Regulation, Restraining) water thunder is Tun (Initial Difficulty) water fire is Ji Ji (Completion) marsh fire is Ge (Revolution) thunder fire is Feng (Abundance, Prosperity) earth fire is Ming Yi (Darkening of the Light, Intelligence) earth water is Shi (The Army, Group Action) 3rd Gong : Gen is mountain mountain fire is Bi (Adornment) heaven mountain is Da Xu (The Great Taming Force) mountain marsh is Sun (Decrease) fire marsh is Kui (Disunion, Mutual Alienation) heaven marsh is Lii (Treading Carefully) wind marsh is Zhong Fu (Inmost Sincerity) wind mountain is Jian (Gradual Progress, Growth) th Gong : Zhen is thunder thunder earth is Yu (Harmony, Joy, Enthusiasm) thunder water is Jie (Removing Obstacles) thunder wind is Heng (Perseverance, Duration) earth wind is Sheng (Ascending) water wind is Jing (A Well) marsh wind is Da Guo (Excess) marsh thunder is Sui (Following)

59

60

$opli

5th Gong : Xun

of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Nine

The Eight Trigrams and TCM

61

is wind wind heaven is Xiso Xu (The Taming Force, Small Restraint)

wind fire is Jia Ren (The Family) wind thunder is Yi (Increase) heaven thunder is Wu Wang (Correctness, innocence fire thunder is Shi He (Biting Through) mountain thunder is Yi (Nourishment) mountain wind is Go (Arresting Decay)

6th Gong : Li is fire

fire mountain is LU (Traveling Stranger)

fire wind is Ding (The Caldron) fire water is Wei 1i (Before Completion) mountain water is Meng (Youthful Inexperience, Obscurity) wind water is Huan (Dispersion) heaven water is Song (Conflict) heaven fire is Tong Ren (Union of Men)

7th Gong : Kun

is earth earth thunder is Fu (Returning)

earth marsh is Lin (Approach, Symbol of Advance) earth heaven is Tai (Peace)

Figure 9-9

the round diagram of orders of sixty-four Hexagrats of Fu Xi

thunder heaven is Da Zhua ng (The Power of the Great) marsh heaven is Guai (Removing Corruption, Break-through) heaven water si Xu (Waiting)

M

water earth is Bi (Union)

8th Gong : Dui

is marsh

a

):

i

11:NI

as

b

10*1

ti

+)"

t!ilBaKaailaifiaM~RItAMWWaHWiiAB~a .9Rix11WYtiAfY7faaAiAAA*&4figagaoYa*U*A%

TITITI HIIII

marsh water is Kun (Oppression)

marsh earth is Cui (Gathering Together) marsh mountain is Xian (Influence) water mountain is Jian (Arresting Movement)

a

earth mountain is Qian (Modesty)

a

thunder mountain is Xiao Guo (Small Excess) thunder marsh is Gui Mei (The marrying maiden, Propriety)

The Arrangement Order of Sixty-four Hexagrams of Fu Xi is to see figures 9-9, 9-10, 9-11 and table 9-2

Figure 9-10

the long diagram of orders of sixty-four Hexagrams of Fu Xi

Chapter Nine The Eight Trigrams and TCM

Boo+ of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

62

63

Ol Sun A Yi A Guai Na Gou $ Cui * Sheng W Kun # Jing * Ge *Ding * Zhen ft Gen Jian !* Gui Mei * Feng * Lii ;lXun 3LDui &Huan Wei Ji '3 '* Zhong Fu /J' Xiao Quo NEVF Ji Ji tI I R Kui E Jian

VJie

Table 9-2 Table of sixty-four double hexagrams Qian Heav en

-Earth

Qian ( )

r

Kun

(W)

(*)

Notes to figures 9-9, 9-10 and 9-11 : te* Taiji (the Grand Terminus) 1 ±IfI sixty-four +-- eleven t sixteen )tCIII Greater Yin J IIA L* sr Yin #5) the Spring Equinox

It

T ~r

*'I} t the Autumn Equinox

*Y the Winter Solstice Q9* Four Emblematic Symbols A'(1( Two Elementary Forms A* the Eight Trigrams IA Yin Yang It Qian JIP Kun W, Tun 91 Meng * Xu 14` Song X Shi it bi 'J'S Xiao Xu S LO Tai W-Pi ILk Tong Ren )C ;NDa You' AAi the Summer Solstice

Qian

* Yu

N Sui

& Go

II Lin

X Guan

Shi Ke It Ben A Bo X Fu A- Wu Wang )t $ Da Xu O[ Yi *Ct Da Guo * Kan lfb Li * Xian 'K Heng A Dun *C $t Da Zhuang #Jin sAYI Ming Yi *A Jia Ren I

rain

Li

Thunder

Wind

Wa er

Fire

Da

Xiao

(44)

Yu )

(

(6)

you oC 4)

Bi

Jill

G (

)

(Lt)

01)

(a)

( )

(

Gou

Sheng

Heng

X

Jing

(! )

(3t)

(t~)

( )

(#)

Jie

Song

Sin

M)

(ffi)

Tong

Ming

Ren

Yr

(HA)

0134)

D

Qian

(1)

(

Tun )

H

Ken

(0)

(9)

(1'R)

F ew F ($)

Ren (*A)

Jia

Xiao

)

Goo (+)

Lu

Lin

Gui Mei

(L)

('la)

(04)

Jr Ji ( € )

J

Qiait

(fir)

(

Zhong ( Fu

) Jie

( rte)

Marsh

Da Xu

Guar

)

(A)

(~c

Bo

)

Cui

(>~J)

Shi

Zhen

Yi

(

-

Moun-

Da

Fu

(x_]~)

il~

Ken

(~C

Pi

Wang

Figure 9-11 the square diagram of orders of sixty-four Hexagrams of Fu Xi

)

W u

>

-

T ' (

Gen -

Zhen

00)

Ding

(ju (

Wei (

)

)

Sui

Yi

(RVA)

(4)

(

Dd )

Oc)

Meng

Kun

(t)

(W)

Li

Ben

(9)

(A)

(

Ge )

Lu

Gen

Xian

( )

(~)

(

Kui

Sun

Dui

(at)

(3) )

(

)

)

(4

Book of Changes and Traditional

Chapter Nine

Chinese Medicine

The Eight Trigrams and TCM

65

the origin of everything, the base of Yin and Yang, thunder

Section 3 Quality and Significance Of the Eight Trigrams The Eight Trigrams symbolize the origin and evolution of nature .

Laozi said, "Dao generates one, one generates two, two generates three, three generates all things . All things on earth carry Yin on their backs and hold Yang in their arms, adverse ascending of Qi to gain harmony ." "Dao generates one" means that the Reign of Taiji (the Grand Terminus) is inborn Qi . Be active, and Yang oc-

cyrs ; be static, and Yin occurs . The combination of Yin and Yang produces the elementary Forms, that is, one generates two . Those two Forms produce four emblematic symbols, which again produce the Eight Trigrams, and the Eight Trigrams respectively symbolize heaven, earth, thunder, wind, water, fire, mountain and marsh,

which are the material base of the universe's derivation . In these,

Qian and Kun, heaven and earth are the roots of all things that are all born between heaven and earth . It says in The Orderly Sequence

of the Hexagrams in Book of Changes, "When there were heaven and earth, then all things were produced . "Also in Wen Yan in Qian of Yi, it says, "in his attributes be harmony with heaven and earth, in his brightness, with the sun and moon . Hence, the Eight

Trigrams are not something mysterious but a kind of material structure in which dialectics appear in an embryonic form . Book of

Changes formed its viewpoint about the universe and the movement on eight natural things, and therefore reflected heaven, earth, thunder, wind, water, fire, mountain and marsh . With water and

wind pushing and promoting, the mountain and marsh ap-

Where there were mountain and marsh, living creatures beappearing, life began breeding, and human beings multiplied . It

in Book of Changes, "Qian, [ represents] what is great and 4c4pnating, " which means Qian is pure Yang, extremely strong and Also in Tuan-Trigram of Yi, it says,, "Vast is the great and indicated by Qian! All things owe to it their beginning - it

all the meaning of [the name ] heaven ." Kun represents and original, which means Kun is pure Yin, extremely flexible ient . It says in Tuan Trigram of Yi, "Complete is the

and originating [capacity ] ' indicated by Kun! All things owe their birth, - it receives obediently the influences of heaven . " t

f Changes attaches importance to Qian Yuan especially, reIzayng it as the motive force that all things owe their beginning to . ,u ., Yuan moves, heaven, earth, sun and moon will all move and are perpetual motions, which run from beginning to end of all and influence their occurrence and development . It says in

riginal text of Book of Changes, "Qian [represents] what is and originating, penetrating, advantageous, correct and " Qian, the heaven, is an invisible motive of the movement of

,:ungS in nature . Yuan, Heng, Li and Zhen are four virtues of -' i . Yuan is emphasized as the motive force of Yuan Qi in Book of ages, and is the early form of monism taking Qi as nature . means penetrating, Li means advantageous and Zhen means i .r lrrct and firm, that, as long as things are on the move, they can ~.nsible and reasonable, and helpful to all things, which is the in&"able law of natural development, the main course of heaven and 1,sth . It says in Tian Yuan Ji Da Lun ((0 7G fE )C f)) in the

66

BoM of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Nine

Emperor's Canon of Medicine, quoting Bopk for Primitive Qi in

the Universe (0CM)7Gfl9'j), "The boundless sky

is

the founda-

tion and origin of everything and their development . Five elements

meaning and reasoning are the same" . This shows that Book of Changes has a great influence on the basic theories of TCM . Book of Changes pays great attention to Kun . Since all six lines in Kun are --, it is pure Yin . Nothing in the universe would occur with Yin alone or Yang alone . All things occur and develop depend-

67

It says in the beginning of Xu Gua, "The six Gua cannot be ,rated from Kan, which was produced by the heavens", which water is extreme Yin . There will be no life without water . Li

are spread out in the universe that spread out the vital Qi of heaven and earth, so how everything came into being can be obtained . Its

The Eight Trigrams and TCM

and fire generates earth, the mother of all things . So water ire produce all things in the universe . In addition, L' and Karl iso be explained as the sun and the moon . With the sun and it

's movement, the cold can be alternated with summer-heat,

Yin and Yang can gain harmony . So the original text says, shows the possession of sincerity, through which the mind is rating ." Yu Fan said, "As the moon moves in the sky, Kan

ing not only on the function of Yang, but also on the constitution of Yin . In other words, heaven and earth must combine Yin and Yang

s the possession of sincerity . " And again "Kan is the mind of

and then produced the universe . So the original text in Book of Changes says, "Kun (represents) what is great and originating,

combined, so the mind is penetrating . " The original said,

penetrating, advantageous, correct and having the firmness of a mare . " Yuan means great . "Shuo Wen" thinks "Yuan represents a beginning . " Heng means penetrating ; Li means advantageous, and Zhen means correct and firm . Kun (earth) is vast and deep, carrying all things in the universe . Qian and Kun combined, Yin is helped by Yang, and all things occur . It says in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine, "The principle of Yin and Yang is the universal law of the nature, the general order and law of all matters, the root cause of various changes of the universe, the motive power of flouring and perishing of matter, and the house of mind", which hold identical views . It is obvious that the basic theory of the Emperor's Canon of Medicine was derived from Book of Changes . Book, of Changes emphasizes the important positions of water and fire in producing all things in the universe, as well as the function of Qian and Kun in the universe . For example, water is Kun

figure two and five are beside it thus flows Kun, Yin and _ii means the mouii, Li means the sun . The sun and moon are atd to the sky", and in Treatise of Remarks on the Trigrains of it says, " Li gives the idea of brightness . . . . For drying all 6s up there is nothing more parching than fire . " All suggest that of Changes paid great attention to the productive function of

sun and moon, just as is said in the Great Treatise on Yi, "The goes and the moon comes ; the moon goes and the sun comes, -in and moon thus take the place of each other, and their shins the result ." Book of Changes says that Zhen and Xun, thunder and wind, important roles in the occurrence and development of nature . original text says, "Symbolism shows when the movement ap-_: hes, he in the position of peril (a weak line) is mounted on a

,ig one . " And in Treatise of Remarks on the Trigrams of Yi, it "All things are made to issue forth in Zhen, which is placed at

east .

" [ The processes of production ] are brought into full and

68

E

Chapter

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

equal action in Nun, which is placed at the southeast . The `being brought into full and equal action' refers to the purity and equal arrangement of

things . " In addition, Book of Changes notes the functions of Gen and Dui, mountain and marsh, in the formation of all things in nature, all

for Book of Changes says, "Mountains and collection of water interchange their influence and it is in this way that they are able to change and transform, and to give completion to all things . ""Geri is

Changes states the occurrence and derivation of nature, points out the great significance of heaven and earth, water and fire, wind and thunder, mountain and marsh in the universe, and stresses the view that nature is moving and material . It says in Treatise of Remarks

on the Trigru ms of Yi , " [ The symbols of ] heaven and earth received their determinate positions ; [those for] mountains and collec-

tion of water interchanged their influences ; [ those for] thunder and wind stimulate each other all the more" ; "Thunder serves to put

things in motion ; wind to scatter [the genial seeds of ] them ; rain to moisten them, the sun to warm ; [what is symbolized by] Gen, to arrest [and keep them in their places] ; [by] Dui, to give them joyful course ; (by] Qian, to rule them, and [by] Kun, to store them . " Arid "for putting all things in motion there is nothing more vehement than thunder ; for scattering there there is nothing more

effective than wind ; for drying them up there is nothing more parching than fire ; for giving them pleasure and satisfaction there is nothing more grateful than a lake or marsh ; for moistening them

The

Eight Trigrarns

and TCM

69

re is nothing more enriching than water ; for bringing them to an :d and making them begin again there is nothing more fully adapt,,j than Gert . " Under the influence of Book of Changes, the Emperor's Canon r Medicine pays great attention to the creative function of heaven, earth, water, fire, soil and metal . It says in Tian Yuan Ji Da Lun Plain Questions (( I7 •, KjGWkff)), "The spirit in heaven is .c .3, in earth is wood ; in heaven is heat, in earth is fire ; in heaven iamp, in earth is earthiness ; in heaven is dryness, in earth is in heaven is cold, in earth is water ; in heaven is Qi, in earth m ; form and Qi interact, thus creating myriad things . "

the trigram of the northeast . In it all things bring to a full end the issues of the past [year] and prepare the commencement of the next ." This indicates that the theory of the Eight Trigrams in Book of

Nine

The above further proves the theory' that TCM and Book of

A

:ages are in harmony with each other .

(Translated by Wang Xuemin)

Chapter Ten Map of the Grand Terminus and Theory of TCM 71

Chapter Ten Map of the Grand Terminus and Theory of TCM Section 1 Map of the Grand Terminus

several opinions, as follow : a . The Map of the Grand Terminus was from the series of The ;._rmony in Book of Changes (()1 A # M 9)) by Wei Boyang in

,rx Eastern Han Dynasty .

b . The Map was first recorded in The Original Meaning of :,- of Changes ((J A *,U) by Zhu Xi in the Song Dynasty, . s .h a:o got it from a hermit of West Shu (NVO) passed on by Cai Ji( *A) , then recorded it in The Original Meaning of Book Changes, which was handed down till now . c . The Map was from On the Map of the Grand Terminus

ia))

by Zhou Dunyi in the Song Dynasty . It is said that a t* t Priest Chen Tuan of the Song Dynasty instructed Zhou Dunyi h "Map of the Grand Terminus", instructed Shao Yong with the

The Map of the Grand Terminus is the core of the Eight Trigrams, and the quintessence of Book of Changes . Book of Changes has the idea of the Grand Terminus, but it is Yi Zhuan that defi-

nitely offers the Grand Terminus . It says in the Great Treatise on Yi , "In the system of Yi there is the Grand Terminus . " As for the

question of which book it has derived from, some think it has derived from Dao Cang ((I*)), but in fact no textual research has been achieved . Where on earth is it taken from, more textual criticism is to be made . I . About the origins of the Map of the Grand Terminus

1 . The record of Taiji (the Grand Terminus) was first noted in Book of Changes . It says in the Great Treatise on Yi, "In the system of Yi there is the Grand Terminus, which produced the two elementary Forms . Those two Forms produced the Four emblematic symbols, which again produced the Eight Trigrams . "

2 . About the origin of the Map of the Grand Terminus . There

L}y Heaven of Eight Trigrams, instructed Li Mu with the He Map

-.i the Luo Writing .

II . About Taiji (the Grand Terminus) "Tai" represents supreme, inexhaustible . Taiji means infinite, ding endless time and limitless space . "Limitless" refers to the

.nal chaotic Qi in the universe with no direction, no shape, and 'unit, which is "Dao generates one . " It represents not only the ty of macrocosm, but also the microcosm itself . The Map of the Grand Terminus (see figure 10-1) from infinite

.upreme ultimate, is the basis of the theory of the occurrence of universe in Book of Changes . Book of Changes believes the uni-

the original chaotic Qi in the unise places itself in infinity, "Tai" was considered as an unknown number in ancient :nematics in China, which suggests the word "Tao" means infi. Taiji (the Grand Terminus), therefore, refers to the idea that universe is infinite and limitless .

72

B-0of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Ten Map of the Grand Terminus and Theory of TCM 73

sans, Yin in Yang, Yang in Yin, Yin and Yang are inter-related tcl inter-restrained in unity, which can be divided into two and :_Olbined into one . But there is extreme Yang in Yin, extreme Yin

Yang, Yin in its extreme gives rise to Yang, and Yang in its exireme gives rise to Yin, which in this way constitutes the complete Diagram of the Grand Terminus . This can best symbolize the rela-Drnship of the unity of opposites of Yin and Yang (figure 10-3)

Figure 10-1

Taiji Map (Map of the Grand Terminus, Infinite) (1)

The material basis of Taiji (the Grand Terminus) is Yin and Yang . It says in the Great Treatise on Yi, "Yin and Yang constitutes Dao . " (The successive movement of inactive and active operations constitute the course of things) Yin and Yang were not isolated, or separated, but were instead combined each other . The Map of the Grand Terminus (figure 10-2) is the best indication of this idea, that "one generates two . " [All things] carry Yin on their backs and hold Yang in their

Figure 10-3 Taiji Map (Map of the Grand 'reriniiius) (3)

The Map of the Grand Terminus is round, the principle of tonism taking the Qi as the center being in it . It suggests that all things came from the Original Qi, which is the beginning of Qi Hua (Vital Activity) . So Taiji (the Grand Terminus) is also called Wu Ji (infinity) or Tai Xu (the Universe) . The round shape is represents this meaning . Why are the lines of Yin and Yang in the Map of the Grand Terminus curves encircling each other instead of straight lines? Not

Figure 10-2 Taiji Map (Map of the Grand' Terminus) (2)

using straight lines symbolizes that Yin and Yang are relative, not absolute though they each take one half . This time Yin is more than

Yang, while that time Yin is less than Yang . Yin and Yang are riot

74

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

absolutely averag7d, they restrain and depend on each other . As for the black eye and the white eye, representing extreme Yin and ex-

treme Yang, they symbolize that Yin in its extreme gives rise to Yang and Yang in its extreme gives rise to Yin, Yin and Yang can

Chapter Ten

Map of the Grand Terminus and Theory of TCM 75

their opposites when they reach the extreme, and overabun-

de..n.e of Yin resulting in Yang and overabundance of Yang resulting in . (see figure 10-4)

sit

be transformed . And the black eye and the white eye show that

there is Yang in Yin and Yin in Yang . The curved area between the combination of Yin and Yang rep-

resents the growth and decline of Yin and Yang as gradual rather than sudden . In the terms of the figure, the Map of the Grand Terminus has the meaning from zero to one, from one to two, two to

four, four to eight, eight to sixteen and to thirty two, and to sixty four and then to infinite .

Section 2 Philosophical Moral of the Map of the Grand Terminus

First of all the Map of the Grand Terminus is round, which

represents that the universe began from the Hun Dun Qi Yi Yuan

( N ?V--L -7G) , so it is the symbol of the principle of monism taking the Qi as the center . Taiji (the Grand Terminus) contains Yin and Yang, while the diagram contains the natural law of the growth and

decline of Yin and Yang . The curves of the diagram implicate the law of change and development among all things . The Map of the Grand Terminus indicates the law of qualitative change and quantita-

tive change of all things . The two equal halves of Yin and Yang in the Map of the Grand Terminus from little to large, large to little, suggest that all things are not static but developing, transforming and moving. The extreme Yin and Yang suggest that things turn

Figure 10-4

the occurrence of the Grand Terminus

tes to this figure : £fA infinite Wt incubation "7C`t

At

the Grand Terminus

Original Qi in the universe

The chaotic state to Grand Terminus, the combination of Yin .nd Yang, transformed and produced all things . Its law of deriva-

76

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

tion was : infinite - the Grand Terminus the two elementary Forms Four emblematic Symbols the Eight Trigrams - sixty-

four hexagrams . This is the essence of the world outlook of Book of Changes, which embodies the glorious thoughts of one dividing into two and two combining into one (see figures 9-3, 9-10) . The Map of the Grand Terminus stresses movement and change . In the Great Treatise on Yi, it says, "In the system of the Yi there is the Grand Terminus, which produced the two elemen-

tary Forms . Those two Forms produced the Four emblematic Symbols, which again produced the Eight Trigrams, which indicates the growth and decline of Yin and Yang in the Grand Terminus is the origin of all things derived from . It says in On the Map of the Grand Terminus C* U by Zhou Dunyi in the Song Dy-

(O

W)

nasty, "From infinite to the Grand Terminus, the Grand Terminus moving gives rise to Yang, motion in its extreme gives rise to quiescence, which produces Yin, quiescence in its extreme gives rise to motion . Quiescence and motion are causes of each other . " This indicates the diagram of the Grand Terminus offers profound materialist dialectics . This in turn shows that the Map of the Grand Terminus is the supreme field of philosophy of Book of Changes and the epitome of the law of all things changing and developing in universe, which includes profound philosophical theory .

Section 3

Map of the Grand

Terminus and Yin Yang Qi Hua The Map of Grand Terminus is the symbolic diagram of Yin

Chapter Ten Map of the Grand Terminus and Theory of TCM 77 Yang Qi Hua (functioning of Qi ; vital activity) . And Taiji is the epitome of Yin Yang Qi Hua in the universe . It says in the Great Treatise on Yi, "Yin and Yang constitute Dao" (The successive movement of the inactive and active operations constitutes the course _ things) . Taiji not only stresses that all things in the universe have .tarted from the very beginning of the world, but also pays attention :,, the contradictory unity of Yin and Yang, which is considered the

~~,ic motive force of the development of all things . It says in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine, "Yin and Yang the universal law of nature, the general order and fundamental rinciple of all matter, the root cause of various changes of the uni-

.rse, the beginning of the birth and creation, death and destruction A all things, the storehouse of all that is mysterious in the natural .-Ad", which shows that under the influence of Book of Changes , CM also pays attention to the significance of vital activity of Yin A Yang in the occurrence and development of all things .

A . Theory of the growth, decline and transformation of Yin

..:. . Yang

The transformation of Yin and Yang in the Map of the Grand :minus contains the law of Yin declining when Yang grows and

at growing when Yang declines from quantitative change to quali-

.~ : :ve change, which has the same meaning as the theory in the , peror's Canon of Medicine - overabundance of Yang resulting w Yin and overabundance of Yin resulting in Yang ; "Cold in its exrne giving rise to heat and heat in its extreme giving rise to cold" . Law of the growth, decline and transformation of Yin and Yang in the Map of the Grand Terminus sums up the relation of Yin z i Yang in the Eight Trigrams . The Eight Trigrams consist of Yin and Yang Yao . The growth, decline and transformation of Yin

Chapter Ten

Map

of the

Grand Terminus and Theory of TCM

79

and Yang are embodied by every emblem of the trigrams . , Mean-

while in the complete Eight Trigrams there exists the growth and

decline of Yin and Yang, the ascending and descending of Qi movement . For example, during the four seasons of the Year, the Winter

Solstice reflects the rise of Yang, where Fu (Returning) sets ; while the Summer Solstice , reflects growth in Yin, where Gou (Encountering) sets (see figure 10-5)

Figure 10-6

Time in the four seasons of Taiji (the Grand Terminus)

Notes to this figure : ti1# the beginning of spring k# the beginning of autumn

#53' the

Spring Equinox

)(I the Summer Solstice Figure 10-5

Waning and Waxing of Yin and Yang in Taiji (the Grand Terminus)

Notes to this figure :

AM-M -K the Summer Solstice - Yin waning *Y-PHt the Winter Solstice - Yang originating M {c 1i A Yin waning and Yang waxing t2 rA M Yang waning and Yin waxing

VL* trigram Z* trigram

of Qian lfa* trigram of Gou of Fu

J

F trigram

of Kun

B. Law of inter-dependence and inter-restraint of Yin and

Yang

-IN the

beginning of summer

A*a the beginning of winter

Tki~ the Autumn Equinox

*Y- the Winter Solstice

Law of inter-dependence and inter-restraint exists between Yin

and Yang, and the combination of Yin and Yang in the Map of the Grand Terminus embodies their inter-dependence, that, "Yang is "Yin is the root cause of based on Yin, Yin is applied in Yang

Yang, Yang is the root cause of Yin", "Yin alone will not occur, The same meaning. is expressed in and Yang alone will not grow he Emperor's Canon of Medicine, "Yin is installed in the interior as the material foundation of Yang ; Yang remains on the exterior as the manifestation of the function of Yin . Inter-dependence and inter-restraint retain while transforming,

80

Bob

of Changes

and Traditional Chinese Medicine

thus, all things can develop normally. . Zhang Jingyue (1563-1640, i a famous physician) said, "Nature must have growth and restraint in it . Without growth it will have no root cause to develop ; without restraint it will be excessive to the point

harm . Growth existing in restraint and restraint in growth together make it function well and oppose each other so as to complete with each other ." of

Chapter Eleven

The He Map, the Luo Writing and TCM Theory

Without-inter-restraint, preponderance of either Yin or Yang,

even dissociation of Yin from Yang, will appear, vitality will not be maintained, which is approved by what is said in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine, "Dissociation of Yin from Yang [results in] exhaustion of vital essence, "

Section 1 The Explanation of the He Map and the Luo Writing Through Trigrams

(Translated by Hou Jianjun)

said that the He Map and the Luo Writing were derived :'som Yi Shu Gou Yin Pictures ((AIA-J AI()) by Liu Mu in the song Dynasty . It is the combined name of two digital pictures . Leg- td has it that the He Map is the picture of the back of a dragon It

is

r~rse . The Luo Writing is the picture of the back of a divine tor.uise . In ancient times, Fu Xi Shi administered his country accord-"g to the blueprint of the dragon horse . Da Yu in the Xia Dynasty

(21-16 C . BC) tarried waters referring to the picture of the divine tortoise . This provides evidence for "the He gave forth the map, tend the Luo the writing in the Great Treatise on Yi . "He" refers to the Yellow River and "Luo" refers the Luo River . It is passed on that the Eight Trigrams come from Fu Xi Shi, as the later generations say : in the time of Fu Xi, a dragon horse came out of the Yel-

Law River, it had on its back lines and stripes from which Fu Xi drew his Eight Trigrams ; at the time of Xia Yu, a divine tortoise

82

Book.Eof Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

came out of the Luo River, it had writings on its back from which Yu drew his writing . It is recorded in Shi Zi ((P-T)), the fourteenth quoted passage in Guang Bo Wu Zhi ((1'' f A ) ) , Yu, while taming the river, observed the water and saw a white-faced

man with the body of a fish come out of the water, saying "I am the spirit of the river" then gave the He Map to Yu and went back to the water . No Attack in Mo Zi (( ~f • 1 *)) records, God gave King Wen the order, he destroyed Yin Shang and founded his own dynasty . Peace realized, he went to the river and was given the He Map . Which book were the He Map and the Luo Writing actually derived from? It says in the Great Treatise on Yi, "The He gave forth the map, and the Luo the writing, [both of] which the sages took advantage . " It states clearly that the Eight Trigrams of Fu Xi come from the He Map and the Luo Writing . The earliest document that records the He Map and the Luo Writing is Gu Ming in Book of History ((l -0 ')R*)) It says, "Da Yu, Yi Yu, Tian Qiu ()\~E,A_L .,/l9) and the He Map are in the east", which shows the He Map is listed in the east, together

with Da Yu, Yi Yu and Tian Qiu (three kinds of celestial apparati) . In this book, the He Map is exhibited along with Da Yu, Yi Yu and Tian Qiu in the east sacrifice room at the death of King Wen of the Zhou Dynasty . So it says in On Gu Ming ( ( 1 ( ) ) , " The He Map, the Eight Trigrams ; at the time of Fu Xi Shi, a dragon horse came out of the river, and the lines and stripes on its back

were used to draw the Eight Trigrams, namely the He Map . " The same meaning is expressed in On the Five Elements in Book of Han ((&1 • "Fu Xi became the king . When the He Map was

Chapter Eleven The He Map, the Luo Writing

and

TCM Theory 83

revealed to him, he drew it . It was the Eight Trigrams ; Yu tamed rae flooding water . When awarded the Luo Writing he exhibited it, was Hong Fan . "

Drawings, a main element of Book of Changes, include symand pictures . Symbols refer to the Eight Trigrams and the Hexand

agrams, which contains the He Map, the Luo Writing and the Early and Later Arrangement . Symbols can be traced back to the time of n Zhou . The He Map, the Luo Writing and the Early Arranget of Fu Xi were traditionally regarded as being lost . Actually y were preserved by Taoists and exposed to the world by Chen Bo the Song Dynasty . Mr . Liu Dajun has done a great deal of recarch in this field . In 1977, Ru Yang Hou ( & (H A) tomb of the crest Han Dynasty was unearthed in Shuanggudui in Fuyang City, a the Luo Writing was recorded on the unearthed "Tai Yi Jiu Gong Zhan Pan (C Z fl . A r~Min 1973, Book of Changes

xpied on silk was unearthed from Han' Tomb in Mawangdui in hangsha, and the Early Arrangement of the Hexagrams in the :.*ok made it certain that description of drawings of Book of Changes

::.ad existed in the early West Han Dynasty . Additional proof exists : e numbers derive from what is said in the Great Treatise on Yi he numbers of heaven and earth together amount to 55" and the

_uo Writing can be first found in Qian Zao Du ((tG S 1t)) by Lheng Xuan in the Han_ Dynasty (Study of the He Map, the Luo Writing and Ancient Yi Ching in West Han ("

S 4) U

by Liu Dajun recorded in the preface to Da Yi Tan Wei (* ) by Jin Wenjie . This evidence expounds that the description

of drawings originated from Book of Changes, developed in the Han Dynasty, and was made known in the Song and Yuan dynasties . It a main component of the study of Changes .

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Eleven The He Map, the Luo Writing and TCM Theory 85

Some believed tote origin of the Luo Writing had something to do with a comet . Two physicists conducted an experiment at Texas University .- They let hydrogen pass through a magnetic field ; and an

OOOOOOOOO

electric field . The gas that carried electricity first gave off strong

O

light and heat (incandescence) followed by an image in the shape of The two physicists hypothosized a comet might produce the same result as in the experiment when its tail of gas sweeps through the magnetic field of earth, giving off incandescence light followed by a E image . What's more, the F would be even larger than the

moon . If this were true, this physical phenomenon of a heavenly body, appearing repeatedly from ancient times, must have left a deep impression on men . This lends credence to claims that the Luo Writing originated from a comet sighting . ~fi was the divine symbol for the Christians in the Middle Ages . A totem in China was the earliest record of a comet in the

O •-s-f-4-r 0 lr J

Figure 11-1 the He Map Figure 11-2 the Luo Writing Notes to figures 11-1 and 11-2 : Nifil south front 1rFp north back AM left east VO right west II . The Luo Writing 7

world : Book of Changes began with Yin Shang in 661 BC, derived from the He Map and the Luo Writing . If the makeup of the Luo

Writing depends on a comet ! , the realization and record of a comet in China was much earlier ( Potential Science ( $ * ) by Jia Wenyu Jan, 1987) . (see figures 11-1 and 11-2) I . The He Map

2 3

these numbers The He Map : " Fu Xi Shi became the king . A dragon horse with a drawing on its back came out of the river . The numbers in the drawing were arranged like this :1 and 6 at the bottom, 2 and 7

on the top, 3 and 8 on the left, 4 and 9 on the right, 50 in the middle . Fu Xi Shi drew the Eight Trigrams based on this arrangement .

555

9

6

The He Map is a digital diagram composed of white and black

circles and dots (see figures 11-1, 11-3) and the arrangement of

O

Figure 11-3 Digital Diagram of the He map (1) "Da Yu tamed the rivers

. A divine tortoise with writing on its tack came out of the Luo River . Its numbers were arranged like -.ids : 9 on the top' and 1 at the bottom, 3 on the left and 7 on the right, 2 and 4 its shoulders, 6 and 8 its feet, and 5 in the middle .

Yu drew Luo Writing based on this arrangement ." (Lei Jing Fu Yi : Yi Yi (Ah!!~WX. ; EKA) by Zhang Jingyue)

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Eleven The He Map, the Luo Writing and TCM Theory 87

Both the He Map and the Luo Writing apply a decimal system .

7

The numbers used are : the He Map, ten ; and the Luo Writing, nine .

2

It says in Yi Mu ((j )) written by Wan Nianchun in the Qing Dynasty, "The He Map is square outside and circular inside, inside the circle there is a square . . . The Luo Writing is circular inside and square outside, inside the square there is a circle . " This stresses Yang inside Yin and Yin inside Yang .

8

3

5 5 5

4

9

1

Section 2 The Numbers in the He Map and the Luo Writing and the Five Elements

Figure 11-4 Digital diagram of the He Map (2)

The numbers in He Map and the Luo Writing, according to the Great Treatise on Yi, are : "To heaven belongs 1 ; to earth, 2 ; to heaven, 3 ; to earth, 4 ; to heaven, 5 ; to earth, 6 ; to heaven, 7 ; to earth, 8 ; to heaven, 9 ; to earth, 10 . Studies of Changes call it "numbers of heaven and earth" . Among these numbers, 1-5 are numbers symbolizing 'generating' , 6-10 are numbers symbolizing 'forming' . It says in Hong Fan in Book of History ((M 45 : A M)), "Five Elements : 1, water ; 2, fire ; 3, wood ; 4, metal ; 5, earth ." (table 11-1 Figures 11-4 and 11-5) Table 11-1 Digital table of the He Map and the Luo Writing The He Map

The Luo Writing 9

1

7 1

6

Figure 11-5 the He Map and Five Elements tioees to this figure : *)C south fire Ark north water $fq west metal Ad* east wood +± middle earth

Chapter Eleven The He Map, the Luo Writing and TCM Theory 89

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

terminate with 9, the numbers belonging to yin begin with 2 terminate with 8 . This arrangement is the same as that in San Jiu Hou Lun in Plain Questions (( fuJ : AfLf )) "heav-

The generating and forming numbers in the He Map and the Luo Writing symbolize the Five Elements, that is, Yin and Yang convert into five elements from which everything derives . It says in Hong Fan in Book of History ((A14 : AM), "Five Elements : 1,

and earth begin with 1 and terminate with 9", which is typical of nt Chinese numbers .

water ; 2, fire ; 3, wood ; 4, metal ; 5, earth" . Water is 1, standing for Yin, which is the basis of Yang, so the generating numbers be-

The digital systems of the He Map and the Luo Writing are infated in that the numbers in the He Map amount to 55 and in the Luo Writing, 45, the two numbers add up to a hun-. With 5 in the middle, He and Luo mean to control the evens

gin with 5 ; fire is 2 standing for Yang without which Yin cannot convert ; water Yin and fire Yang, Yin and Yang change into Qi up-

on which everything is produced . Wood generates on the basis of water and fire, so wood is 3 ; without wood there is no metal, so

the odds, Yin by Yang . There are squares inside circles and cirinside squares, there are evens and odds conforming . Thus "The

metal is 4 ; earth is the mother of everything, "earth is what every-

Map conforms to five directions with heaven and earth, called _ rating numbers ; the Luo Writing conforms to five elements n Yin and Yang, called forming numbers" . Liu Xin (1J C )says,

thing is produced on" . Earth is the beginning of generating numbers, which results in 5 as both a generating number and a forming number . Both in the He Map and in the Luo Writing, earth is located in the middle as the mother of everything, only by adding 5 can the other forming numbers form . It says in Lei Jing Tu Yi ((Af& MX)) "heaven 1 produces water, earth 6 gives form to it ; earth 2 produces fire, heaven 7 gives form to it ; heaven 3 produces wood, earth 8 gives form to it ; earth 4 produces metal, heaven 9 gives form to it ; heaven 5 produces earth, heaven 10 gives form to it . " Zhang Jingyue says, "Water is the basis of everything, so it is 1 . Everything must be divided into Yin and Yang . Since heaven 1 is water belonging to Yang, there must be earth 2 belonging to Yin, so it is followed by fire 2 . when Yin and Yang combine, something must be produced, so water produces wood, and it is followed by wood 3 . Something produced leads to something killed, dryness produces metal . So it is followed by metal 4 . And earth is produced by heaven 5, which is given form by earth 10 . . . " .

The numbers belonging to yang in the He Map begin with 1

8 L

he He Map and the Luo Writing form an interlacing part, while Eight Trigrams and Nine Regulations ((IL ')) an integral

Section 3 The Time and Space Relationship Between the He Map, the Luo Writing and the System of Sun, Moon and Earth The number arrangement in the He Map and the Luo Writing _~. ,rresponds to the cycle of the movement of the sun in both time and *. ::ce, which reflects the law of waxing and waning of Yin Qi and t -r g Qi in the four seasons of a year (see table 11-2) .

90

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Table 11-2 The Lao Writing Directions

3

5

7

1

6

Chapter Eleven

The He Map, the Luo Writing and TCM Theory

91

-a,c.h is cold produced in north, and cold connects with the kid-

thus the kidneys are positioned in the north ; the very south is fire, which is heat produced in south, and heat connects with heart, thus the heart is positioned in the south ; the very east is

wind or thunder, which is warm produced in the east, and d connects with the liver, thus the liver is positioned in the east ; 1,

west is Dui, water, which is cool or dryness produced in the

Notes to this table : 1*c east

9 south

- west

At north

Take the Luo Writing for example, the number "1", positioned on the very right, is the extreme Yin in a year, the Winter

Solstice ; the number "9", located at the very south, is the extreme Yang in a year, the Summer Solstice ; from 1 to 9, Yin wanes from cold to waxing Yang, heat ; from 9 to 1, Yang wanes from heat to

and dryness connects with the lungs, thus the lungs are posi:_z-,i in the west ; the middle is Kun, earth, which is damp con.ng with the spleen, thus the spleen is positioned in the middle .

Table 11-3 presents the numbers at the four corners as related waxing and waning of the moon . Number "2 at the south * sdern corner stands for crescent (new moon) ; "4" at the south:an,.;crn

corner stands for upper crescent ; "8" at the northeastern stands for full moon ; "6" at the northwestern corner stands

waxing Yin, cold . While the east at 3 is experiencing the Spring

:wer crescent .

space and time . In addition, they symbolize the degree of heat in the four seasons and whether the light is strong or weak . "1" stands

f seasons, the waxing and waning of Yin and Yang, the trans.: tg of heat and cold . It is valuable to the study of the state of internal organs .

Equinox, which is warm, the west at 7, the Autumn Equinox, is cool . The numbers in the He Map and the Luo Writing stand for

for the lowest degree of heat and the weakest light ; "9" represents

the highest degree of heat and the strongest light . The east 3 stands

for the weaker light at daybreak ; the west 7 the weakening light at sunset . Hence, it is true that the numbers can stand for luminosity and the degree of heat .

The basis isprovided for TCM in the directional study of the

state of internal organs . The Luo Writing lays a-foundation for this subject. To state it clearly, it is : the very north is Kan, water,

The digital arrangement of the He Map and the Luo Writing ,, ~s the cycling of the sun, the moon and the earth, the chang-

92

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twelve

Table 11-3 The relationship of the four corners in the Lao Writing and the waxing and waning of the Moon (lower crescent)

(full Moon)

northwestern

no rtheastern

southwestern

southeastern

(crescent)

(upper crescent)

(Translated by Zhang

Book of Changes and the Science of Human Life Section 1 A Survey of the Development of the Science of Human Life

Qin)

The science of human life can be regarded as one of the most ted branches of science . Many mysteries about it need to br . Scientists have been working on it for generations, but ,ill can't reveal all of the secrets of the human body . Only af:_tural science enters into a new field will the science of human .eke . : , marked progress . I he development of the science of human life is rather slow . In 5th century, Harvey discovered blood circulation, which gave > .4~,

physiology as a branch of science . The 18th century was a

y developed period for biology, during which three great diswere made : Darwin's famous theory of evolution, which was in 1859 in his work The Origin of Species, solved the myshunian origin, and for the first time raised biology to the

irvel of pure science ; after discovering micro-organisms in French chemist Pasteur initiated the theory of the origin of

f3uokof Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

life ; the German botanist Schleiden and zoologist Schwann revealed the secret of the Origin of living things by discovering the existence of cells . On September 17th, 1965, Chinese scientists successfully synthesized insulin, which set a new milestone for life sciences . In January, 1984, in the laboratories of the University of California at Los Angeles, the birth of a test-tube baby gave challenge to "natural selection" . Looking to the near future, natural science will possibly start an attack on the science of human life . Surprisingly, Book of Changes, written thousands of years

Chapter Twelve

Book of Changes and the Science of Human Life 95

* 4cribed as, "vast is the great and originating power indicated by it contains all the All things owe to it their beginning ;moaning of heaven . . . Qian suggests the heavens" ; Li "means being

the great man, in accordance with this, cultivates his s :ked ~~ . ant virtue and diffuses its brightness over four quarters of the , Zhen, "symbolizes thunder . .. it gives the impression of ease

ago, is found to be the key to the study of the science of human life . The principles of the Eight Trigrams, the Grand Terminus (Taiji), and He Luo contain the secrets of life science . We believe the study of the potential science of Book of Changes will greatly promote the

development . When movement comes, its subject will be found .ag out with apprehension . - the feeling off dread leads to hap" ; Xun, " suggests wind .. . under the condition that it dex there will be little attainment and progress" These descripshow that among the Eight Trigrams, half belong to Yang, esting heat and active nature ; the other half belong to Yin, aUrsch indicates moisture storage . Both Yin and Yang are indispens-

People usually pay much attention to Yang, and consider Yin to be related with illness . In fact, Yin is of the same importance to the human body .

who inherit more Yin energy from nature may lead longer

development of the science of human life . New evaluation on Yin

Book of Changes not only emphasizes Yang, but also stresses the important position of Yin . Among the Eight Trigrams, four be-

long to Yin . They are : Kun, Kan, Dui, and Gen . Kun is described as "in its largeness, supports and contains all things . . . all the things owe their birth to it, and the various things obtain their full development" ; Kan, "shows the nature of water . It flows on, without accumulating its volume" ; Dui, "the strong lines in the center, the

weak on the outer edge, indicating that in pleasure what is most advantageous is the maintenance of firm correctness" ; Gen, "the symbol of a mountain, one over the other, form Gen" . The other four trigrams belong to Yang . They are Qian, Li, Zhen and Xun . Qian

factors to life's activities . In nature, Yin mostly lies in the sea, high mountains, and -p forests . It is also called negative ion, from which human beings absorb Yin energy . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine says that

That's why Qigong masters not only absorb Yang energy from y, but also absorb Yin energy from the ground . The ancient

ultivators tend to walk with bare feet, they are called "bare-foot They fill their Baihui acupoint with sky energy, and their r,gquan acupoint with ground energy . This is for the same rea-

As far as human life activities are concerned, preserving Yin reducing its consumption is the key to longevity . This is because Tsng originates from Yin, as described in Plain Questions : Yin ~C 1~L?)) , "Essence ung Ying Xiang Da Lun (( pq : M ff 12-y , .~ into energy", "essence nourishes energy", "Sthenic fire con-

Chapter Twelve

-sumes energy", - "while less fire- raises energy", - which means the preservation of Yin is the basic way to maintain Yang . During one's

Section

2 The Eight Trigrams and the Science of Human Life

lifetime, Yin energy is easily wasted . Zhang Jingyue (a famous Chinese physician circa 1563-1640) points out, "Yin is the source of Yang." Another famous doctor of TCM, Wang Bing, (Tang,,Dynasty) says, "Yang can be restrained by nourishing Yin . " A specialist on the science of seasonal febrile disease, Wu Jutong, (17581836) says, "where there is a drop of Yin liquid, there is an element of life . " These quotations suggest the importance of Yin .

Surprisingly, we find both macrocosms and microcosms follow principles of the combination of the Eight Trigrams . In macro-

"us, we have the combination of the planets in the solar system ; . .icrocosms, we see the atomic structure of cells . Both the ar-

Yin contains essence, blood and liquid, with which Yang grows . So the protection of Yin is as important as the protection of Yang . That's why those ancient life cultivators "cherished the

rment of planets and atomic structure of cells present the struc4law of the Eight Trigrams .

A Chinese student named Liu Zihua, who went abroad to study

essence_ to nourish the brain", "swallowed saliva" so as to preserve Yin . Again, why most women live longer than men is that women

rance in the 1930s, found the law of the Eight Trigrams from tructure, and thus worked out the speed and orbit of the tenth

contain more Yin energy, their loss of Yin energy is relatively less . The speed of the spliting of cells in their bodies is slower ; whereas men are in the opposite case, their clocks run faster, as a result,

: t of the solar system . Today, some scholars hold that the map re Eight Trigrams of Fu Xi is similar to the reaction of the atom :ueleus chain . Inspired by the Eight Trigrams, some scholars

they can not live as long as women .

up with a new table of chemical elements, at the same time,

Qigong (Quiet Breathing Exercise) is an effective way of preserving Yin . From the view of bionics, tortoises and snakes live longer than tigers and leopards in that the former store more Yin energy in their bodies .

The physiological prosperity of Yin and pathological overabundance of Yin are different in nature . So people should be fully aware of the importance of protecting physiological Yin. To many Taoists and Buddhists, the way of keeping healthy is through living quietly . Most lead long lives mainly because they know how to protect their Yin energy .

Book Pf Changes' and the Science of Human Life 97

found that there were eight electrons in the outermost layer .

._

,

other scholars noticed that the map of the sixty-four hexawas coincidentally similar to the arrangement of the heredi- . codes of biological' engineering, DNA and RNA .

Why' are the Eight Trigrams so miraculous? It has not been disY. rrd yet . The Eight Trigrams exhibit the different combinations .he four orientations and four corners, reflect the relationships

ng thousands of different things, and present the unity of the r forces" in the universe . Yang Yongzhong advances that the -ry of the Eight Trigrams lies in the unity of gravitation, elec . ,agnatism, strong force, and weak force . Strong force and weak

Chapter Twelve

Book of

Changes and the Science of Human Life 99

force are two basic powers in the atomic nucleus . He also believes that the sixty-four hexagrams and 384 Yao reflect the different types of atomic structure . The existence of eight electrons in the outermost layer' of the periodic table of elements is regarded as the criteria for multiplying different types of atomic structure . The combining principle of every two in pairs of the Eight Trigrams can reveal the

combining and transmitting law for different types of atomic structure ( Yang Yongzhong, The Combining Principle of the Eight

Trigrams and the Unity of Four Forces) .

The law of combination and development of the Eight Trigrams universally exists in the structure of substances in the whole cosmos .

The human body is a super-structure of the Eight Trigrams : the head is considered Li, the feet Zhen ; Xun, Kun, Qian, and Gen each

standing in one of the four corners, symbolizing an internal organ . As described in Yi, Treatise of Remarks on the Trigrams, "Qian stands for the head, Kun for the abdomen, Zhen for the feet, Xun for the thighs, Kart for the ears, Li for the eyes, Gen for the hands, and Dui for the mouth . " (See Figure 12-1) .

1 . Energy of the Eight Trigrams and energy of the solid organs of the human body The Trigram of Li suggests fire . It symbolizes the original power of life and matches with the heart, which is the solid organ of

fire and life gate of the human body . "Life-gate is where the original Qi comes from" ; The Trigram of Zhen suggests thunder, which indicates motion . "Thunder implies rising force ." It is an important stimulating element of life activities . Zhen corresponds with the liver and the gallbladder, the latter is responsible for growing Qi (energy) . So it is said, "the eleven solid organs all depend upon the gall-

bladder" ; Xun suggests wind, which is in charge of release . Release

Figure 12-1

The

Eight Trigrams

and Human Body

cu figure 12-1 : i h~ left part :

(IF)X(liver) Zhen lE1 (gallbladder) Xun (4?)X(heart) Li )[*( small intestine) Gen (MM)J (lung) Dui $)AP(spleen) Kun (41 Q *)*(kidney) Kan (k ) VZ ( large intestine) '-1 the right part :

4)*(ear) Kan (eyes) Li -)JW(feet) Zhen

(-N)~"8(head) Qian (QK)J*(abdotnen) Kun (RM(thighs) Xun

(*)V(hands) Gen

(fl)A(mouth) Dui

100

Book of Changes

and Traditional CAinese Medicine

-is indispensable to life activities . As for human organs, liver corresponds with it ; Dui means happiness . It matches with lung, which is in charge of the coordination of visceral activities ; Gen suggests mountain, which indicates that life needs relative stillness so as to

Chapter Twelve Book of Changes and the Science of Human Life1Q1 ;at belief that there exists the holographic law in the universe from . .~Accrocosms to microcosms . The Taiji Map and the arrangement of ;

Eight Trigrams in Book of Changes are both holographic epitoof the universe . The Eight Trigrams can be considered as a

keep balance . It is in accordance with the spleen . "The spleen pos-

tic unit of the universe, while the sixty-four hexagrams show

sesses the nature of earth, and controls the central places" The Tri gram of Kan denotes water, which has the function of moistening things. The human body needs moisture . Kan matches with the kidneys .

" The kidneys control water metabolism and store

holistic picture of the natural world, society, and human beings . That is, the holistic concept of the sixty-four hexagrams includes ,cJusophy, natural sciences and social sciences . Each in the series of richly-endowed Eight Trigrams is a small holistic picture of the

essence' ; Kun suggests earth, the human body needs necessary preservation. Kun matches with the spleen, stomach, small intestines and large intestines . " The spleen, stomach, small intestines, large intestines, three visceral cavities, and urinary bladder are all the basic internal organs as indispensable as food and shelter to human activities" ; Qian suggests the supreme power, which is responsible for human life activities . It corresponds with the brain .

rse, while the sixty-four hexagrams present a large one . As far ,ki

the human body is concerned, the whole body is actually a large tic picture of the Eight Trigrams, and each subsection is a small as in the case of the face, hand, foot, eye, ear and abdomen .

,;tee Figure 12-2, 12-3, 12-4, 12-5, 12-6, 12-7, 12-8, 12-9, 12-

12-11, 12-12 .)

From this, we can see clearly how the principle of the Eight Trigrams adapts to almost everything in the cosmos, certainly including the life activities of the human body . It also illustrates that the energy of the Eight Trigrams is the motion of substances . It is the epitome of the motion law of the natural world . 2 . The holography of the Eight Trigrams in the human body Biological holography is a theory put forward in 1980 by Zhang Jingqing, a Chinese scholar (Holographic Law of Living Things :

Potential Science, Feb . 1980) . As for biological holography, we mean that each small subsection of a living creature contains the complete whole . In other words, every small organic part is the miniature of the whole . In 1982, another Chinese scholar, Ye Zhaoxin, came up with the theory of "natural holography", with

Figure 12-2 Holographic picture of human eye .'`V..cct to this figure : AR sharp canthus i; heart X spleen fil: liver ii At inner canthus * kidney 1$ lung

1Q2

Chapter Twelve

Figure 12-3

Holographic picture of the Eight Trigrams of human eye (1)

Notes to this figure : 7~C water

tll mountain

~C heaven

* thunder

Zhen

OG"

Qian

f ook of Changes and the Science of Human Life 1 0 3

32,

swamp

A

fire

earth A wind Dui

* Kun

* Li

11 Kan

R Gen

Xun

Figure 12-5

Holographic picture of the Eight

Trigrams of the human ear Figure 12-4 Holographic picture of the Eight Trigrams of human eye (2)

Notes to this figure : A Kan

!k Qian

kidney H$ lung Zhen

J* Kun

liver *spleen

R Gen W

h'. Dui

stomach

;# Xun

X

intestine Li

gallbladder

4L heart

.Yy to

this figure :

1E Qian

R Gen

52. Dui

[ Kan

It Zhen

J* Kun

-W Xun 'A Li

OPA ovary -fV

uterus

9R'TMIM external genital organs H$t bladder large intestine f1 kidney J gallbladder /IL I7 anus ;C * IL esophagus W stomach ll1 liver Bill lung *spleen

v

heart

'* trachea

brain

IR eye

104

&ok of Changes and

Traditional' Chinese

Chapter Twelve

Medicine

Flpok of Changes and the Science of Human Life105

IN

lbt 'L,

--1W

Figure 12-6 Holographic picture

Figure 12-7 Holographic picture

of the Eight Trigrams of the hand Notes to figure 12-6 : Ill' eye

'XW

trachea

l spleen

4

'

110

kidney Li

ft

Qian

ear

Gen

Mi

lung 1W

of the second metacarpal bone Notes to figure 12-7 : A head hi liver IN waist

+L heart liver

M lung

Mi stomach

fis foot

genital organs

J Kun * Kan

A Dui

JR Zhen

fff

Figure 12-9 Holographic picture of the human abdomen *wtes to this figure : AiL $

pericardium

+ li small intestine

*a large intestine

Ill gallbladder HE*

Ii spleen

+L heart

W stomach

)ff liver

triple energizer meridian

i kidney OR bladder

Mi Xun t\ a N

Mi

fff a

'

if

r d

(1)A~ tAR±,6

(2)~ N f't-R

Figure 12-10 Holographic picture of the pulse condition to this figure :

Figure 12-8 Holographic picture of the human foot Notes to this figure : '

kidney Xun

spleen

* Kun

A

+L

heart

Men

f c

Mi liver 10 lung Gen

* Kan

M

Mi brain Mi Li Qian A Dui

(1) holographic picture of Cun, Guan and Chi on left hand i kidney AI liver L heart R Chi 7C Guan 'J Cun

(2) holographic picture of Curt, Gum and Chi of right hand Mi lung 0 spleen M kidney '}' Cun * Guan R Chi

,

Chapter Twelve

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

106

13) a waist

Book of Changes and the Science of Human Life107

14) air head

W

15) 1 liver

16)

X

foot 17)

10

lung 18)

stomach

21) )lfliver

22)4k head 23) f waist

24) W stomach 25) A$ lung

26) ,'X foot

27) W stomach 28) Jff liver

19))g foot

20)

9

waist

29) ~-, head 3Q) 0- foot 31) A- head 32) lll' lung 33) if liver 34) W stomach 35) 9 waist 36) A foot 37) fk head 38) 10 lung 39) f liver 40) W stomach 41) 9 waist 42) X foot

The structural law of the Eight Trigrams exists in each part of . :.r human body in the form of holography . It is of great significance the diagnosis and treatment, as well as acupuncture in the field of as shows in figure 12-13 . .

Figure 12-11 Holographic picture of the human tongue Notes to this figure : M* base of tongue

4N3 middle of tongue

*(W) spleen (stomach)

Figure 12-12 Notes to this figure : 1)

c head 2)

7) A- head

W'fic tip of tongue

&(W heart (lung)

b side

*kidney

#F (W) liver (gallbladder)

Holographic picture of the human body

t lung 3) ) liver 4) W somach

8) 10 lung 9) l1f liver

10) W stomach

5) JR waist

6) X foot

11) JR waist

12) JP lung

TCM expresses rich holographic content . Holoistic law exists in

Figure 12-13 Ancient way of Chinese massage in doing circular motion of the Eight Trigrams to this figure : Zhen * Li J . Dui * Kan It Xun JP Kun

IL Qian

I

Gen

Chapter Twelve VQCAOf Changes and the Science of Human Life109

most vigorous period of Yang, which is the peak of life ; Pi indicates he reduction of Yang, and shows that life begins to decline and fall, i .rrally end . So the first thirty-two trigrams symbolize the first half

the channels, the internal organs and the five elements . A record of the holographic picture of the face can be found in the Emperor's Ca non of Medicine . For instance, a section called Spiritual Pivot : Five Colors ((I , *- : KS)) says, "High-bridged nose, straight and

one's life, the remaining thirty-two signify the latter half . As 11ang Jingyue says, "Yang arises in the midnight, and is prosper--s at noon, so Trigram of Fu is called Tian Gen (the beginning of a

even, the corresponding places of the five solid organs are arranged in order on the central face, while that of the six hollow organs lie on the two sides of them . "The forehead stands for the head and face . The place above the space between the eyebrows, Queshang, stands for the throat ; the space between the two eyebrows,

From Trigram of Fu to Trigram of Qian covers 32 trigrams, ignifies the first half of one's life ; Yin arises at noon, arid is

Quezhong, represents the lungs ; the place between the two eyes, Xiaji, is for the heart ; the position under Xiaji is for the liver ; the left side of the liver is the gallbladder ; the part under the liver is the spleen; the central places between the alae of the nose and the cheeks ( under the cheekbones) stand for large intestine ; on both sides of the large intestine are places for the kidneys ; under the kid-

neys is the umbilicus ; the places above Mianwang (between the nose and the cheekbones) represent the small intestine ; the part under Mianwang, which is called philtrum, stands for the bladder and uterus . Auriculotherapy, hand therapy, and foot therapy are based cu : holography . Holographic diagnosis has become an important characteristic of doctors of TCM . Cf course, this is indivisible from t principle of the holography of the Eight Trigrarns . 3 . Sixty-four Hexagrams and the science of human life

Hexagrams symbolize the law of human life, from Kun to Ta

to Qian to Pi, then back again to Kun, which shows the process of person from life to death . Kun indicates the flourishing period j Yin, the beginning of life ; Tai shows the balance of Yin and Yang and suggests that life is becoming prosperous ; Qian refers to t

a

perous in the midnight, therefore the Trigram of Gou is called Ku(the home of moon) . From Trigram of Gou to Trigram of also covers 32 trigrams, arid symbolizes the latter half of one's The first half begins with Trigram of Fu with only one Yang,

through adding it gradually comes to 'Irigrarrt (Aan,ang tti Y its extreme . This process like a person front birth to middle The latter half starts with Trigram of Gou with only one Yin,

sai:r

-creasing gradually to Trigram of Kun, Yang is completely lost, process is like a person from middle age to death . Vertically, if ers to the bottom linear signs, we can see Qian finishes at Kun ends at midnight . When the Summer Solstice or the Solstice comes, Yang stands in the middle of the heaven and

Judged by right and left, left controls rising, right controls

Rising results from Yang and it lies in spring arid summer, ' -. corresponds with one's growth . Falling results from Y in, it he northwest, it is responsible for the collecting and storing urrrn and winter, and signifies that a person's physical condic eclining . This suggests the great prospects of the Eight to human life studies .

110

$ook of Changes and Traditional

Chinese Medicine

Chapter

Twelve Book of Changes

and the Science of Human Lifel l l

spermatozoon with Y chromosome will become a male embryo . Therefore, the occurrence of Yin or Yang, male or female begins 'Um the chromosomes in cell the nucleus .

Section 3 Taiji and the Science of Human Life

In ancient Chinese, the term "Taiji" is endowed with the meaning of "big and extreme" . - It is not only the epitome of macrocosms, but also the holographic picture of microcosms . Taiji contains the motion law of Yin and Yang of the whole cosmos . Heaven and earth compose a big universe, the human body is a small universe . By analyzing the structure of the human body, we surprisingly find that both big Taiji and small Taiji are contained in it . The

human body can be regarded as a big Taiji Map, a unity of Yin and Yang . For instance, the Great Treatise on Yi says, "Yin and Yang unite according to their qualities, with the resulting embodiment of strong and as well as soft . " TCM claims Yin and Yang come from the same resources,

life

gate is the place of the original Yin and Yang, the root of water and fire . In other words, Yin and Yang of the solid organs in the human body come from the original Yin and Yang of the life-gate . Taiji holography exists in the human body . Taking a view from the study of the origin of human life, we

can see the earliest cell structure of the human embryo is formed bti following the deriving structure of Taiji and the Eight Trigrams . For instance, healthy, people usually have forty-six chromosomes,

among which two are sexual chromosomes . Males provide spermatozoa with either X chromosomes or Y chromosomes . Being fertilized .

the ovum that unites with a spermatozoon with X chromosomes w become a female embryo ; on the contrary, if the ovum unites with a

In the deriving process of human life, from fertile egg to zy4-..te, from zygote to two split cells, then to the period of four split .xa , eight split cells, sixteen, thirty-two and so on, we can obW-rve the coincidence between the occurrence of human life and the ,riving pattern of Taiji and the Eight Trigrams . The Great Trean Yi says, "Taiji produces two elementary forms, the two then develop into four emblematic symbols, which further deinto the Eight Trigrams . " (See Figure 12-14) The human body is a major Taiji, each subsection includes a r Taiji . The human brain contains Taiji, Yin and Yang . Long during the Warring States (475-221B . C .) in Chinese history, recorded in ZhuangZi : Xiao Yao You, The First (QT_T : -)) "In the far north of the wilderness, there is a sea Minghai,

in it is pool called Tianchi, fish are living there . ZhuangZi :Nan Hua Zhen Yu :Xiao Yao You((FE'f : N*A

.i i#) ), it

is explained as follows, "Minghai here refers to the

brain, fish refers to the Yin-Yang fish (the embracing form and Yang), Qiongfa signifies the hair line instead of the tress . _ys to the Taiji Map of the two halves of the human brain, some *s ors claim the electrical pulse of the brain presents a shape of two ( z ing fish, which shows the embodiment of . Yin and Yang in i Map, with a red spot in each part . This discovery is surely o the study of the science of human life . In addition, the ,4 the human body also show the combination of the embodiYin and Yang . We can observe other cases like this as the

Chapter Twelve Book of Changes and the Science of Human Life 113 two lobes of the liver, the two lips of a mouth, two eyes, hands and t, etc . These phenomena again indicate the importance of the Taiji theory to the research in life sciences . In the human body, with the combination of Yin and Yang, we observe that Yin and Yang are not balanced from top to bottom .

fine half is prosperous with Yin, the other half is flourishing with g This statement can be found in the Emperor's Canon of Vf Jicine . For instance, Plain Questions : Yin Yang Ying Xiang

A -*T

Lun (( 17 : NJPH1*)01)) says, "Yin and Yang are the two s for left and right", which suggests that Yin and Yang are not

ced in the human body . This theory can be further proven by energizing activities and the changing of the rising and falling xte of the internal organs . For instance, in Plain Questions : Ci B Z0MIM

C 4*1119

Lun (MA : it says, "The Qi (life energy) of the goes through the left, while the Qi of the lungs goes along the side ." Plain Questions : Jin Gui Zhen Yan Lint ((~' j says, "The back belongs to Yin, the Yin in Yang is the The abdomen belongs to Yang, the Yang in Yin is the livTherefore, by dividing the Yin and Yang properties of the in-

D 81061M Figure 12-14 The splitting process of human fertilized egg Notes to this figure : B . period of two split cells A . zygote D . period of eight split cells C . period of four split cells E . Mulberry Embryo

organs, we come to realize that the Yang energy of the lungs .±ger in the right part of the human body . The lungs control the liver stores blood . Qi belongs to Yang, while blood belongs The Qi of the lungs goes through the right side, the Qi of goes through the left side . So the Yang energy in the right ..1 the human body is relatively stronger than in the left part . rmore, in The Classics on Difficulties, the 36th Difficulty, a'.-na,ry is advanced claiming that the left kidney is the right life which is also called "the seed of fire" of life . The fact that Qi is stronger in the kidneys contains the idea that Yin and

114

Chapter Twelve Book

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Yang are not in balaince in the human body . Because of the different conditions of Yin and Yang in the two halves of the human body, people possess different characters . Those who are flourishing with

Yang usually have a stronger right brain, with greater ability in thinking and analyzing ; those who are the opposite have a stronger left brain, and are usually good at delicate work and differentiation .

In addition, the pulse of the right hand is stronger than that of the left, as a result, the right part of the human body has better resistance to cold, but it is likely to grow sores or catch other diseases caused by anger or hot temper . All these once more show that the whole human body is a major Taiji map with the, combination of Yin and Yang in an imbalanced . So in curing diseases, much attention should be paid not only to the Yin and Yang of the internal organs,

man life as a new field .

Section 4 The He Map, the Luo Writing, and the Science of Human Life The He Map and Luo Writing are famous for their mysteries in volving figures . They are the main contents of the Yi Map . The

mysterious implication of the two maps and the cipher codes of the figures have attracted countless researchers through the ages. Foi years though some mysteries have been discovered, the figures and

and the Science of Human Life 115

:heir arrangements have not been completely decoded . The relationhip between He Luo and the science of human life lies mainly in the rriationship between He Luo and the internal organs . The study of he location of He Luo and the internal organs, together with the !audy of the figures of He Luo and the internal organs contains the 1e characteristics of the internal organs . I . The He Map and the five solid organs The Great Treatise on Yi says, "To heaven belongs the digit caber 1 ; to earth, 2 ; to heaven, 3 ; to earth, 4 ; to heaven, 5 ; to sth, 6 ; to heaven, 7 ; to earth, 8 ; to heaven, 9 ; to earth, 10 , "

44x :ch is the origin of the generating numbers (t- JC ) and forming :embers ( A I t ) of the five elements . Generating numbers and a*rtning numbers of the five elements were first recorded in

Shang

J 1 : A 9)), "Digit number 1, heaven gives to water ; 2, earth, to fire ; 3, heaven, to wood ; 4, earth, to , 5, heaven, to earth . These numbers from 1 to 5 are called

but also to the distribution of Yin and Yang in both the left and right part of the body . In general, the principle of the Eight Trigrams and the law of Taiji shows us that Book of Changes has contributed a great deal in exposing the mysteries of the science of hu-

of Changes

- Hong Fan

(( I

_rating numbers (symbolizing the appearance of things) . Numearth gives the form of water ; 7, heaven, of fire ; 8, earth, - .mod ; 9, heaven, of metal ; 10, earth, of soil . These numbers 6 to 10 are called forming numbers (symbolizing the formation ~ngs) . See figure 12-15 .

The generating numbers and forming numbers of the five ele-

,:

contained in the He Map symbolize the appearance and the ,n of myriad things and are closely related with the physiocharacteristics of the internal organs of the human body . ) "Number 1, heaven gives birth to water" and "kidney is the water" Water is the digit number "1" of the generating numbers in the Water is the extreme of Yin, and is the origin of life and

Chapter Twelve

116

$soak of Gwmges and the Science of Human Life 117

of things. So water belongs to the first number of heaven . kidneys lie in the north, corresponding with the Trigram of

yriad The

. The kidneys do not belong to pure Yin . One Yang linear sign between two Yin linear signs .. Yang linear sign symbolizes fire ; linear

sign symbolizes water . So Yang in the kidneys is too pre-

aous to be consumed . The function of the kidneys

is for storing .

the Emperor's Canon of Medicine says, "When a person reaches Forty, half of his

Yin energy is lost by itself . " This shows the im

~.:.rrtance of protecting the kidney energy for middle-aged people . rYe kidneys are the places to store energy . The kidney channel of ~t-Shao Yin runs along the two sides of the tongue base, carrying kidney energy to the tongue . So the saliva under the tongue is

46

fIVNIA Z

M t-) X

Figure 12-15 Orientation diagram of symbolism and numbers of the internal organs in the He Map Notes to this figure :

4 south -0 west At north 111ff!) , " The changes of the five colors take the as the criterion," the nose is the criterion of facial observation . The complexion may be decided by the nose, and the signific.,e of nasal inspection lies in that the nose is a place where the vi;u -+sence and energy of the Five Zang organs gather, the apex nasi yssponding to the spleen and the stomach, the radix nasi to the 1"IrAit and the lungs, the area around the nose to the six Fu organs, the area below the nose to the reproductive organs . Therefore, is important in reflecting the changes of the vital essence energy of the internal organs . The nose, mouth, and umbilicus *h placed in the middle and correspond to each other, so they are I

~; rtant in spleen diagnosis . The nose can foretell one's life and to a certain degree . For instance, if the bridge is high and IN' the nose looks full and ruddy, the apex nasi is round, and ;...-crils do not turn up, it means a long life span ; while if the a::i

~ flat and irregular, the apex nasi is not round, the nostrils and the nose looks thin and gloomy, it means an early addition, the shape of the nose has something to do with iperament . For instance, a nose looking like that of a tiger

if,

and s

related to the triple energizer ; region of mountain, also called regime .

179

The nose is at the center of the face and is important in diagno - through facial observation . As it says in Spiritual Pivot : Five

a. :W

gate and source, refers to the inner canthus, corresponding to Zhts =-, is related to the Mingmen ; region of marsh, also called region

of Hui yin, refers to Wai he (9h *) corresponding to Gen

of Changes

related to the collaterals of the uterus . (Figure 12-3,12-4) V . Reading the nose

related to the small intestine ; region of thunder, also called region ci

peace, refers to the outer canthus, corresponding to Dui

Book

Medical Science of TCM

*w ;

bravery, that of a dragon means good fortune, and that of a ibladder means outstanding ability ; an aquiline nose means a nose looking like that of a monkey means curiosity that

means tolerance, a pointed apex nasi means resourcefula nigh bridge means great ambition, a fat nose means lack of

the reproductive organs" Chapter Fifteen Book of Changes and Forecasting Medical Science of TCM

ambition, a round apex nasi means frankness and honesty . These can provide references for temperament researchers .

V1 . Reading, the lips The lips are like a mirror to the muscles of human body and area fundamental part of the muscles . The spleen indicate the condition of the muscles, and the lips are the outer aperture of the spleen . So through reading the lips, we can infer the condition of the muscles . If the lips look haggard and gloomy, they indicate a deficiency of fluids in the muscles ; if the lips look ruddy and bright, they indicate a sufficiency of Qi and blood in the muscles ;- if the lips turn outward, they indicate a necrosis of the muscles . So in Spiritual Piv-

ot : Jing Mai ((t4 : j~Nc)), it says, "If the vital energy of the spleen -Meridian is exhausted, the meridians cannot nourish the museles, therefore, the muscles will become loose . Since the lips and t tongue are the fundamental parts of the muscles, the tongue will at

rophy while the philtrum swells, and consequently the lips will tun outward, which indicates the necrosis of the muscles ." It is a6held in modern medicine that the lips, with abundant blood capilla ies, can sensitively reflect diseases in the internal organs . The am around the lips is called the Sibai of the lips and is very sensitive nL reflecting the rise and fall of Qi and blood in the internal organs, Plain Questions : Liu Jie Zang Xiang Lun (MA : i~ says, "The spleen . . . is indicated in the area around the lips ."

clinical practice, if the area around the lips looks gray, it indicates. deficiency of Yang (vital function) in the heart ; if that area lu4 :r bluish, it indicates poisoning ; if that area looks pale, it indicates deficiency of the Qi and blood . The lips, as the wall of the n and the gateway of language, should be plump, smooth-skinr ruddy, fresh and regular . The shape of the lips can reflect

181

yemperament . For instance,- lips looking like a " WI " in Chinese character mean ability, lips looking like that of a tiger mean a fierce ition, lips looking like that of an ox mean honesty and kindUS$, that of a monkey mean suspicion ; thick lips mean frankness iM honesty, thin lips mean intelligence . W . Reading the philtrum As the most important part in facial inspection, the philtrum, -re the channels and collaterals crisscross and the Qi and blood

;merge, can reflect the condition of the kidneys, the Mingmen, the Yang Qi . The appearance and complexion of the philtrum determine one's life and death and hint the rise and fall of the viessence and energy. In Spiritual Pivot : Five Colors ((A,*- : H it says that "the area below the nose corresponds to the bladder . This points out the relationship be»~t:S the philtrum and the urinary and reproductive systems . But

4

ae philtrum actually has a more profound relationship with the huiody. In clinical observations, the author has found out that -tultrum is closely related to the life center and the internal sysFor instance, a patient with exhaustion of the sex-stimulating .. a and deficiency of Thoroughfare and Conception Vessels, has t rum that looks dark brown or bears flat dark spots ; for a paith deficiency of adrenal cortex, such as patients of Adison's or Xihan's Syndrome, the philtrum usually looks faintly bears flat dark spots . In particular, patients with exhaustion kidney Qi will have philtrums looking dark . Therefore, dark.,z, philtrum often indicates decline of the fire from the vital ~,xkd exhaustion of the kidney Qi . In ancient documents, we 'yak philtrum means death" So the philtrum is often looked i.r. important acupuncture point in revitalizing the center .

182

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Since the philtrum can reflect the condition of the fire from the vital gate and the kidney Qi, from the complexion and appearance of it, we can infer one's life or death . A bright and ruddy philtrum-indi-

cates the sufficiency of the fire from the vital gate and the kidney Qi, and therefore means a long life span ; while a ; gloomy and haggard philtrum indicates the decline of the fire from the vital gate and the exhaustion of the kidney Qi, therefore meaning an early death . Is . Reading the ears The ears are an important information center of the hu body and were called "hearing organs" by ancient people . They at

also an external mirror of the internal organs of the human body . 'u The ear' stated in Spiritual Pivot : Questioning (( .ig : G1 f7)) , " are places where the channels converge . " Most information on human body is gathered here, and every organ or part corresponds

y. a point in the ear, Hence, the ears are like a screen of the Since ancient times, there have been accounts about forete one's life and death according to the appearance of the ears . The emu are the specific openings of the kidneys . The kidney Qi reaches tis ear and determines life and death . So the ears have distinctive va~ in inferring one's life and death . Generally speaking, if the auricLza big, thick, bright and ruddy, and the earlobe is plump and down, it means long life ; if the auricle is small and thin gloomy, the earlobe is small and wrinkled, and does not down, it means early death . In Spiritual Pivot : Ben Zang 1R : *0)), we see "If the ears look solid, the kidneys, are st if the ears look thin and not solid, the kidneys are weak ." Bei

pu reported that in his ear diagnosis of fifty old men over the a ; eighty, he found that all those long-living men have auricles alai earlobes . According to his survey, all have auricles over 7cm

Chapter Fifteen Book of Changes and Forecasting Medical Science of TCM

183

(the length of the auricle of an ordinary man is 5-8cm), some even 8 .5cm ; and all had earlobes over 1 .8cm long (the ordinary th is 1-2 5cm) , some even reach 3 .2cm . Some of these elderly n even felt their auricles and earlobes had tended to grow after the of sixty. It, can be obviously seen that auricles and earlobes have

=rain relationship with men's life, and death . (The Clinical Appliof the Inspection of Auricles by Bei Runpu, A Magazine on f, Liao Ning, Dec . 15, 1983)

In Spiritual Pivot, there are accounts of the relationship be-

the appearance of the ears and the rise and fall of the Qi and For instance, in Yin Yang Twenty-five Kinds of People "If $aal energy is exuberant, one's eyebrows usually are long and king, and one's ears are ruddy ; if the vital energy is defione's ears usually look haggard and gloomy . The condition vital energy directly influences one's life and death, so the rice of the ears has value in forecasting life and death . addition, the shape and complexion of the ear have referenin inferring one's temperament . For instance, if one's ears nJ and rosy, one tends to be active and optimistic ; if one's

big and yellow and hang down, one tends to be phlegmatic gut ; if one's ears look pointed and thin and dark, one tends r"ewd and resourceful ; if one's ears look long and gray, one be irritable and suspicious ; if one's ears look big and white, to be steady and self-disciplined .

Reading the hair

inair is the crown of the head and is the outer manifestation n, so the hair has significance in physiognomy . The hair relationship with the kidneys and the brain, with the

the kidney Qi directly influencing the hair, as it says in

184

Book

Chapter Fifteen Book of Changes and Forecasting Medical Science of TCM

of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Plain Questions : Liu Jie Zang-Xiang Lun (( au}: 1 U W), "The kidneys . . . are where the vital energy and essence are stored, and they have manifestations- in the hair of the head . " In

Plain Questions : Shang Gu Tian Zhen'Lun (( ' h] : I -NX A it)) "A seven-year-old girl's kidney Qi rises,- her permanent teeth

grow, and her hair looks thick .•. . A forty-year-old man's kidney Qi falls, his hair begins to fall out, and his teethlook gloomy ; when he reaches the age of sixty-four, both his hair and teeth are lost . This states that the kidneys are manifested in the hair . Someone of later generations thought "the hair is the odds and ends of blood" blood is the fundamental, as hair isthe incidental . From the appearance of the hair, we can infer the rise and fall of the kidney Qi as well as the deficiency and sufficiency of both Qi and blood .

185

the hair is an important basis for blood group identification in st;-tdical jurisprudence . Researchers recently found age rings in the la.'7r ; so hair can be used as proof of age .

Section

2

Forecasting According to the Appearance of Hands

Reading the appearance of the hand is an important part of nation and physiognomy . Qriginated in China and ancient cce, it can infer diseases, temperament, life and death, mainly

,L:wrding to the form and lines of the hands .

I . The forecasting value of the form of the hand

The hair contains many kinds of trace elements, so it can fore tell diseases like premature senility, diabetes,- consumptive disease . apoplexy, dementia, epilepsy, cancer, extravagated blood, obesity :

Inferring temperament depends mainly on reading the form of hand . A big palm and long fingers symbolize open-mindedness,

gout, and endocrinopathy . In addition, reading the hair can, also in

narrow-mindedness, timidness and low aspirations ; thick with a big center of the palm mean honesty and kindness and rance ; a thin hand with a narrow center of the palm mean jeal

fer one's life and death, for the kidney is manifested in the hair ara the hair symbolizes the rise and fall of kidney Qi and can refle one's life and death . Black, bright and thick hair symbolizes life ; yellow, withered, and thin hair symbolizes an early death .

lord

has about 100, 000 hairs, which grow 0 .33mm each day and hetit lives of 3-5 years . Too few hairs, trichomadesis or the hair turnip, white early are signs of premature senility . The hair has a certain relationship with temperament . For

stance, a person with black and stiff hair is short-tempered and domitable ; one with slender and soft hair usually is gentle and agreeable ; one with thick hair, which erects easily, usually is fierce ar.4 tough ; one with yellow and curly hair usually is unsteady . In adn:

:ige and high aspirations ; a narrow palm and short fingers syni-

and unkindness, Big thick hands are less skillful than small and ~isite hands in meticulous work . If a person's thumb and index can stretch apart beyond a right angle, he is probably an ,"a-minded and independent man ; if under 45 ° , he is probably a row-minded and dependent man . A person with long little fin' usually has a glib tongue and is efficient . Slender and long a„ s symbolize gentleness, whilethick and short hands symbolize . If the lines of the hand look clear, sleek, and neat, and few branches, it means long life ; it the lines look short, -CC

and unclear and have many branches, it means an early

Chapter Fifteen Bogk of Changes and Forecasting Medical Science of TCM

t 186

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

death . A person with thin, long and winding lines on the hand is usually timid, weak-willed and kind ; one with thick, short and

straight lines is usually fierce, tough and short-tempered . - A researcher has found that among 400 murderers examined each had a similar crossline of the hand (Fujian Youth , Oct, 1986) . Of course, murder is a problem of morality, not genetics, but this can at least suggest that the lines of the ' hand have some relationship with temperament .

to is where nerve endings gather and will look unusual when one is If one suffers from diseases of the kidney, transverse lines or

*elling will appear below his Yu Ji ; when one suffers from diseases

the heart and kidney and dropsy, the transverse lines will increase the palm . If the line of health is vague or breaks, it may be a sign he early stages of hepatitis . The darkening of the area below the

may suggest lumbago due to wind-dampness; while transverse :gives on the nails may be a sign of tuberculosis, thin nails may 'rst that the respiratory system is not strong (Line of the Hand

II . Forecasting value of the lines of the hand

1) the forecasting value of the lines of the palm The lines of the hand are like the grain of wood . Woods will: beautiful grain are wonderful timbers, and hands with beautiful lines reflect precious nature . Thin and deep lines mean good' luck ; thi and shallow lines mean bad luck ; lines with many branches m unsteady temperament ; and having many horizontal lines means star

pidity .

The exploration of the lines of the hand has aroused gretc interest among scholars at home and abroad, and there are many ports about it . For instance, it says in Scientific and Technologu World of Hong Kong, "The length and thickness of the croo

line of the thumb are related to one's physique . " If this line is and thick, it means good health ; if this line is short and thin, means delicate health. If this crooking line

the fingers is too loth one is susceptible to diseases of the intestine and stomach ; as to a F* tient with heart diseases, this line usually branches out or twists mss : winds . If the crooking line of the palm is thin and vague, it is rek

Infer One's Health, translated by Jin Quan, Recovery, Vol .

1 986, Shanghai) . Some experts believe duodenal ulcer sufferers M1

ar

bows and curves in the lines of their hands ; Tongguan hand,

over-wide triangle at the bottom of the palm, often indicates

A

c nital stupidity . In brief, vague lines with many branches mean I luck ; deep, long, and bright lines mean good luck, and short,

, gloomy lines mean bad luck . In addition, three lines joina-to one line often indicate congenital stupidity, and is called the : . d line" (Tongguan hand) . See figures 15-2, 15-3, 15-4 . Forecasting value of the fingerprints

ingerprints are thin lines of the hands and are permanent

Fingerprints take shape during the embryonic stage . In medii .ruprudence, they are used as irrefutable proof of identity ; apeople, they are used as symbols of credit ; in medicine, fin-

of

f

es and lines of the hand are called dermatoglyphic and are -aluable in genetics . (See figures 15-5, 15-6, 15-7, 15-8) .

Chinese people and other mongoloids have whorls, while loops

ed to the cranial nerve . If a person's line of health and stre

deep and thick and long, he is in good health ; if it is shallow aae short and vague or even cannot be seen, he is in delicate health . TV

187

-

common among Cavcasoids . The changes of the shapes and amnber of the lines of fingerprints have diagnostic significance d stortion

of sex-chromosomes and autosome . The former is

t

188

Chapter Fifteen

Book of Changes and Forecasting Medical Science of TCM

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

189

--(3)

NO* (4) (1) Figure 15-2 Notes to this figure : dt1k-'~G Line of work

Lines of the Hand

t-kl Line of fife

W ,* Line of wisdom AMA Line of love

Figure 15-4 Names of the Lines of the Hands

(1) The Crooking Line of the Thumb (2) The Crooking Line of the Palm

(3) The Crooking Line of the Fingers (4) The Line of Health & Strength (5) The Triangle at the Bottom of the Palm

ti'hanges in these two aspects have diagnostic value in certain hi redi~ :ry diseases .

lJON"gorilla" line Figure 15-3

Lines of a Tongguan Hand

shown in the changes of the total number of the lines of finger-

prints, while the latter in changes of the shapes of fingerprints .

Chapter Fifteen $ook of Changes and Forecasting Medical Science of TCM

Figure 15-6

Fingerprints (1) (ring-like & spiral whorls)

191

Chapter Fifteen Book of Changes and Forecasting Medical Science of TCM

Figure 15-8 Fingerprints (3) (winding loops)

193

Chapter Fifteen Book of Changes and Forecasting Medical Science of TCM

Section 3

The Forecas

ng Value of

aad rise with the soul, so the man can not sleep soundly, and often ;seams ." This record points out the relationship between dreams insufficiency of the internal organs . The Emperor's Canon of

Dreams

Dreams are the comprehensive reflection of physiology and psychology . Modern medicine cantends that dreams are excited activities under the background of the general inhibition of the brain and

are the continuity on the part of the higher nervous activities of the brain . Dreams are divided into two groups : physiological dreams and pathological dreams . Physiological dreams include dreams of sorreai imagination, dreams of reappearance of past scenes and dreams of inspiration, which are reappearances of impressions on the cerebral

cortex made during waking hours . Psychological senses and externaz

icine also lays great stress on the fact that dreams can foretell conditions of the internal organs . For instance, in Plain Ques-

. Fang Sheng Shuai Lun ((*1 101 : ! ) ) , it says that .c >, deficiency of the kidney Qi may make one dream of overturned ats and drowning men ; the deficiency of the liver Qi may make dream of exuberant grass and flowers, or that he himself lies at

-, toot of a big tree and is afraid' to rise ; the deficiency of the heart may make one dream of fire fighting and thunders and lightning, tag fires burning fiercely" . In Plain Questions : Mai Yao Jing _un (( s i'7 : W W VUf?)) , it says that "exuberance of Yin zs one dream of wading across a big river in a great panic ; exuof Yang makes one dream of a big fire burning violently ; excr .ce of both Yang Qi and Yin Qi makes one dream of mutual

stimulus can also be reflected in physiological dreams . Generally, physiological dreams are harmless and can help to achieve psycholog ical equilibrium, psychological dredging, and psychological forecast

ing . Most causes of pathological dreams are internal . These dream are often caused by the information of the insidious focus in tlx

. body . So most pathological dreams are nightmares . On the mater base of reflecting diseases, dreams can give us more informatlt _ with which to foretell diseases . TCM science offers many such a

.,*,,tier and hurt" . In Spiritual Pivot : Yin Xie Fa Meng (((

*51V)),

it adds that "if the upper part is exuberant, one x am of flying up ; if the lower part is exuberant, one may .1: :_- of falling down . " "If the pathogenic factors harm the heart, dream of mounds and hills and smoke and fire ; if the itic factors harm the lung, one may dream of flying up . . . . "

counts, which have clinical value in foretelling diseases .

In the oldest book on pathogenesis, Treatise on the Etiolj and Symptomology of Diseases ((iNA&fib)), it is recorded ths, "A consumptive man, whose blood and Qi are weak and whose ternal organs are insufficient, is susceptible to pathogenic factory The pathogenic factors gather in the body from outside, stay at fixed position, but reak wanton devestation in the internal orgar*

195

because the internal organs are insufficient, and are easily

WOW

by external pathogenic factors, and consequently, one is distx%i and often dreams . According to the relationship between the emotions and the Five Zang Organs (the heart, lungs, liver,

and kidneys), dreaming of anger foretells the exuberance of Qi, dreaming of fear foretells deficiency of the kidney Qi, of weeping foretells deficiency of the liver Qi, dreaming of

196

2

Book of changes and

Traditional'

Chinese

Medicine

laughter foretells deficiency of the heart Qi, dreaming of singing foretells deficiency of the spleen Qi . The above mentioned dreams are all the result of internal causes . The sudden increase of those dreams has some forecasting value to the potential focus of infection .

Therefore, forecasting with dreams has its inner background . At present, forecasting with dreams is in wide clinical practice . For in-

stance, for those who are over mid-age and have corpulent carriages, frequent nightmares, thrilling dreams, or dreams of being pressed may be signs of coronary heart disease or arteriosclerosis ; dreams of weeping may be signs of diseases of the nervous system ; dreams of eating may be signs of diseasesof the digestive system . Dreams have some significance in disease forecasting, and are worthy of further erlploration . The phenomena of foretelling human affairs and luck through dreams are found in many accounts at home and abroad, and is still a mystery waiting to be revealed .

(Translated by Zhao Chenwei

Chapter Sixteen Book of Changes and Chinese Qigong (Breathing Exercises) Qian Xuesen, a well-known Chinese scientist, once said, "ChiQigong is a window open to reveal the mystery of human The extraordinary power of Qigong has made a breakthrough in esearch on the human body . Qigong is becoming increasingly . It will surely make' even greater contributions to the devel nt of the science of the human body .

Section 1 The Theory of Chinese Qigong Originating in Book of Changes

China is the birth place of Qigong . The Chinese Qigong theory - hates in Book of Changes, which abounds in Qigong theories greatly influenced Qigong's formation and development . The any in Book of Changes'((,W ~% 0 R)) and Taoist Qigong ;raw some theories from Book of Changes . MP

Qigong is a system of exercises combining meditation with deep

aging . Qigong of the Confucianist, Taoist and Buddhist schools

198

Book of

Chapter Sixteen Book of Changes and Chinese Qigong (Breathing Exercises)

Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

have their own characteristics, including exhaling and inhaling, conducting, making pills of immortality and sitting in meditation . The process is to regulate breathing and posture under the control of the

conscious mind, so as to improve the circulation of vital energy and to keep the internal organs free from any disease . Chinese Qigong is an important method of regulating the function of vital energy a the state of blood . It can also keep the balance of Yin and Yang .

In China, Qigong served to cure and prevent diseases thousands

of years ago . It is recorded in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine that the mind can prevent disease . Plain Questions : Acupuncture Methods says, "Before we enter the room, we can think that Greea Qi comes from the liver, which will change into Qi of forest guarding the East, White Qi rises from the lungs, which changes into Q of soldiers and arms guarding the West . Heat sends out Red Qi .

which changes into Qi of fire guarding the South, the kidneys sea 4

su&r the control of consciousness (i . e . under the condition of doing i ong, the operation of consciousness will remarkably change the isvities of the involuntary functions in the body) . In the Emperor's Canon of Medicine, the theories of combin-

Yin and Yang and exhaling and inhaling methods are put for"d to keep the body in good health . This theory is also a key to 'fi g .-The book Plain Questions : Acupuncture Method says, "If ;~itzient suffers from a kidney disease for a long time, he can face to th during the period of 3a . m . to 5a . m . , concentrate and x.mself from any confusion, inhale seven times without exhalAfter doing this, he will produce saliva in his throat and feel comfortable . " In the book Keeping Fit and Longevity (( E

1*314M by Tao Jinghong (a famous physician 456-536), it is

ceded that there is only one inhaling method, however there are

.any as six exhaling' methods, including, blowing, breathing

out Black Qi, which changes into Qi of water guarding the North .

the spleen sends out Yellow Qi which changes into Qi of earn . guarding the Center . Overhead there is also some Qi like the Dipper . All these kinds of Qi safeguard our body and protec e.. against diseases . " Doing Qigong exercises can tap the potential of the hur body, both in intelligence and in physical strength . This is c potential-tapping or wisdom-tapping . It is recorded that Qigong develop the human body's visual potential and recover the lost e sight of Tianmu acupoint . (Tianmu acupoint is located in the u part of the forehead . It is probably a degenerated visual organ) recent years, Qigong has been developing rapidly . Wang Jialii has

famous Chinese scholar in the science of the human body, vanced a new theory that the internal organs of the human body

199

.k.

:4ghing, slow-breathing, breathing out with the mouth open raspy breath . Different breathing methods will cause different

Blowing will get rid of chills ; breathing out will dissipate _ighing will dispel melancholy ; slow-breathing will create breathing ; breathing out with the mouth open will make in-

nooth, and "a raspy breath" will help patients recover from The six different breathing methods will be employed to r the breathing rhythm . Selection and Explanation of Pren4 ((

YW) says, "The method to regulate breathing

"concentrate your mind on counting how many times you haled and inhaled, from one to ten, from ten to a hundred, will not miscount times if you focus on exhaling and inhal-

[he record shows the importance of exhaling and inhaling in

Chapter Sixteen Book of Changes and Chinese Qigong (Breathing Exercises) On the one hand, Qigong -attaches : importance to the operas : of energy, including the operation of the Big Cycle and the Sn Cycle and Dantian energy operation as well . The Big Cycle operati A aims at making the twelve channels circulate smoothly . The Srnw ;

and calmness, are not mufually exclosive . They contain each

her . The Great Treatise on Yi says, "Changes must be made if

circulation channel is blocked . Smoothness can be achieved after . If the circulation of energy is smooth, then permanence can

Cycle operation will link up Ren and Du channels . Deep breaths

achieved .

controlled by the diaphragm aims at the energy of the diaphragm g> ing along the channels . On the other hand, Qigong stresses exeruxies such as "turning essence into energy, then turning energy u.:.

a ainducted by exercising the arms and the legs to keep energy and d circulating smoothly . As the Taoist school is in favor of quiet-

A

formation treatment . The patient will receive treatment by "s&e ' energy" given by Qigong masters . Furthermore, a Qigong master can consciously conform to L* change of Yin and Yang and the movement of the sun anti tNv moon . They try to be in agreement with the natural biological c so as to keep fit .

ducting method

Book of Changes illustrates that the Confucian school is in

of moving, while the Taoist school is in favor of calmness . them come from Book of Changes . However, the two points,

conducting Qigong is characterized by slowness and gentleAnother distinguishing feature is that the shape of movement ~-ocular, due to the influence of the Taiji Map in Book of ages . Conducting Qigong was very popular in the Western Han In 1973, a cultural relic containing conducting Qigong

ings was found in Ma Wang Dui, an ancient tomb of the Han ty

a

Generally speaking, under the influence of Book of Chanym the Emperor's Canon of Medicine and The Harmony in &s Changes ((M A # fJ 9)), the theory of Chinese medical Q comes into being . It is based on the energy regulation theory,

Qigong . (See Chapter Twenty-four Book of Changes and Sex(*', I . The Changes and open theory in Book of Changes and

Conducting Qigong is greatly influenced by the

e and open theory . Conducting Qigong means the vital energy

thought, and then turning thought into emptiness" . The purpose energy operation is to strengthen the internal movement, i . e . practise the internal energy . Qigong masters have also develo

inter-influence of Yin and Yang theory, and exhaling and inF theory . In addition, Book of Changes is also a guide to

201

a

in Changsha, Hunan Province . Lii's Spring and Autumn

o also recorded this, "dancing and waving to guide the circun of Qi" . In Synopsis of the Golden Chamber ( ( [ Mfg "~ ) ,

Zhongjing, a famous doctor in ancient China, said, "If a _~uyt's arms and legs feel tired, he can practice conducting Qigong rtceive acupuncture treatment . Then the energy and blood will well . " Lu's Spring and Autumn : Jin Shu (( M fk : J

:

-ys that "running water is never stale and a door-hinge never worm-eaten" . It also illustrates the importance of conducting In addition, Book of Changes also stresses quietness and closWen Yan in Kun Trigram of Yi says, "It is most still, but is

to give every definite form_ " The theory of quietness and closis quite important to the Taoist school and the Buddhist school, are two major branches in Chinese Qigong . Sitting in medita-

Chapter Sixteen Book of Changes and Chinese Qigong (Breathing Exercises) tion

the Buddhist school brushes ideas out of mind . The pur of sitting in meditation is emptiness . The Taoist school does of

hold that ideas must be separated from the body . Its purport lies ce void . The open-close theory in Book of Changes and exhaling-nhaling Qigong U .

The Great Treatise on Yi says, "The process of change consists of closing and opening . " In the process of closing and opening, the energy can be breathed in and out . Exhaling-inhaling method takes an important place in all Qigong schools . Each Qigong sch d attaches great importance to it . In the book Acupuncture Method

( C J i' i~) ) , the remains of the Emperor's Canon of Medicine, haling and inhaling Qigong is recorded . The method of energy Onducting is included in jade inscriptions - the unearthed artifacts ct the Han Dynasty . It says, "The energy will store up after it se out . With its storing up, the energy will extend . While it is extending, it will lower down . After lowering down, it will become fixed

then it will become firm, which will sprout after becoming firm, then it begins to grow . When it grows to a certain degree, it vacs . decrease, then it will decrease to the heaven . Then the energy wbe divided into two parts : Yin and Yang . So, those that comp, .* with the energy law will prosper, those that resist the energy lam will perish . A Collection of Hundreds Masters' Work ((W # ) ) , To a Travelling Man : Huang Ting Pian ( ( itik

fi

said, "Exhaling refers to breathing out the waste air . Inhaling refers to breathing in the fresh air . " Exhaling and inhaling is an portant process in Qigong . It will promote the movement of energy,, and it can also speed up the exchanging frequency of waste and frek air . The term energy-swallowing is an important content in exhal

inhaling

203

Qigong .

)) is a mythological book that reflects natural and social science . It is also a comprehensive book, in h there are many records of Qigong . Da Huang Northern ClasShan Hai Jing ((1$

s

t{ l(;e)) says, "In Wu Ji Min, Wu Gu lived on exhalingng Qigong and fish . Wu Gu clan pays much attention to the

,Ax~

ding-inhaling Qigong . A god, with a manlike face and a snakebody, never eats, sleeps and rests . Yet he is able to live on nonhing Qigong ." The tale shows the importance of exhaling- in-

:ng Qigong . Non-breathing belongs to the type of close-Qigong . theory of close-Qigong is that man has started using the reserve 'cm in the body so as to improve the ability of meeting an emerunder the condition of insufficient oxygen . Close-Qigong is an scises that requires a higher ability and is difficult to achieve . ffl . Time and space theory in Book of Changes and Qigong

1) In the respect of time theory Book of Changes values man's activity in agreement with the " rse . For example, Zhuan in Feng Trigram of Yi says, "The _craction of) heaven and earth is now vigorous and abundant, dull and scanty, growing and diminishing according to the sea-

How much more must it be so with the operation!" The Qa„r Treatise on Yi says, "Of all things that furnish models and _t.aae figures, there were none greater then heaven and earth ; of s that change and extend an influence (on others), there were e greater than the four seasons . " Zhuan in Bo Trigram of Yi "A gentleman values the process of decrease and increase, of

„ mess and decadence, as seen in the movement of the heavenly " This became the theoretical origin of later Qigong . Qigong also gained a good deal of enlightenment from fifty operations in

Chapter Sixteen Book of Changes and Chinese Qigong (Breathing Exercises)

l 204

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

the Emperor's Canon

of Medicine .

' The significance of the fifty operations is that the movement of energy and blood in the human body, the small universe, should correspond to the movement of the sun and the moon in the universe . No individual life exits in isolation . Each has a close relation with the movement of the sun and the moon. This has laid the theoretical basis of the Qigong biological

clock . Each Chinese Qigong school is influenced by the correspondence between man and the changes of the universe . So each pay-,

attention to the relationship between Qigong, time and place . The four seasons of the year are a typical example . In spring and early summer, the Yang energy begins to rise . At this time, Yang inactive . So it is suitable to conduct Yang in places full of sunlight . Ie high summer, Yang is at its prime, so quiet Qigong should be dour in shade to lower Yang . As Qian Trigram of Yi says, "We see its

subject as the dragon exceeding the proper limits . There will be oc casion for repentance . " Wen Yan in Qian Trigram of Yi also says that in autumn and winter Yang becomes weak and Yin gradualh becomes strong . So it is a good time for doing exhaling and inhaling,

Qigong . The correct method is to have deep inhaling and shallow exhaling . In severe winter, Yin is at its prime . So it is suitable L sit in meditation at home or in places with sunshine . In terms of r day and a night, the Yang energy begins to rise and the Yin energy begins to decline during the period of 4a . m . -6a . m . At this time, the large intestine and the lungs are active . It is a good time for do-

ing out-door exercises and exhaling-inhaling Qigong in order that the lungs can exhale the stale air . At noon, the Yang energy is at its prime . The heart and the small intestine are active, blood circula fast . So it is a good time for doing quiet Qigong . At dusk, the Yam energy is active, the kidneys admit the energy . Slow conductic,

205

Apuld be done in order to collect the Yang energy . At night, the Yin energy is at its prime, it is a suitable time to do quiet Qigong to t-dp the Yang energy collect . 2) In the respect of space theory

The Eight Trigrams in Book of Changes pays great attention to tion . The Eight Trigrams consists of four directions and four zuiners . Treatise of Remarks on the Trigrams of Yi says, "Every-

ng comes out of Zhen, which refers to the east . Xun refers to the theast . Li refers to the south, it means clear, i . e . , everything be seen there . Kan refers to the north, it means water . Trea-

of of Remarks on the Trigrams

of Yi

also stresses the significance

"facing south" . It says that the Saint can hear and see everything n facing south . The south is a precious direction front which one

gain virtue . Therefore Qigong in later ages adopts the practice of tag south and develops on the base of facing south . For example, the morning, when the sun is rising, one will face the east to do

ng. At dusk, one will turn the direction to the west to do dung . The adoption of direction also depends on the health of the ~"t internal organs . For example, a person whose liver lacks energy *-.a

face the east to do Qigong ; a person whose kidneys lack energy face the north to do Qigong . A person will face the south if his

'?zr4It

lacks energy, and one will face the west if his lungs tack crier-

Section 2

Book of Changes and

Taoist Qigong

206

Chapter Sixteen Book of Changes and Chinese Qigong (Breathing Exercises)

of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

207

theoretical system of the Taoist school has fully made advances to Book of Changes, which possesses the distinctive characters of femininity, quietness, gentleness and smoothness . The Taoist school

L

Taoist Qigong has distinguishing features . It is a major branch of Chinese Qigong . It consists of the Wudang, E'niei, and Hua Mountain schools . I . Taoist Qigong pays attention to concentration

the diaphragm and controls the heart . The lower Huang Ting aper-

aims at void, desirelessness and detachment .

Laozi and Zhuangzi are the representatives of Taoist Qigong both of whom are well-known ancient Chinese thinkers and health . keepers . As Laozi says, "The mind will become calm if he has

es, namely, the upper, middle and lower Huang Ting apertures .

The upper Huang Ting aperture lies in the upper part of the diaphram . The brain is under the control of the upper Huang Ting aperture . The middle Huang Ting aperture lies in the middle part of Lure lies in the lower part of the diaphragm and controls the spleen, . The position of upper, middle which is about 10cm below the navel and lower diaphragms is between the eyebrows, the breasts and be:~ w the navel respectively . In Moral Classic

Laozi put

i,rward that the lower diaphragm should be kept and it is not proper tor ordinary people to use the mouth and nose as apertures . Fetal

any desires at all . " Moral Classic ((it `&) ) also says, "If one wants his mind to keep concentration and to stick to it, the final energy will be slender ." Zhuangzi Ke Yi ((ft: T- A'J )) says,

Breath Classic

"Concentration can be achieved by reposing, energy increasing . keeping and sticking to it . " Zhuangzi also says, "The mind should

and nose as apertures . " Some argue that Zuqiao aperture (an aper-

abstain from any desires or wishes . " It was recorded in Laozi : Za ; You (( ; fit-*)) : "if one can take no notice of what he sees ark ;:

what he learns and what he knows, he can keep his mind in gow , state and have a long life . " Tai Ping Jing ((~C )) says, "Th : method of keeping concentration is the cardinal principle for each god to follow . " Guanzi : Zi Xin ((*-f : 0 ~L•) ) says, "Man carp live for a long time if heknows how to keep mind concentration .

Tian Shitao, the founder of the Taoist school, also valued concentration . Concentration means the mind is at peace and quiet . The aper-

(001-kW)

says, "Qihai apertures are located 10cm

*low the navel, Qihai apertures are a synonym of lower diaphragm Xuanpin . It is not proper for ordinary people to use the mouth bare between the eyebrows) should be kept . The Taoist diaphragmi

ping method developed from the methods mentioned above . The uuist scripture Yin Fu Classic ((I J

_;~O ) advances the idea three

:..sjor apertures should be kept, namely, the ears, the eyes and the _,~,th . So the mind would not be influenced by the external world keep peace and quiet . As Yin Fu Classic says, "These three .Apertures, the ears, the eyes and the mouth are more important than other six .' They can move and keep quiet as well . Concentration Qigong terminology, which means the cultivation of the body l the mind . Yan Hui, a master of the Confucian school, called

tures are kept and breath is regulated to keep concentration . The po sition of keeping an aperture is different from another . Huang Tina

:eking the arms, the legs and the brain relaxed" . In addition to

Ting aperture should be kept ." There are three Huang Ting aper-

t-'rlerstanding the Truth (MAW) says, "If the mind can keep

Jing (( AH)), a treatise of the Taoist school, says, "Huang

$centration "forgetting all while doing Qigong" . It refers "to the three schools stress exercising the mind's concentration .

Chapter Sixteen BrxA of Changes and Chinese Qigong (Breathing Exercises)

peace and quiet, he willl posses the bravery and, swiftness of a dragon and a tiger, he will not worry about his wife and children . " Book of History : Da Yu Mo (( 001-$ : ;C Pig)) argues that both the

mind and body should be cultivated . Buddhist school advocates "fixedness" and "abstinence" . Han Fei Zi ((

a treatise of the legalist school, also advocates inactivity and thoughtlessness . The exercises of concentration occupy an important place in Taoist Qigong .

U.

1F f)) ,

Taoist Qigong is in favor of "fetal respiration"

Fetal respiration is a close - Qigong . It was recorded as early

209

energy will return to the Zuqiao acupoint, which is located in the

middle of the eyebrows . Valuable Prescriptions : Adjustment of

Respiration (( 17 AIM) says, "The key to keeping the at ease and to conduct respiration is to practice in a quiet place, mind

count to three hundred without breathing . Then the mind will

p peace and quiet . It will not be affected by what he hears and *hat he sees . This is a special Taoist Qigong that imitates the respicauon of a tortoise . " In Immortal Biography

it is

i that Master Peng was still alive and active when he was seven ,ndred and sixty-seven years old . When Master Peng was young,

as in Shan Hai Jing ((W t~f'y)), "A god,- with a manlike face and a snakelike body, ... never eats, sleeps and rests . " Fetal respiration

br was fond of quietness and often did closing and inhaling exercis-

longs to bionics Qigong . Tortoise breathing is just like man's breathing, which is controlled by the diaphragm . It was also record-

was two hundred and forty years old . He looked like a fifty-year-

of Taoist Qigong comes from the tortoise's breathing method . It be-

ed in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine, "People whose kidneys & not work well, . . . inhale, without exhaling seven times ." It is said in Bao Pu Zi (0l4-T)) written by Ge Hong that "People wk know fetal respiration can breathe but not through the mouth nose . " Fetal respiration is a hidden breath or non-breath . Keepin

Fit and Longevity ((MtRE0 :9)) says, "Count the number frons : one to two hundred without breathing, then breathe out suddenly

He sat upstraight and did massage on his eyes and body from ning to noon, .. . moistened his lips and swallowed saliva . When . A Collection of Long Wei Mi Situ ( (

~ -' . ) )

"It is good to people's health if they frequently do the closing inhaling exercises ." Fetal respiration can make men attain the

r, z°steal realms, such as Bi Gu and energy-swallowing .

The general principles of fetal respiration Qigong are to be gentle, deep and long . They are carried out by abdominal res-

.-IL . The principles conform to the theory in Book of Changes .

After that, a person can feel comfortable and concentrate on what I

dl . Taoist Qigong stresses the importance of cycles The Great Treatise on Yi says, "The energy can be circulated

"A goose feather near to the mouth does not move when the

'cal basis of how to regulate the energy through the body . Qigong school stresses the importance of cycle, which means

is doing ." Fetal respiration is a secret of Taoist Qigong . In fact, is a rather slow and deep breath . As Bao Pu Zi ((49*F-f)) sa

comes out of the mouth . " Zhuangzi, a great master, also said, person knows fetal respiration well, his deep breathing will main

energy go back to the lower diaphragm . " Another point argues tl .

h the body if it keeps moving all the time .

It becomes the

rgy'can be conducted in a circle through the body under the of the mind . Pill-making Qigong in the Taoist school espe-

tresses the cycle exercises . Cycle Qigong consists of two

219

a

Hook of Changes and Traditional Chinese

Chapter Sixteen Book of Changes and Chinese Qigong (Breathing Exercises)

Medicine

kinds, namely, the Big Cycle and the Small Cycle . The Big Cycle Qigong includes several processes, such as concentration, herb-mixing, herb-producing, herb-picking, oven-sealing and pill-making . The Small Cycle Qigong includes the connection of Ren and Du channels, and the combination of the-Kan and-Li trigrams, : which is

the heaven and Qian ; meanwhile, Pin symbolizes the earth and Kun . Xuan and Qian apertures are the key organs of the body . Hun life originates in them . The energy is circulated through the r and lower diaphragms . It is also termed the small life cycle .

The Big Cycle refers' to the intercourse of Qian and Kun . The process is to fill Li with Kan trigram . The second process is

the quintessence of pill-making Qigong in, the Taoist school . That is to say, the vital energy is conducted under the control of meditation. The route of energy starts from the Lower Diaphragm, they goes to the Lower Magpie Bridge, after passing through the sacrum

it goes to Yu Zhen ; then to the top part of the head, out of the eyes to the Upper Magpie Bridge, along Ren channel to the chest and i ., the upper, middle and lower diaphragm . A complete cycle is finished and a new cycle begins . Xuanpin cycle is also called Ziwu cycle . In congenital Ei Trigrams, Xuan and Qian trigrams are complete Yang Pin ax Kun trigrams are complete Yin ° . After man's birth, the congeru-tal Eight Trigrams become postnatal Eight Trigrams . Qian trigr ...u becomes Li trigram E-, Kun trigram becomes Kan trigram ^- changes must be to fill Li trigram with Kan trigram . Then Li

gram goes back to Qian trigram = and Kan trigram goes back ; Kun trigram == . That is to say, the postnatal Eight Trigrams ret ;::;to the congenital ones . Eventually, the purpose of mediating t a and Yang will be achieved .

The juncture of upper and lower diaphragms is the Xuan tures . The terms, Xuan and Fu apertures, were first recorded .a Chapter Six . It says in Laozi, "The Valley Spirit never dies TAE), which is called Xuan and Pin . The Xuan and Pin apert are regarded as the roots of life . The continuance of human due to these two apertures .

In

Book of Changes, -

Xuan symbG&a*'

211

t the postnatal Eight Trigrams return to the congenital Eight

rams . That is to say, Li trigram becomes Qian trigram, and

.3~ :4tz ..

trigram becomes Kun trigram . At this time, Mao and You cyre also called the intercourse of Qian and Kun, i . e . , the Big (Kan and Li trigrams have been in the position of Mao and The Big Cycle in modern Qigong develops the exercises of -channel cycle on the basis of Ren and Du channel connection .

tsent, it is a popular method of Qigong . Both He Xiang Qigong and Da Yan Qigong adopt this theory . The general

xr +sc is that the energy is conducted under the control of the mind make blood and energy circulate smoothly .

Taoist school stresses the cultivation of mind and body . In the upper apertures are in charge of the mind and the lower ca are in charge of life . Li trigram' and Fire belong to mind, Water_ belong to life . Mind and body depend on and link 'h other . The Taoist school argues that both lower and upper are kept . This means the cultivation of mind and body are ariportance . So Taoist quiet Qigong stresses that both the iao and the lower Qihai apertures are kept . At the same and Du channels are open . Thus the energy will circulate Small and Big Cycles .

212

Chapter Sixteen Book of Clwnges and Chinese Qigong (Breathing Exercises)

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

213

stillness. There is some movement in calmness . When sitting in meditation, there is a spontaneously slight quiver in the body ; it is

Book of Changes and Buddhist Qigong

Section 3

one of the eight movement forms . It is a physiological and psychological reaction after entering the state of calmness . The reaction benefits health . The Chan sect is the basis of the Buddhist school .

Buddhist Qigong has the distinguishing features of gentleness, calmness and smoothness shown in the Kun trigram in Book of Changes, which belongs to quiet Qigong . Sitting in meditation is

Buddhists hold that the mind should be separated from the body, al-

aowing each Buddhist to become enlightened . Ban Ruo Classic (OR &k~)) gives prominence to this inactivity ; everything can be acti-

the basic cultivation in Buddhist Qigong . According to legend, Siddnartha Gautama, the founder of Buddhism became enlightened af-

sated, which means letting things take their own course .

tree. Thereafter known as "Budda" (enlighteaed one), he advocated

during the Northern and Southern Dynasties . "Ch'an" refers to deep

ter sitting in meditation for seven days and nights under the

bodhi

abstention as the basic step to calmness . Calmness and wisdom are two aims of Buddhist masters . So the three major steps, abstention, calmness and wisdom, are important principles for Buddhists to follow . The Taoist school stresses void, the Buddhist school stresses

emptiness . The branches in the Buddhist school, such as the Tiantai, Zongmi, and Eastern Mi branches, pay attention to the cultivation of the mind. In Hui Ming Classic (( * )) , the cul-

Sitting in meditation in Buddhist Qigong is usually called the training of contemplation . It was introduced into China from India

meditation . Itstheory lies in prolonged and intense contemplation so as to purify the mind . Sitting in meditation belongs to quiet

Qigong, which can regulate thought and breathing in a harmonious edition . It is beneficial to some consumptive diseases . The posture J sitting in meditation is to cross one's legs and to straighten one's . hack . Da Zhi Du Lun : Volumn 7 (()C V A ik JS `h)) says,

tivation of both mind and body is stressed . Buddhist Allegorical Words, No . 12 says, "Buddhist doctrine compares mind to tiger,

-Among all the sitting postures, crossing one's legs is most steady and comfortable . This sitting posture can, also help the Buddhist eas:ay reach deep meditation . Sitting in meditation in cooperation with

combination of moving and quietness means Buddhist allegorical words . New Writings of Zhao De (( SOX)) says, "If water is

cry from some chronic diseases . For this reason, Buddhists greatly

which means 'moving', and compares body

to 'quietness' . " The

still enough, everything is reflected clearly . If . mind is calm, then wisdom grows . " Calmness in the Buddhist school has a relationship with Indian Yoga . Chanmi Qigong is a secret of the Buddhist

school . Wisdom Qigong belongs to Chanmi Qigong . Calmness in Buddhist Qigong does not simply mean absolute

,he regulation of thought and breathing is benefital to the body and mind and allow for a long life . What's more, it can aid in the recovadvocate Chan and compare it to a jewel . If a Buddhist masters it, he will master all else . In brief, Qigong of the Buddhist school stresses calmness, emptiness and the separation of mind and body . Yet, Qigong of the Conf ucianist and Taoist schools adhere to the unity of the mind and

214

Bock of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

body . The three Qigong schools have their own outstanding characteristics . But the theory of each school is drawn from Book of Each is the synthetic coordination of three principles, namely, exhaling and inhaling, conducting and meditation . Qigong

Changes .

of the Confucianist, Taoist and Buddhist schools, as the three major

Qigong schools, has made great and positive contributions to the formation and development of Chinese Qigong .

Chapter Seventeen Book

of Changes and the

Science of the Brain

(Translated by Sun Bingtang)

Section 1 The Re-evaluation of the Dynamic Role of Consciousness Qian Xuesen, a famous scientist in China, once said, "The ex,stence of man's therapeutics is the first leap in the history of

iedicine ; prevention in medicine is the second leap ; convalescence is :he third leap ; and intellectual medicine has become a part of the

.,)urth leap . " At present, the significance of the developing psychophysiology has been called the fourth leap in medicine . Intellectual medicine is

=-he main part of brain sciences and its purpose is to develop human intelligence . The advanced development of the human brain has enabled man to surpass other animals . Therefore, it is still necessary to make the train a breakthrough point in order to probe the mystery of human :Ae . Great potential in the use of the brain remains to be exploited . he surprising capacity of the brain badly need to be revealed . Qian uesen has said, "Spirit is the motion of matter (brain) and it also

216

Chapter Seventeen Book of Changes and the Science of the Brain

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

has an effect on matter (organs of the body) ." That the consciousness under Qigong predominates the motion of the brain shows the dynamic role of consciousness upon functions of the human body .

This is called "biological feedback" . That is to say,' man can effect physiological action through consciousness, this is regarded : as a kind of feedback of consciousness, which can react at a low' level, but is

the highest level of the phenomenon of life . Wang Jialin, who works in the Research Institute of Medical Sciences in Yunnan Province, through modern scientific experiments, has demonstrated that consciousness can dominate the internal organs . This has challenged the traditional idea that consciousness cannot dominate the internal organs . ' The function of the brain under Qigong shows that we must re-

consider the dynamic role of consciousness . The relationship between consciousness and matter is an important part of dialectical materialism, according to which, matter is primary while consciousness is secondary . As it develops to a certain degree, matter will produce consciousness, which reflects matter . However, the activities of consciousness under Qigong show the great power of consciousness . Thus to re-evaluate the capacity of consciousness chal-

lenges the realm of philosophy . The practice of Qigong has proven the following aspects : First, it is obviously necessary to improve the position of consciousness ; Second, consciousness should also be an independent matter ; Finally, consciousness and matter depend on each other and are interchangeable . If not, how can we explain the various paranormal

activities of the conscious mind under the influence of Qigong? The phenomenon of telepathy that has attracted attention both at home and abroad may be a matter phenomenon - a type

of

information

217

sign that lies in the universe and can be transmitted under certain conditions . Once the information ciphers can be revealed, human

sciences will enter a new era . This forms the broad prospect of the . study of the brain .

Section 2

A Brief Account of the Development of psychophysiology - Both at Home and Abroad Psychophysiology is a new scientific frontier . In both Eastern Western medicine, the study of the brain has long been in a stagant condition .- Two thousand years ago, records show China al-

mady had knowledgeabout the brain . For example Qi wei : ChunYuan Ming Bao ((1-4 : C : 7i 9)) says, "Human spiru~, in the brain ." In ancient China the brain was called a mud

~' . A book in the Taoist school Huangting Neijingjing (( Y~ Ifs 30 ) says, "Each joint of the mud ball has spirit . " "The root of

: cerebral nerve is the mud ball . " From this we can see that people ;r- ancient China had already noticed the relationship between the a and the neurology . Plain Questions and Spiritual- Pivot in Emperor's Canon of Medicine offer a clear understanding of the xi- of the brain . For example, Spiritual Pivot : Hai Lun says, The brain is the marrow sea . " It is recorded in Plain Questions :

?ei ;i Yao Jing Wei Lun that if a person's brain is ill, he is likely to

tw-e tinnitus, to see nothing, and want only to lie and rest . His t may be gone. We often say a dizzy head and dim eyesight : .

11wse suggest the brain is related to the spirit, sense of hearing and arse of sight . It is recorded that "The brain, marrow, bones, ar-

Chapter Seventeen Book of Changes and the Science of the Brain teries and veins, gall and uterus, these six are all babies of Di Qi (vital energy of the earth) all hide in Yin and reflect the earth, so

they store and won't discharge " The brain and marrow had been called organs . But the brain has never been regarded as an independent internal organ of the body . It has always been considered as a part of the heart . In the Ming Dynasty, Li Shizhen put' forward that the brain was the home of the prime god . In the Qing Dynasty, the forerunner of Chinese anatomy, Wang Qingren put forward that sudden inspiration and memory lie in the brain (from the book Cor-

rection on the Errors of Medical Works) . These two ideas brought psychophysiology into a new realm and broke down the theory that the heart and brain were united . Since TCM had long thought that the brain belonged to the heart, the central nervous system and blood had long been discussed together . As a result, the development of psychophysiology was greatly limited, though the brain 'is

the exploition of the brain . In other words, use suggests progress, while disuse suggests regression . Surprisinglys only about 20 % of ourmental potential is normal-

ly exploited . Qigong is a good way to develop intelligence . The Taoist school and the Buddhist school have special ways . Thus to exploit Qigong becomes necessary . The human brain is composed of over 15 billion nerve cells, . .hich are classified as 50 million types . It is a tremendous informai n system . It can surprisingly store about 1 . 4 trillion types of in.:,~rmation . Nevertheless, only a small number of nerve cells are used

airing one's life . Even the most modern computer cannot compare with the complex tissues of the human brain . What is astonishing is

t the declination of the brain is much slower than that of any other part of the body . The size and weight represent its volume of iniE,,rnation . After the age of 80, its weight is decreased by only 6 .6 ins on average . Furthermore, it is uncommon for the brain to dewith age . Senility takes place only in a specified area . Accord-

the supreme commander of the body and the center of human life . The development of psychophysiology in the West was the sam,

as in China . It did not embrace a rapid development until the re

search work of the cerebral hemispheres was done by Pavlov and another scientist in the 1870s . The rapid development of all sciences it,

modern times has pushed forward the development of psy chophysiology . Some modern techniques, such as electroen cephalograph, cerebral magnetogram, cerebral blood flow, etc . . contribute to its development . Brain transplants in laboratory am mals has been successful . The dream of human brain transplants v, i : : soon be a reality . The human brain has great potential capacity that has remai

untapped . That homosapiens evolved into homosapiensaplens wk above all the result of labor . Therefore, labor is the precondition tc

219

-4; to the research of modern scientists, the decrepitude of the brain manly the decrepitude of a certain group of brain cells, which will

replaced by another group . Its decrepitude is not in proportion to ,y&; Especially, one's mental' ability is not likely to decline . Two r rican scientists have found that the dendrite number, length and t

ches of brain cells of healthy elderly persons obviously surpass of middle-aged persons . That is to say, although people get

that does not mean the brain is getting old (Arteriosclerosis in brain is a disease and should be excluded in this sense) . Thus,

wc have reasons to say that brain capacity has no limit . The physio-al structure of thebrain provides us with a scientific basis for . ng intelligence .

220

i nook of Changes and Tra4itional

Chapter Seventeen Book of Changes the Science of the Brain

Chinese Medicine

The potential capacity of the brain happens in time of emergency . The proverb "people show resourcefulness in an emergency" reveals this truth . Those whose brains have special functions can make full play of their brain's potential capacity . Some brains have the function of psychokinesis or telepathy or precognition or psychometry . For instance, Zhu Dazheng can predict earthquakes, and Du Yongcheng can prospect for mineral deposit without any instrument . From this we can see that the human brain is great . It has

and

221

Section 3 Book of Changes and the Development of Psychophysiology Book of Changes is the origin of Chinese Qigong . The motive and motionless Qigong and their theories in the Confucian, Buddhist and Taoist schools come from Book of Changes . Changes attaches

been found that Qigong can cause these special functions of the brain . Meditation under Qigong can discover, receive and deal with the information that ordinary people can't perceive . Du Yongcheng's case is a good example .. He said, "May be this is a kind of receiving

Much importance to both motion and rest, emphasizing the unity of motion and rest . Its general idea is "production and reproduction can

tising Qigong, the receiving : band can be enlarged or opened to ceive the various information from far away ." (page 19, Issue 4, 1987, Chinese Qigong) . It has been proven in practice that Qigori can increase the intensity of an electroencephalograph . Zhu Car=

rect and maintains secure in the appointment of heaven ." It says in .e Great Treatise on Yi "Snakes and dragons preserve themselves

function for natural information . All the objects in the world send out information . The cerebral nerves work as a receiver . The receiving band of ordinary people is, very narrow, or not opened . By prac-

sheng of Nanjing University, together with a Qigong master, claim to have successfully projected thoughts to other professors . There-

i

the process of change . " The work also advocates training Jing Qi, that is to say, to preserve one's health by imitating creatures .

For instance, it says in The Great Symbolism in Ding Trigram of "The symbol of wood and above it that of fire form Ding . Thec superior man, in accordance with this, keeps his every position cor-

hibernating . " It tells people to preserve themselves by imitating

e_akes and dragons in resting completely . This is in accordance with xat is recorded in Shan Hai Jing - to keep one in good health by ,.•,. .Mating snakes and dragons in not resting, not eating and riot

fore, some specialists say that many people can obtain such ability bi learning and practising Qigong . If we can prove some principles a . this aspect, we will be able to establish a new field in the devekk

ping . In addition, people also imitate a tortoise in resting . As is girded in Shan Hai Jing, the snake with a human head can

of the brain . Practising Qigong may improve the strength of bx waves and change the functions of the brain .

a this sense, Shan Hai Jing and Book of Changes are in agreeat, both emphasize the unity of dynamic and static . The theory changes and free courses of Book of Changes form the theoretical

meat of intelligence . The above indicates that Qigong may influence the developm ai

e-into 72 different shapes every day . Book of Changes advo--

:.aZcS,

"When a series of changes have run their course, another e ensues . When it obtains free course, it will long continue . "

222

$ook

a

of Changes and

Traditional Chinese Medicine

223

basis for the development of psychophysiology .

Section 4 Qigong of the Brain Qigong of the brain is an effective way to improve thee function S

(4

and the potential capacity of the brain . Qian in Book of Changes, advocates motion and strength, Kun advocates rest and mildness . Under the outlook of the unity of dynamic and static, both motive

W)7 N

and motionless Qigong have good effects on the brain .

(TJ W)

I Motive Qigong of the Brain 1) Mind leading bigcycle Qigong ;

-Its purpose is to preserve

*l»c

1

one's energy and nourish one's brain'.

Do according to the following directions (see figure 17-1 .) :

First,

stand naturally with your hands at your sides, close your eyes with your tongue at the roof of the mouth . Breathe several times, then raise your hands, lift your heels, drawing the Qi of Heaven (vital

energy of heaven) from head top acupoint Baihui to your brain . Keep Qi by meditating on Mudball (hypophysis of the brain -- the focal point of . life) . Second, lower the hands to behind the head, cross your hands and cup your head, draw Qi by the hands from your face to Shanzhong, keep Qi by meditating on Xingong (behind

the central part of the chest bone) . Third, draw Qi to Lower Elixir Field (3 can ' under the naval) . Put two hands together under the * A : When the middle finger is flexed, the distance between the radial ends of the tw interphalangeal creases of the patient's middle finger is taken as 1 can . B : The width ut the interphalangeal joint of the patient's thumb is taken as 1 cun . C : When the four fin-

close, the width of them on the level of the can proximal interphalangeal crease of the middle finger is taken as 3 .

gers(index, middle, ring and little fingers) keep

Figure 17-1 to this figure : t °` Baihui Jfi% Naogiao

3I3'~'tdraw

Mind-leading Big Cycle Qigong

Heaven Qi from here

##+('$+3'}R )Shanzhong (Middle Elixir Field)

* Ren channel

WT. Shenyu (Kidney Yu)

"(F)9'fW)Qihai (Lower Elixir Field) 'it A iongquan

%fi 4 Guqiao

IIJ1a, Draw Earth Qi from here

i& Kidney channel of foot-ShaoYin It

hu

* t7 Mingmen

lllgfL(-tf}ffJ)Mudball (Upper Elixir Field)

224

Boat of Q+anges

Chapter Seventeen Book of Changes and the Science of the Brain

and Traditional Qeinese Medicine

225

naval. Keep Qi by meditating on Minggong . If there is bad Qi, drive it out from Xia Gu Dao . Fourth, breathe several times, bend your body and your legs, hold Di Qi(vital energy of earth) with the hands and send Di Qi to the kidneys meridian from Yongquan at the bottom of the feet . Then send Vi Qi-through the meridian up to the kidneys . With two hands crossing at the back of the waist, keep Di Qi at Shen Gong (2 can * inside Mingmei as in the chart) Then

*ri

draw Qi from Shenyu through Mingmei to the Du meridian . Qi will continue going upwards to your back, neck, and finally reach your

brain through Naohu, keep Qi there . Drive by meditation the bb . : Qi out from Naoqiao (at the back of the nostrils) . Mind-leading big cycle Qigong is a thought process, which, with the help of breathing, blends the Qi of heaven, earth, sun and moon and sends this Qi to the heart, brain and kidneys . While duing it, you can also use the handss and feet to cooperate with the breathing . You can be flexible, without necessarily being too consistent . It is true that where there is rising and coming, there is falling and going . When clear Qi is inhaled, bad Qi must be exhaled . 2) Mind leading small cycle Qigong Stand naturally, breathe several times, close your eyes wit" . your tongue at the roof of the mouth . Draw the kidney Qi by medtating on the acupoint of Shenyu through Mingmen to the Du meridian . Cause Qi to go up to the brain through Naohu . When the brain is filled with this Qi, keep Qi in Naogong (3 cun ") under Baihui, near the site of the cerebral hypophysis) . Then cause Qi to come out from Naohu, and go down along Tianzhu to Shenyu, keep Qi is Shengong (2 can * inside Mingmei) . Then breathing several times, draw Qi again from Shenyu to the brain . Doing this repeatedly can invigorate your brain .

Ac

Figure 17-2 to this figure :

6ft Baihui

R

Mind-leading Small Cycle Qigung

t Shenyu

NA Mudball Of] Mingmen

)`' Neohu

Att'Iianzhu

According to Later Arrangement of King Wen, the trigram Li rs to the heart (brain) representing fire . The trigram Kan errs to the kidneys (life) and is the lineal symbol of water . In othss words, drawing Kan to help Li is drawing semen to nourish the train . It says in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine, "The kidney .Auces marrow . . . . The brain is the sea of marrow . " At the tip of

forehead, The Du channel is linked to parietal . The Du channel

226

Chapter

a

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

goes up into the Luo mind . The, Du channel is also linked to the kidneys Therefore, the principle of mind-leading small cycle Qigong is that drawing Qi of semen by meditation to the brain and nourishing

it through the Du channel . During the whole course of Qigong of the brain, one's thoughts should be concentrated on the channel from the kidneys to the Du channel and finally to the brain . The thoughts

Medicine includes reference to this practice . For instance, Plans Questions : Sheng Qi Tong Tian Lun Pian says, " Saints sprea spirit and know what is done by the spiritual power . " Wu Zhen P an of the Buddhist school emphasizes execising oneself and his w that is to say, the cultivation of one's heart .

In one day, people may have thirteen billion distract n4 thoughts, which do harm to the brain, especially evil intenti(I'

According to foreign research, jealousy can produce enough endotUSin to poison a small animal . Therefore, people should accumui .:a virtue and do good . People should try to have less evil, malit and wicked thoughts. Only in this way can they have long life . The purpose of motionless Qigong of the brain is to improve telligence by eliminating distracting thoughts, purifying the

and resting the brain . Chinese Taoists and Buddhists especially vocate producing wisdom by clearness and rest . Dao Cang : Du RoO Jing advocates single-mindedness, restraint and giving up imp

227

droughts . Laozi (founder of Taoism) advocates being quiet and letting things take their own course . The Buddhist school advocates

becoming devoid of the sensuous world . Motionless Qigong of the brain is divided into two aspects : Walking Alone Qigong and Sitting Quietly Qigong . Walking Alone Qigong : In a quiet and secluded walk slowly, breathe slowly, deeply, and rhythmically . ,..rcrish a good wish, eliminate distracting ideas . Finally get intoxi-

should be kept at the point three can - * under Baihui . It is significant to stick to doing Qigong of the brain . It may develop the brain's functions and potential capacity and delay senility .

II . Motionless Qigong of the Brain Motionless Qigong of the brain is to produce wisdoth by calrn ness and rest . The Buddhist school believes that calmness and rest can improve the function of brain . The Emperor's Canon

Seventeen Book of Changes and the Science of the brain

.°%L

with the good wish and then get in a placid mood without any t or desire . Rest your brain completely . At this time, you be in such a state You hear nothing though you hear some-

_ This will do good to intelectual development . Zhuangzi worded what Confucius said to Yan Hui, "When you listen, you amliy listen with your heart, with your Qi will, not only with

s Modesty is the training of your heart and mind" ngzi : The Fourth in Human World) . It's better to do this at dusk in the moonlight . This method is especially suitable

laborers . After doing this Qigong, your brain will be reand ' you will be able to work more efficiently . tong Quietly Qigong : Close the door, , sit down with your Atal

e nited back and your eyes half-closed in a comfortable state ;

slowly and deeply or read silently . Gradually come into the Jing (motionless and stillness) . But Jing doesn't mean reyour cerebral cortex . After coming to the state of Jing, you actively inside the mud ball (brain), keep Qi in the point under Baihui . After a while, open your eyes slowly and

r face . Your brain will feel fresh . Then you can work more This is in accordance with what the Buddhist school says n meditation, calmness and rest can produce wisdom" . Xin Bian says, "If water is clear enough, it can have a

Chapter Seventeen $oak of Changes and the Science of the Brain

very clear image ; feeling calm enough can produce wisdom . Confucius told his student Yan Hui to sit as if forgetting himself and to come to such a state : quiet and clear minded . This is called "Zuo Wang" MZ) . All these health-keeping principles are the application of the theory of the Book of Changes - Kun should be quiet,

gentle and docile . U1 . Invigorating Brain Qigong By Hand and Foot Exercises The third way of Qigong of the brain is invigorating Brain Qigong By Hands and Feet . Because the hands and feet are linked u :

the brain, exercising the hands and feet can invigorate the brain . The Emperor's Canonof Medicine says, "The four limbs are the

basis of all Yang," (Plain Questions : Yang Ming Mai he Pian) . The head is the chief of all Yang . The relation between the head and the ends of the four limbs is of vital importance . The four limbs art closely connected with the head through meridians . For example,

three Yang channels of the hand go from the hands to the head ; three Yang channels of the feet go from the head to the feet . Ha and feet are the sources of Qi of three Yang channels of the hand ar : three Yang channels of the feet . So in the acupoints of Laogong c

the palm and Yongquan on the sole, there are meridians leading s the brain . This is the theoretical basis for invigorating brain Qigor4

by hand and foot exercises . It's suitable to do this Qigong during breaks in work . The trka, cerebral hemispheres function separately but cooperatively . The 1rt side is mainly used for thinking, understanding, calculation and

1sr.

229

may gain convalescence by exercising the left hand . They can also do ildnd Gong or Foot Gong to invigorate the brain . A person who is weak in heart Qi should do Hand Gong, for Qi d meridian in Laogong on the palm can reach the heart . The heart md the small intestine are connected . This Qi can go upwards from 4

small intestine to the heart, face, eye and finally to the brain . It done by moving two walnuts or two steel balls in each acupiont of

-aogong in the palm, drawing by meditation the meridian Qi frorn aogong along the Heart channel of Hand-Shaoyin to the heart, t

n through the small intestine meridian of Hand-Taiyang to the d and filling the brain with Qi . A person who is weak in kidney Qi should mainly do ,

Foot

for Qi can go upwards from Yongquan through kidney merid-

to the kidneys, then through bladder meridian, which is conected with the kidneys, Qi can reach the brain from parietal . It is ne by rolling a ball

or

a round stick with bare feet, drawing

ridian Qi through the bladder meridian to the brain . If you do nd and Foot Gong together, the effect will be better . Invigorating the brain by manipulating acupoints :

Motive and motionless Qigong of brain and Hand and Foot ang all can invigorate the brain No matter which Gong you do, should accentuate it by tapping the head gently, massaging the scalp, and manipulating the acupoints that can invigorate the brain . When you massage or manipulate the acupoints, you should at-h much importance to the Du Channel and liver and kidney

guage (analytical) . The right side is mainly used for memory, uL age, sense, feeling and music (creative) . Therefore, people w'6,

;meridian, because the Du Channel has the longest part in the head

the right hand, while people who work mainly with the right si&

arntion to the bladder meridian, gallbladder meridian, meridian of

work mainly with the left side may gain convalescence by exercisir4

u;d is closely connected with the brain . The liver and kidneys are L~>c resources of the brain . In addition, you should also pay much at-

23Q

Chapter Seventeen Book of Changes and the Science of the Brain

to of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

San Jiao, large intestine meridian and small intestine meridian, because these meridians all go towards brain . You should manipulate the following acupoints : Baihui belongs to the Du Channel, at the midpoint of the line connecting the apexes of both ears . Taiyang belongs to the extra points of the head and neck, between the lateral end of the eyebrows and the outer canthus . Shenting belongs to the Du Channel, at the midpoint of the anterior hairline . Fengfu belongs to the Du Channel, 1 can * directly above the midpoint of the posterior hairline . Fengchi belongs to the gallbladder meridian of foot-Shaoyang,

on

the dorsum, 1 .5 can " lateral at the same level of Fengfu . Jingming

231

thought . You will obtain Qi, if you feel pain, apathy or bloated . Clear Yang will rise after you have pressed the acupoints, and your brain will be refreshed . In brief, it can improve the blood circulation and function of the brain . Invigorating the brain Qigong is suitable to everyone, especially

to mental laborers, because mental work is very intensive and the brain is always under astate of being overloaded . Qigong of the brain can benefit the brain and improve work efficiency . See the brain in-

vigorating acupoints in chart 17-3 (the other points are in chapter 20, Book of Changes and Aesthetic Medicine)

belongs to the urinary bladder meridian of foot-Taiyang, on the face, in the depression slightly above the inner canthus . Dazhui belongs to the Du Channel, on the posterior midline, in the depressions below the spinous process of the 7th cervical vertebra . Naohu is the

4

crossing point of the Du Channel and the urinary bladder meridian,

1 .5 can * above Fengfu . These acupoints have an adjusting role on the brain, so they are very important . Hegu belongs to the large intestine meridian of hand-Yangming, on the dorsum of the hand, between the 1st and 2nd metacarpal bones, and on the radical side d the midpoint of the 2nd metacarpal bone . This acupoint can affect the brain . Yongquan belongs to the kidney meridian of foot Shaoyin, on the sunken point at the bottom of the feet, it effects the brain . Taichong belongs to the liver meridian of foot-Jueyin, on the instep of the foot, in the depression of the posterior end of the lsa interosseous metatarsal space . Shixuan belongs to the Extra Points, on the tips of the ten fingers, it is connected to the brain and the central nervous system . These acupoints should be pressed gently together with

Figure 17-3 Invigorating the brain by manipulating the acupoints Notes to this figure :

*0 Shenting J Naohu

(999 Jingtning

AM

Fengchi

)C

W* Baihui

)C Dazhui

Tai Yang 1 U

Fengfu

(Translated by Wang Suqing)

Chapter eighteen Book of Changes and the Study of Acupuncture and Moxibustion

ficient and Yang is excessive ; noon is Wu, which is the supreme Yang, the superposed Yang is inevitablly transmitted into Yin and Qi descending at noon ; dusk is You, in which Yin flows and Yang ebbs gradually . The ebb and flow of Yin and Yang are the

Chapter Eighteen

Book

of Changes

which holds that the changes of quintessence of Book two influences of Yin and Yang originate in the work of the uni'erse, the sun and the moon . Therefore, based on the ebb and flow :A Yin and Yang of Book of Changes and the Emperor's Canon of

and the

of

Study of Acupuncture and Moxibustion

ktedicine,

Changes,

the theory of Midnight-Noon Ebb-Flow is that the as-

-ending and descending and multiple abscess of the Qi, corresponds w the work of the day and night or the sun and moon, which selects acupuncture points in terms of the periodical ascent and descent

Section 1 Book of Changes and the Midnight-Noon Ebb-Flow Technique and the Eight Magic Turtle Techniques

the Qi as well as the elaboration of the biological clock's law of the Emperor's Canon of Medicine and the timing of the Stems and anches . Midnight-Noon Ebb-Flow regards the Twelve Branches as the

Book of Changes is closely related to acupuncture and moxibution . It provided a guide to the study of acupuncture and moxibu>tion .

233

Midnight Noon Ebb-Flow is a classical theory of aeupunctust

time ; it selects the appropriate acupuncture points in terms of &t time of opening and closing of the Qi of the Twelve Channels ; method is to predict the status of the ebb and flow in terms of the s

Heavenly Stems and Earthly Branches . The changes of the Qi

blood of the Twelve Channels are based on the ebb and flow of Ya and Yang in the day and at night . Therefore midnight is Zi, Zi

supreme Yin and inevitable transmutation of the superposed Yin ins: Yang, Qi ascends at midnight ; morning is Mao, in which Yin is de

k, accumulates the Twelve Shichen (each of the twelve time pe,s in a day), each Shichen has two hours, and the Twelve Chanof the body representing the Twelve Shichen respectively, as ~ : in table 18-1 . The following rhymes help to recall the relationships : Lungs stand for the Yin ; large intestine, the Mao ; and stom-

x:n, the Chen . Spleen stands for the_Si heart, the Wu ; and small intestine,

ei . The Shen represents bladder ; the You, kidney ; and the perium, the Xu .

The Hai stands for the triple warmer ; the Zi, gallbladder ; and

Chou, liver .

234

Chapter Eighteen Book of Changes and the Study Acupuncture and Moxibustion

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Figure 18-1 explains that the Qi of the body ebbs and flows like

of

235

The eight magic turtle technique is a method of selecting acupuncture

the tide and the Qi at the Shichen is the fresh Qi . Therefore, the

points based on the ebb and flow of Yin and Yang and the Eight Trigrams

effect of selecting the acupuncture points at the time is the best, which is the quintessence of the Midnight-Noon Ebb-Flow .

of Book of Changes, it coordinates the acupuncture points on the extra els intersecting the regular channel into the Eight Trigrams and

Both the "taking-Stems method and the "taking-Branches"

Sterns and Branches to predict and select the acupuncture points, that is,

method of the Midnight-Noon Ebb-Flow come from Book of Changes and Jing's Commentaries on Yi . Midnight-Noon Ebb-Flow

Eight Trigrams of Book of Changes are used to stand for the eight

cooperates with the Zang and Fu (viscera), creating the opening-

tuitong points and the Nine Gongs, and the Stems and Branches to select Jjt~

acupuncture points in time .

acupuncture point method (the taking-Stems method) based on the

Selecting acupuncture points in the eight magic turtle technique

daily-Stems and the taking-Branch method on the hour's Branches .

s related to the convergent acupuncture points of the eight channels

The timing of the Stems and Branches of the Midnight-Noon Ebb-

the position of the Eight'Trigrams of King Wen, and the figures

Flow are created by means of the Emperor's Canon of Medicine and

4 the Luo Writing, which means that the eight convergent points of

the . timing of the ancient age, which is extremely valuable in the practice of acupuncture and moxibustion .

Eight Extra Channels are corresponding to the digit of the Luo

Table 18-1

The Twelve Channels Standing for the Twelve Shichen

The twelve branches

Yin

Mao

Chen

Si

Wu

Wei

The twelve Shichen

35 o'clock

5-7

7-9

9-11

11-13

13-15

The twelve channels

lung

large intestine

stomach

spleen

The twelve branches

Shen

You

Xu

Hai

The twelve Shichen

15-17

The twelve channels

bladder

small intestine Zi

Chou

riting and the position of the Eight Trigrams of King Wen ; Kan . :ber 1 corresponds to Shenmai ; Kun number 2 to Zhaohai ; Zhen . .ber 3 to Waiguan ; Xun number 4 to Linqi ; Qian number 6 to . .: :,;sun ; Dui number 7 to Houxi ; Gen number 8 to Neiguan ; and number 9 to Lieque . These reflect the interrelation between .tine and Book of Changes . The eight magic turtle technique, combining the ebb and flow :n and Yang of Book of Changes with the Eight Trigrams of of Changes and the timing of Stems and Branches of the

t sr.;. -ror's Canon of Medicine, creates the cyclic plate opening the *,: . :.~ cture points according to the Shichen daily, which shows that

17-19

19-21

21-23

23-1

1-3

tang the acupuncture points is only in terms of the day, . .: ..en, Stems and Branches . The eight turtle techniques coordi-

kidney

pericardium

triple

gallbladder

liver

the Eight Trigrams into the Nine Gongs and the Ten Stems . e above both Midnight-Noon Ebb-Flow in acupuncture and moxi -.:gin and the eight magic turtle techniques embody the effect of

236

Chapter Eighteen Boot of Changes and the Study of Acupuncture and Moxibustion

Boat- of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

the law of Book of Changes on acupuncture and nioxibustion .

Section 2 The Eight Trigrams in Book of Changes and Acupuncture and Moxibustion The human body is a large Eight Trigrams, and the various parts of body are microcosms of the Eight Trigrams . Therefore : acupuncture and moxibustion points can be selected according to the

Figure 18-2

The Eight Trigranis of the :uubilicus(2)

-,s to this figure :

meridian .Inadito,svalubetodcpnureadmoxibsn tion according to the microcosm of the--Eight Trigranis, which

i k-

cludes the Eight Trigrams of the umbilicus, nose, hand, foot, ear, eye, etc . , as shown in Figures 18-1, 18-2, 18-3 .-

4' Li, heart !f:

J** Kun, spleen

Qian, large intestine Gen, stomach

*'N Kan, kidney

*,f Zhen, liver

1L Xun, gallbladder

(~l~)

x Ay

A =-4

ji Dui, lung

='j*

Of)

w) x _

::

M

=A (Na) _ NE (0)

(W) tfi (W) Figure 18-1 Notes to this figure : * :i Qian, head J**- Kun, foot

Figure 18-3

The Eight Trigranis of the unibilicus(1)

N Xun, forehead * 11 Kan, eye

( for the other microcosms of the Eight Trigranis see Chapter Twelve Changes and the Science of Human Life)

E-') Wheart)Li

cP Gen, hand

SO( Zhen, abdomen M4 Li, ear iuf Dui, mouth

The Eight Trigranis of the nose

to this figure :

M i*(stomach)Kun

A) i .(intestine)Dui Book

01

4) *(kidney)Kan

(0) *1(lung)Qian

(W) R(spleen)Gen

(gallbladder) Zhen

(if) X(liver)Xun

237

$oak of Changes and the Study of Acupuncture and Moxibustion

Chapter Eighteen

The holistic acupuncture and moxibustion of the Eight Tri

ficiency of B4 of Changes

grams has the collective effect of strengthening acupuncture and moxibustion, which is the complement' in selecting the acupuncture

Table 18.2

points according to the meridian and visceral outward manifestations, gives the positional study of acupuncture and moxibustion a new content, and has an important meaning in acupuncture and moxibustion .

a

Section 3 Book-off Changes and

Coordinating the Acupuncture Points

The method of coordinating the acupuncture points makes fts .; use of the firm-flexible theory of Book of Changes . For example . the method of firm-flexible coordinating acupuncture points is to regard the Yang-Stems (odd numbers) as the firm and the Yin-Sterns (even numbers) as the flexible in "Ten Heavenly Stems", it coord# nates the meaning of interdependence between Yin and Yang int the acupuncture points . The method often coordinates Yang poir .~s into Yin points basically in terms of the Twelve Channel-takiStem method, which is shown in Table 18-2 .

In the method, for example, it is common practice to coor :.

nate the Hegu (large intestine, firm) with the Taichong (lives flexible) and Houxi (small intestine, firm) with Lieque (lung, ible) , which has the effect of adjusting Yin and Yang of vi

flesh

(Zang and Fu) . In addition, the tonification-purgation techniques of acupun ture are based on the theory of descending excess and reinforcing

"Setting the mountain

239

on fire" or "cool

The Twelve Channel-taking Stem Method

Ten Heavenly Stems

Jia

Yi

Bing

Ding

Wu

Twelve Channels

gallbladder

liver

small intestine

heart

stomach

firm-

firm

flexible

firm

flexible

firm

Ten Heavenly Stems

ii

Geng

Xin

elve i hannels

spleen

large intestine

lung

bladder

kidney

flexible

firm

flexible

firm

flexible

flexible

:risible

Kui

a clear night sky" is the method of tonificating deficiency and - .rgating the excess . As to the tonification or purgation by opening

closing the puncture hole of acupuncture and moxibustion, as is in Plain Questions : Acupuncture, "The time of tonification purgation is according to the opening and closing of Qi, " which aal to the open-close theory in the Great Treatise on Yi "to and to close is to change" . In ancient times, there had been the

- of coordinating the Eight Trigrams with acupuncture and ..A .a bustion . In the tonification-purgation techniques, all kinds of theories intention to the "Purgation Nine and Tonification Six

"Setthe mountain on fire", "cool like a clear night sky", or "dragon

; er fight each other" work with "nine" and "six", because

240

.Book of Changes

and Traditional Chinese Medicine

"nine" is the digit of the supreme Yang of Book of Changes and "six" the digit of supreme Yin . In Book of Changes, the properties of the Gua (trigrain) and Yao regard "nine" as the Yang, "six" as

Chapter Nineteen

the Yin, "Nine" is the sum of the odd numbers 1, 3 and 5 . "Six" is the sum of the even numbers 2 and 4 . Because an odd number is Yang and an even number is Yin, "nine "and "six" represent the

Book

Yin and Yang in the Gua (trigram) and Yao in Book of Changes . In acupuncture and moxibustion, "nine" and "`six" stand for the number of tonification or purgation according to the Yin and Yang, which is equal to Book of Changes in the law but different

method. The Great Collection of Acupuncture and Moxibustion, Li's Tonification and Purgation in Nan Feng said : "In thz method, "nine" represents the Zi Yang and "six", the Wu Yin, bub the number "nine" or "six" is not equal, nor is the tonification oc purgation by different ways of lifting and trusting, •• - to work ii the ebb of the tide, the first is the tonification "six", and the secor the purgation "nine", the time is not until the ebb of the tide .

and Medicated Diet People are closely bound to the outside world, besides breath, ag is an important part of this relationship . Eating and discharg-

are being done around the clock, which occupies one of the most

:octant parts in human life .

Biologyis an open system, and man is a huge open system as which continvally exchanges with the outside world . Eating is

;very

The descriptions above show that acupuncture and moxibust¢ :

in TCM are closely related to Book of Changes .

of Changes

important exchange medium .

Medicated diet means the relationship between medicine and . Medicine and eating have the same origin . They help each and make use of each other . There is no strict demarcation be-

i, them, thus, combining medicine with food to improve health

(Translated by Wang Yongmei)

cure diseases is an important medical undertaking .

Both of Changes contains medicated diet principles . And the

vrors Canon of Medicine develops these further, which gives

k*indation and development of TCM .

1

242

s

Chapter Nineteen

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Boo of Changes and Medicated Diet

243

Book of Changes recommends taking food as medicine accord-

Section 1 Xiang in Book of Changes and Medicated Diet Principles

ing to its meaning . This statement is also very instructive . "Li", in

of Changes is a book of symbols with sixty-four hexagrams, each of which is a small symbol . All of them vividly reflect all kinds of things, such as "Qian" stands for heaven, "Kun" for earth, "Gen" for mountain, "Li" for

fruits grow in the mountain area . TCM theory believes in taking taod as medicine by its character . For example, water plants are : jol in character, so it's better to remove heat with them . The min-

"Xiang" literally means symbol .

Book

sun, "Kan" for moon . Treatise of Remarks on the Trigrams of Yi says, "Zhen suggests the idea of thunder, .. . of bright young bamboos, of sedges and rushes . •. . Qian for heaven means fruit . " Sky is so high as to be called the highest wood, so it's called "wood fruit" .

Book of Changes suggests the emblem of fire ; of a turtle ; of a crab ; of a spiral univalve ; of the mussel ; and of the tortoise. All these seem to have a hard cover and a soft inside . "Gen" suggests the emblem of a mountain, of fruit, of trees and creeping plants . Most

al plants growing among the stones in the mountains are warm in .aracter, so they are made into medicine to expel cold . The cicada

a good at chirping, so it is made into medicine to cure dysphonia .

Rod colored food is warm in character, therefore it's for expelling d evil, while green food is cool in character and used for heating .

There is a general character among the things similar in appearance A common law exists in the natural universe, meaningly, minerals . animals and plants have similar characteristics . So they can be four, .:

in each other . This theory found the foundation that medicine ar:.food have the same source so they can supplement each other . TCM theory suggests to take medicine by appearance, that is, we take tie foods that appear similar to human internal organs as medicnes . F :X example, a walnut looks like the human brain, therefore it's a tor..~ for the brain . Semen astragali complarati looks like a human kit neys, so it's a tonic for the kidneys . Based on the theory of to food as medicine based on appearance, we adapt another methw

which is "organs nourished by organs" . For instance, we take pia kidneys as a tonic for human kidneys, cattle's eyes for eye problert t, pig's bladder for enuresis . This is significant to medicated diet n TCM .

Section 2 The Eight Trigrams, Medical Food and Medicated Diet The Eight Trigrams in Book of Changes are as follows : Water ti.a n Shui, Dui Ze), Fire (Li Huo), Earth (Kun Tu, Gen Shan),

.al (Qian Jin), and Wood (Xun Feng, Zhen Lei) . Trigrams are .& ..ded by their characters . In the Eight Trigrams there are five at,t

which are not only for human beings but also for animals, ;A:r as and minerals . Being a general rule of nature, it becomes the * :~ material foundation of medicated diet . Because they possess the

character istics, these animals, plants and minerals are mutual

zncs suited to a human's Five Qi (elements) .

For

example, Trea -

Chapter Nineteen

tise of Remarks on the Trigrams

of

Yi says, "Qian suggests the

$oak of Changes and Medicated Diet

245

tion,and good taste .

idea of heaven, of jade,' of metal, of an old horse, and of the fruit of trees ; Li suggests the idea of fire, of the sun, of buff-coat and helmet, of a turtle, of a crab, of a spiral univalve, of the mussel, and

The Chinese medicated diet has a strong influence on the study of notrition around the world . Today companies produce a' variety of

of water, of pain in the ears ; • . . the moon, referred of trees, it suggests that it is strong and firm-hearted ." The Emperor's Canon of Medicine applied this theory to practice and developed it . It says in

good health .

wines, candies, pastries and soft drinks that are healthy and ward

of the tortoise ; Gen suggests the idea of a mountain, of a small rock, of the fruit of trees and creeping plants ; Kan suggests the idea

off senility or are effective in curing diseases . Our medicated diet has a bright future and will make great contributions to keeping man in

Yin Yang Da Lun in Plain Questions, "There is wind in the east, wind produces wood, wood produces acid, acid for liver, liver for

Section 3 Rising and Decreasing of Qi According to Time in Book of Changes And the Biological Clock in

muscle, muscle

heart . There is heat in the south, heat produces fire, fire produces bitter, bitter for heart ••• . Here is humidity in the centre, humidity produces earth, earth for sweet, sweet for for

spleen, spleen for heat, heat for lung . There is dryness in the west,

dryness produces metal, metal for hardness, hardness for lung, lung for skin and hair, skin and hair for liver •. . It produces cold in the

Taking Medicated Food

Book of Changes emphasizes the ebb-flow of Qi according to

a .att, namely there are high and low changes in Yin and Yang dur-

a year or even within 24 hours. So when to plant medicinal bs, to pick medicine or to take medicine should be based on the

north, cold produces water, water for salty, salty for kidney, kid-

ney for bone marrow . " The theory, which human and animals ana

plants are beneficial to each other, enriches and enlarges the content of TCM . Zang Qi Fa Shi Lun in Plain Questions says that po sonous medicines attack evil and diseases, crops and grains are nutr tious, fruits are helpful, poultries are beneficial, vegetables are su ficient . We take a mixture of them to store energy . It is vital TCM that we take medicine combined with grains, fruits, poul and vegetable to cure diseases and to make us healthy . The Chinese medicated diet has developed into a theory on

foundation of the combination of medicated food with adjuvant

coca

ing materials, which has peculiar valve in medical treatment, num

in the changes of Yin

and

Yang . Book of Changes

has

seven

:Mules about Qi that state in detail that picking and planting medicherbs should be in accordance with the seasons . Zhi Zhen Yao . Lun in Plain Questions proposes to use different medicines in A b

.ticrent years . This means that we should pick and plant medicinal rb by the character of Qi . For instance, in "Fire Year" warm

fines can be picked and planted because their warm character is strongest in this year . In "Water Year", Yin medicine is fit to picked and planted, because its cool character is the strongest . The taste of vegetables and fruits will not be good if they are season, though they have a good appearance . As Confucius

- -said, "Don't eat when they are not in season . " This is also true with medicines . Picking and storing medical herbs should be in time . The seven articles about Qi suggest eating new crops (or fresh crops), a practice that is vital to keep the medicated food in high quality .

The effect will be doubled if the time of taking medicine is fixed

by the rising and decreasing of Qi according to time and midnightnoon ebb-flow . For instance, it is the best time to take herbal medicine between 11 :00 p . m . and 7 :00 a . m . the next day, and from Winter Solstice to Spring Equinox of a year when Yang is rising and Yin is decreasing, it is twiceas effective to take warm Yang medicine . From 1 :00 p . m . to 7 :00 p . m . or from Mid-summer to

Autumn Equinox is when Yang decreases and Yin increases, and is therefore a good time to take Yin cool medicine . This means it is best to take warm Yang medicine in the early morning and cool Yin medicine in the afternoon, which is in accordance with the medicine's natural tendencies . In addition, at 11 :00 p . m . and in winter, Yin is high an c : Yang is low . So it is best to take warm Yang medicines before midnight . At noon or in summer, Yang is high and Yin is low, so it

best to take heat clearing medicines to reduce "Fire" before noon ana in summer . The biological clock for taking medicine is a study with both treating efficiency and economic efficiency . It should be applies

to medical practice . People's need for five tastes lies in the biological clock . Duriu;e the day, over a whole year, or even during one's entire life, t need for five tastes changes regularly with the change of Yin Yang . For example, at noon in summer, or in youth, Yang is

while Yin is low . People like to eat cool and sour foods, to natur warm Yin . At night, in winter or in an old age, people like to

ChapterNin

Oct* of Changes and Medicated Diet 247

warm sweet food to warm Yang and restrain Yin . Our body appears, to apply for Wu Wei (Five Tastes) by high or low of Zang Qi, namely "Take in the tastes for self-save . For instance, a person tends to eat sweet foods when the spleen is weak and tends to eat bitter foods when the heart is too strong . This is because sweet foods are helpful to the spleen, bitter and cool food can reduce heat of the heart . When Zang Qi, vital energy, begins to demand certain tastes, it tends to be exhausted, it is called real Zang Taste, which is a sign that the internal organs have gone wrong, people have a strong desire for a certain taste . This case is also a ba His forr a doctor to make diagnoses about a certain disease . The gallnadder will have bi-syndrome when the mouth feels sweet, the kidzeys will be sick when the mouth feels salty, etc . In short, the biological clock of medicated diet is a major subt of time medicine and should be studied further . Section 4 The Theory of Purgation and Invigoration and Medicated Food to Life The internal organs from the first day after birth to the time of zn never stop working . Therefore, they lose a lot of energy and cz+ergy storing ability is gradually reduced . This means we have Borate ourselves . In Zheng Tong Duo Gang ((1E9kjJJX)), it "A person can live no longer than 30,000 days . We can't live without purgation or invigoration . " When a person gets to a a age, he can not get rid of some waste from his body, such as sputum and fat . People need help to get rid of the waste,

248

A

Book of Changes

and

Traditional Chinese Medicine'

otherwise, it will accumulate in body : People need to purge them . Zhuan in Sun Trigram of Yi says, "Diminution and increase, overflowing and emptiness, these take place in harmony with the conditions of the time ." There is a time when the strong should be

diminished, and the weak should be strengthened . The Orderly Sequence of the Hexagrams on Yi says, "When diminution is going on without end, increase is sure to come ; when increase goes on without end, there is sure to come a dispersing of it ." Treatise on the

Hexagram says, "Diminution and increase are the beginning of fullness and decay . " The Emperor's Canon of Medicine has developed further the theory of loss and invigoration advanced by Book of Changes . It also puts forward a principle that states loss is going o := when it is more than enough, and invigoration is going on when it i= riot sufficient . This principle is applied to the treatment in TCM . li

says in San Bu Jiu Hou Lun in Plain Questions , "Purge when it ii too strong in the internal organs . Supply to invigorate when it is tow weak . But invigoration should be limited in degree, not too much or it will cause illness . This theory is stated in detail in

Emperor's Canon of Medicine . In Sheng Qi Tong Tian Lun Plain Questions, it says, "Qi in the liver is well, the spleen Qi a exhausted when the taste is too sour . Qi in the bone is exhaust . and Qi in the muscle is stagnant when it is too salty . If the taste

too sweet, Qi in the heart is too much and it can make people out a breath and appear black because Qi in the kidneys is off :balance

There is a depression of the spleen Qi and indigestion of the stoma* when the taste is too bitter . The muscle and pulse are relaxed spirit is low when the taste is too hot ." Zhi Zhen Yao Da Lun a Plain Questions also says, "It takes as long to increase Qi as to prove it . But if it is increased too long, it will be damaged .

Chapter Nineteen

mk of Changes and Medicated' Diet

249

eating to keep good health aims at light taste rather than heavy taste, dietary bias and too much food as well . In 1973, the Hart Tomb in Ma Wang Dui was unearthed . It included accounts on the unearthed historical records referring to "Que Gu", which means to be on a diet . Confucius proposed in The Analects ((ikii)) , "Don't

eat until you are full . " It is also recorded in Shen Xian Zhuan "Do not eat too much, or this will cause disease and sputum ." , Ji Kang i ggests in his On Health to "get rid of heavy taste ." Fushan Dao `hi, who lived over a hundred years, also emphasized in his works 'ng light taste . Zhu Daxi in Ru Dan Lun MhWj)) proposed, 'Wri't grant indulgence in heavy taste, if Five Wei (five tastes) is heavy, it will cause illness ." These statements emphasize "light " and "on diet", which are very helpful to improving health . Between "hurt" and "invigoration" is "adjustment" . There are z-a periods that are out of control during a life . One is during ado-

nce, when the body grows too rapidly to keep in step with the n . It is normal at this time to be out of control . Another is the ~cteric period, which is when the brain and mind can't keep in with the rapidly declining body . It is normal at this time to be 4 control . So it is a time for supplement, not for purgation, but adjustment . The adjustment includes to disperse the stagnant

-+az-energy, to adjust the mind, and to alleviate mental depression . At adolescence, it is good to increase supply to meet the necesof growth . At middle age and after, it is a period of purgation invigoration together . We should adjust Wu Wei to supply the

of the internal organs, and have adequate purgation to elimisputum, fat, etc . to remove blood stasis and promote blood cir: aat n, and to remove waste from the body . When we choose -gyres for purgation and invigoration, we have to pay attention

250

} Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

to Wu Wei and their relation with the five internal organs (e . g . sour easily goes into the liver, bitter into the heart, sweet into the spleen, spicy into the lungs, salty into the kidneys) . So we take the Wu Wei sour, bitter, sweet, spicy and salty to supply the liver, heart, spleen, lungs and kidneys respectively . We should also sup-

ply or purge the five internal organs according to their physiological character, If the taste complies with the organ's character it is called, invigoration, against the character, purgation . Zang Qi Fa Shi Lun in Plain Questions says, "When the liver is seriously hurt, invigorate it with sweet . When it tends to be dispersed, supply spicy food to disperse, to invigorate and purge it with sour . " The liver governs the function of smooth and free flow, when it is depressed sweet is fit for its invigoration . Spicy fits for adjusting and invigorating the liver according to its features . Sour is against the liver's character, so it is used for purgation . (Translated by Ma Xuemei)

Chapter Twenty Book of Changes and Aesthetic Medicine

Aesthetic Medicine is a borderline science combining medical fence and aesthetics . Beauty is an important part in the process of de . Aesthetic Medicine includes beautiful sounds, lusters (lights and colors), vigorous and graceful figures, beautiful countenance, and so on . It is a branch of preventive medicine as well as of rehabil dative medicine . Its significance lies in achieving health through the ,good stimulation of music, luster, vigorous and graceful figure, and ..autiful countenance . The stimulation has wonderful effects on the mental state, which then acts on the body, and through biological xdback, the beauty of the figure is coordinated with the health of c internal organs . Section 1 Connotation of Aesthetic Medicine in Book of Changes Book of Changes implies the mystery of aesthetic medicine . "tie S curve in the Taiji Map is the most beautiful curve in the unirs .e . The beauty of the curve refers to the shape of S, which is a 1 ..tnbol of Yin-Yang harmony . Keeping the S curve is an important

Chapter Twenty Book of Changes and Aesthetic Medicine, 253 sign of maintaining the beauty of the figure . Figure beauty reflects the health of the internal organs . Book of Changes emphasizes the coordination of internal and external beauty . Wen Iran in Kun Tri-

gramn of Yi states, "His excellence is in the center, but it diffuses a complacency over his four limbs" . This means that the health of the internal organs is the basis of external beauty, the physical beauty of the body is a reflection of health . TCM also has similar saying, such as "Internal beauty leads to external beauty ."' Keeping the S curve should begin with the internal organs . Ac-

cordingg to the theory "decrease the full and increase the deficit" in Book of Changes . Before middle age, nourishment is important, especially nourishing Yin and the increase of Qi . Healthy internal oxgans are the basis of a strong and handsome shape . After middle age, "decrease" is stressed . That is to say, one should clean out the accumulated waste of the body, including reducing eczema, phlegm and diffusing silt . The healthy beauty of females should emphasi?F nourishing Yin, because the luxuriant Yin Qi leads to a graceful ana vigorous figure . A female experiences pregnancy, childbearing, ani menstration in her life, all of which make her lose a lot of blooc So, removing stagnancy of the liver and restoring its function in ac

dition to replenishing blood is the way to keep Yin Qi luxuriant ate help form a vigorous and full figure . As for males, a handsome at

healthy body lies in Qi, as it is said in Wen Yan in Qian Trigruof Yi, "Qian, origination, is able, with its admirable benefits, strong, vigc,rbenefit all under the sky", "How greatt is Qian! ous, undeflected, and correct ." This means strength and vigor symbols of a man's handsomeness . During a man's life process, loses a lot of Qi, so nourishing Qi assisted by replenishing the 66 neys and vitality becomes very important .

Beauty must be healthy and full of vitality rather than a morbid state, itrequires a certain amount of movement to keep the shape . In the Great Treatise on Yi, it is said, "They change and move without staying in one place, flowing about into any one of the six places of the hexagram . " "Production and reproduction is what is called the process of change . " It emphasizes the truth "life lies in movement" . Beauty can be found in constant movement, and moveatent creates a beautiful life . Book' of

Changes attaches importance to the function of inner beauty on the body shape . In addition to the beauty of the internal

organs, inner beauty also includes the most important beauty spiritual beauty . The important connotation of spiritual beauty is to attain a handsome and vigorous body through the influence of psychology on physiology . Book of Changes stresses the virtue of loyalfilial piety, integrity, honesty, benevolence and modesty . As it says in The Great Symbolism of Kun_Trigram of Yi, "The supe-

rivr man, with his large virtue, supports things The Great Sytn t-i''ism in Xian trigrarn of Yi, "The superior man keeps his mind ;:ce from pre-occupation, and open to receive others", in The Great i reatise on Yi, "He rests in his own position, and cherishes gen1;uus benevolence, and hence he can be loved . " If a person has artue, his mind is wide and his body is full . Both Confucius and ii zi attached importance on the coordination of spiritual and physibeauty . It is true that an insidious and crafty person seldom has a

complexion while the person of high, virtue usually has a good and an imposing appearance .

Chapter Twenty Book of Changes and Aesthetic Medicine

and we can know the shape ." In this chapter, the five sounds Jiao, Zhi, Gong, Shang, Yu are matched with the five solid organs: the

Section 2 The Application of Aesthetic Medicine in Book of

liver, heart, spleen, lungs and kidneys . This indicates that the five sounds' are relevant to the five solid organs . So, in clinical treatment

Changes

I . Beautiful Sound and Luster Medicine The most important beauty implied in Book of Changes is harmony and coordination . Harmony is the representation of beauty .

The S curve in the Grand Terminus Map symbolizes the perfect harmony between Yin and Yang . The Xun Gua (Gentle Penetration)

looks like a gentle breeze and drizzle, which add to the natural world a fine harmony . The harmonious sounds and lusters are the applications of aesthetic medicine as well as the aim of audio medicine and luster medicine . The beautiful and harmonious music or luster is'i good stimulus, benefiting health and recovery . It says in the Chinese history book Shi Ji ((*iO), in the section On Music "Mu-

The mood changes with the heart sic functions inside the body moving music . So the sound of music helps the flow of blood comforts the spirit and supports the heart . " Nowadays, good effect have been achieved through the cooperative use of music Qigong. TCM emphasizes the relationship between the five sounds the internal organs . It judges a person's constitution and foret

Tastes in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine, "Listen to the so

different kinds of music are chosen to adjust the five solid organs according to their Xu and Shi (weakness and strength) . For example, the characteristic of the liver is hardness and it favors clarity . So if the liver Qi is blocked, the high-pitched, bold and flowing music should be used to adjust it . Conversely, if the liver is solid and with

Lao much Yang Qi, the patient should listen to soft, slow and lowpitched music in order to aid in the release of Yang Qi . A person's' spirit lies .in the heart . If the spirit is unquiet, the patient should lisis to smooth and steady music . In short, adjusting the weakness strength of the five solid organs by listening to the five sounds is

,characteristic of Chinese traditional audio medicine . In modern t story, more and more importance has been attached to the treatit and recovery of patients by using harmonious music . Most pa-

ts are willing to accept such treatment and the effects are rerkable, especially in recovery from some chronic diseases . The

tzautiful music is a good stimulus leading to physiological changes benefiting recovery . Physiology and psychology create feedThe spirit greatly influences the body . Only when the spirit is a ,mod condition can the body be strong and handsome .

Beautiful and harmonious luster is also an important content of tic medicine . TCM emphasizes the correspondence between

k'

the disease according to the sounds . As it says in the Emper Canon of Medicine : Bao Ming Quang Xing, "A musical instm, ment with a broken string produces a hoarse sound and a person disease produces a voice like vomiting ." In Five Sounds and

255

4~%e

five countenance colors and the five solid organs . By examining five colors, a patient's, constitution can be observed and the dis-

can be foretold . For instance, green matches the liver, red the heart, yellow the spleen, white the lungs and black the

Chapter Twenty $oqh

of Changes

and Aesthetic Medicine 257

kidneys . Putting the five colors, the five sounds and the five solid organs in cooperation also nourishes or purges the body . TCM is good at adjusting and nourishing the internal organs (Zang and Fu)

Lion of the internal organs, strong or weak, can be known, and the future development of the diseas , good or bad, can be foretold . As it says in Mai Yao Jing Wei Lun in Plain Questions, "If the head

addition, beautiful and harmonious luster is also a good stimulus with good effects on the body's recovery . Today, in medical sci-

clined ; if the body cannot twist, the kidneys are going to be exhausted ; if the limbs cannot bend and spread, the tendons are going to be exhausted ; if the person cannot stand for a long periods, his

by selecting medicines' and foods according to their colors . For example, red medicine or food acts on the heart, black on the kidneys, yellow on the spleen, green on the liver and white on the lungs . In

inclines with deep-caved eyes, the spirit is going to be declined ; if the back is bend with inclining shoulders, Fu is going to be de-

ences, great attention has been paid to the application of colors and lights in recovery and care .

trues are going to be exhausted .

U . Body-building

and Facial Beauty Methods

1) Body-building Gong A beautiful shape is a symbol of healthy internal organs . TCM, the core of the organ and appearance theory is the unity of

external appearances and the internal organs . The shape of the body is the external appearance of the internal organs . Only when the internal organs are healthy can the shape of the body be healthy an handsome . Similarly, a healthy and handsome shape is a sign strong and energetic internal organs . The unity of appearance and

internal organs is the main idea of the organ and appearance theory . The body is nourished' by the internal organs . In return, it can act on them too. Both a vivacious and an obese shape can directly influence the internal organs . The shape's decline is an important sign of the whole body's dr crepitude . As Zhi Zhen Yao Da Lun in Plain Questions says . "Women . . . forty-nine, pulse weak, shape declined and sterilized .

Men .. . fifty-six, kidneys declined, body exhausted . " It means whet a woman is forty-five years old and a man fifty-six years old, their shapes are declined . According to the state of the shape, the eondi-

The above indicates the close relationship between the shape a;md the internal organs . So training the shape is very important to the training of the internal organs . The training for a vigorous and

graceful figure must be combined' with the training of the whole lity, including : body-building gymnastics, dance, Taiji boxing, Dao Yin, Qigong, and all sorts of sports . And it should be main-

:ained all the year round . (For a detail method, see Chapter SixBook of Changes and Chinese Qigong . ) 2) Skin-Internal Organs Training (Gong)

The training of skin and internal organs is an important content body-building . The health and beauty of the skin is closely related with the health of the body . The skin is the first defense of the hu-

n body. The care of the skin relates to the internal health of the t,Ay . Thousands upon thousands of pores are "places where Qi pen. The health of the skin is closely linked with the health of curates" ^c internal organs, as it says in Spiritual Pivot : Ben Zang, "The s match the large intestine, which is reflected by the skin . . . the

eys match the triple warmer bladder, which is reflected by the So, the x.+i r and the space between the skin and the flesh.

Eaaperor's Canon of Medicine claims, "All diseases, when they

258

&ck of

Changes and

Traditional Chinese Medicine

rise, are to begin with the skin and hair . .. . There are different cor-

responding parts of human skin, if the changes on them are neglected, people may have serious diseases." (Pi Bu Theory in Plain

Questions) These attach importance to the relationship between skin and the internal organs . The skin is the reflection of Qi and blood . The prosperity and decline of the solid and hollow organs can be

forecasted according to the luster of the skin . Plump and smooth skin suggests the prosperity of Qi and blood inside the body . Conversely, shivelled and rough skin suggests the decline of the internal

organs, as it says in San Bu and Jiu Hou Lun in Plain Questions, "Those with pale skins will die" ; Channels in Spiritual Pivot "When the hand Taiyin Qi is exhausted, the skin and the hair on it

will become dry" ; Lin Yong in Spiritual Pivot, "Thin skin and flesh cannot defend oneself from the wind in winter" ; Five Changes in Spiritual Pivot, "Person with thin skin and loose flesh will easily

Chapter Twenty

Book of Changes and Aesthetic Medicine

259

twelve meridians . Twelve Pi Bu correspond with the internal organs through twelve meridians . So, good stimulation passing through twelve Pi Bu can act on the internal organs and gradually improve the organs' functions .

Method Meditation leads Qi to go along the circulation sequence of

twelve channels, emphasis should be laid on the correspondence be-ween the skin and the internal organs, in cooperation with the mas:age along the meridians, tapping and manipulating vital points .

Skin massage must be done following the circulating direction of the meridians . The means of manipulating the vital points is to manipu-

sate Yuan acupoints of the twelve meridians so that the meridian Qi tan be generated . For example, Zhongfu acupoint of lung meridian z in the superior lateral part of the anterior thoracic wall, on the level Lf the 1st intercostal space, 6 can * lateral to the anterior midline),

fall ill . " The decline of the skin is the beginning of the body's de crepitude, as well as a sign of early senility . Tian Nian in Spiritu-

Shangyang acupoint of the large intestine (on the radial side of the ~tal segment of the index finger, 0 . 1 can * from the corner of the

indicates the relationship between healthy, beautiful skin and human biological activities . Hence, it is of great significance to keep the

n " from the corner of the toenail), Jiquan of the heart (at the

al Pivot claims, "Forty . . . the skin begins to be loose, the hair begins to be scarce, the vitality declines and the hair turns gray ." This

skin's health and beauty . The training of skin-internal organs includes self-massage, tapping and manipulating points . Massage, also called "dry bathing", should be carried out according to the twelve

Pi Bu . The so-called twelve Pi Bu are recorded in Twelve Pi Bu in Plain Questions, "All the twelve channels, twelve skin's Bu . That is, twelve channels have twelve corresponding Pi Bu, they are the superficial positions that reflect the functional activities of the

twelve channels . Twelve Pi- Bu are also the reactional regions of

1) , Chengqi of the stomach (on the face, directly below the 4.1pil, between the eyeball and the infraorbital ridge), Yinbai of the = ;teen (on the medial side of the distal segment of the great toe, 0 . 1 ,. ~x of the axillary fossa, where the pulsation of the axillary artery palpable), Shaoze of the small intestine (on the ulnar side of the ;.atal segment of the little finger, 0 . 1 can " from the corner of the

), Jingming of the bladder (on the face, in the depression slightabove the inner canthus), Yongquan of the kidneys (on the sole, the depression appearing on the anterior part of the sole when the

is in the plantar flexion), Tianchi of the pericardium (on the west, in the 4th intercostal space, 1 can " lateral to the nipple and t

Chapter Twenty

5 can * lateral to the anterior

midline), Guanchong of the trips

warmer (on the ulnar side of the distal segment of the 4th finger, 0 . 1 can * from the corner of the nail), Tongziliao of the gall blad der (on the face, lateral to the outer canthus, on the lateral border of the orbit), and Dadurl of the liver (on the lateral side of the distal segment of the great toe, 0 .1 can * from the corner of the toenail) .

When manipulating, massaging and tapping, Qi must be introduced by thought, and follow the in-and-out order of the twelve meriu am . If coordinated with manipulating the Yuan acupoints of dtwelve meridians, better effects will be achieved, for Yuan acupoint-, are a source in moving the kidney Qi, and they are the basis of twelve meridians, the beginning power of human life and the important acupoints in adjusting the internal organs . The Yuan acupoir,

are : lung meridian Taiyuan (at the radial end of the crease of h wrist, where the pulsation of radial artery is palpable), the large to testine Hegu (oil the dorsum of the hand, between the 1st and 2«_ metacarpal bones, and on the radial side of the midpoint of the 2F metacarpal bone), spleen meridian Taibai (on the medial border bk the foot, posterior and inferior to the 1st metatarsophalang

stomach Chongyang (on the dome of the instep of the frxa 3 can * from the Xiangu point), heart Shenmen (on the wrist, the ulnar end of the crease of the wrist, in the depression of the r ;, dial side of the tendon of the ulnar flexor muscle of the wrist),

joint)

small intestine Wangu (on the ulnar border of the hand, in the 6~ pression between the proximal end of the 5th metacarpal bone hamate bone,, and at the junction of the red arid white skin), kidrir Taixi (on the medial border of the foot, posterior to the me

malleolus, in the depression between the tip of the medial mallee&i and the Achilles tendon), bladder Jingu (on the lateral side of '

Book of Changes and Aesthetic Medicine

2b1

foot, below the tuberosity of the 5th metatarsal bone, at the junction of the red and white skin), the pericardium Daling (at the nlid point of the crease of the wrist, between the tendons of the long palmar muscle and radial flexor muscle of the wrist), triple warier Yangche (at the midpoint of the dorsal crease of the wrist, in the depression on the ulnar side of the tendon of the extensor muscle of fingers), liver Taichong (on the instep of the. foot, in they de ;.:ression of the posterior end of the 1st interosseous metatarsal spacae) t d gall bladder Qiouxu (anterior and inferior to the external utalie"us, in the depression lateral to the tendon of the long extensor muscle of the toes) Skin massage all over the body should follow the running direcaoaof the meridians, "Hand Sanyang runs from hand to head, hand

n nyin from chest to hand, foot Sanyang from head to foot and test

Sanyin from foot to abdomen . " The following six meridians

a-.ould be stressed : the spleen, stomach, liver, kidneys, Ren and .Ai,

for the spleen and stomach are the sea of Qi and blood, the liver

Md

kidneys the source of energy, and blood and Reng Du the sea of "tin-Yang bloodvessels . (see figure 20-1) 3) Beauty Gong

Countenance is an external mirror of human body . It is a part . which the appearances of Qi and blood centralize . Every small ex;'-vial change is a sign of change inside the body . Particularly the ,dition of the face potentially influences senility and relates physidecrepitude . Human psychology interacts with physiology . PsyxAogy can promote physical decline arid delay the process as well

maintaining facial beauty plays a subtle role in preventing the s+tcline of the whole body . Therefore preventing the decrepitude of r face is of great importance .

262

of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty Book of Changes and Aesthetic Medicine 263

So, Shang Gu Tian Zhen Lun in Plain Questions says, "Women . . . 35, Yangming channel declines, tae begins to decline . .. . Men . . .48, face dry ." This means that fa-

sxtlatory area is the widest .

f

decline becomes the sign of decrepitude when women are thirtyyears old, and men forty-eight . Because of this, to achieve the

th and beauty of the face, stress should be laid on meridians, especially on the foot Yangming stomach meridian . V\

r I,

thod : With meditation guiding Qi, massage, tap, and manipulate the . : 41 points along the run of the facial meridians . The thought guidshould be based on the circulation of the twelve meridians and am- te attention should be paid to the meridians that circulate through areas, such as the meridians of foot Yangming stomach, hand yang small intestine and hand Yangming large intestine . Massage

Figure 20-1

Massage on the skin and the internal organs

d be done along their course of themeridians or along their dision, the course of the channels and the muscles . (see figure

Besides sports concerning the body, exercises for facial beau are necessary in order to prevent facial decline . Facial beauty exr, cises must be based on the meridians . The face is a gathering pc for meridians, as in Xie Qi Zang Fu Bing Xing in Spiritual Pi-w;

)

"Twelve channels, three hundred and sixty five Luos, their bl

and Qi all run up to the face and penetrate through the seven holes Among them are, foot Yangming stomach meridian, hand Shaoy- a heart meridian, hand Taiyang small intestine meridian, foot S. bladder meridian, foot Sun gall bladder meridian and hand Shaoyw* triple warmer meridian . Their meridian Qi all run to the face . T`to foot Yangming stomach meridian has plentiful Qi and blood . Its

Firgure 20-2

Massage on the face

264

2 Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Manipulate Vital Points : Zusanli (gathering point foot Yang ruing stomach meridian, on the anterior lateral side of the leg, curt " below Dubi, one finger breadth from the anterior crest of tF tibia) does good to promoting stomach functions .- Sanyinjiao (on the medial side of the leg, 3 can * above the tip of the medial malleolus, posterior to the medial border of the tibia) is an acupoint of the ft Taiyin spleen meridian, having goodeffects on the function of if,* spleen and stomach . It can also adjust the balance of Ying

Yang . Hegu (hand Yangming large intestine origin acupoint, on u .-,

dorsum of the hand, between the 1st and 2nd metacarpal bones, on the radial side of the midpoint of the 2nd metacarpal bone) justs the Qi and blood in the head and face . Sibai (foot Yangnur

Chapter Twenty &,of of Changes and Aesthetic Medicine 265 we easily found . manipulate and press until you feel a tingle, then Qi is obtained and it is best to stop the practice . If such manipulais regularly practiced, the effects of facial beauty can be

rehieved . The effect will be better if the hands are warmed before rnas'ging, manipulating, and pressing the acupoints . Some predecesadvocated rubbing the face with saliva . This can be taken as a rence . (see figure 20-3) i/ F kt

stomach, on the face, directly' below the pupil, in the depression < the infraorbital foramen) can adjust the Qi and blood in the head an face as well as brightening the eyes . Quanliao (hand Taiyang sir intestine, on the face, directly below the outer canthus, in the

pression below the zygomatic bone) can adjust facial blood and Q . Yangbai (food Shaoyang gall bladder, on the forehead, dir above the pupil, 1 can x above the eyebrow) adjusts the Qi blood in the forehead . Dicang (foot Yangming stomach, on face, directly below the pupil, beside the mouth angle) plays a r, in improving the Qi and blood of the mouth, lips and jaw . Xiagt : (foot Yangming stomach, on the face, anterior to the ear, in depression between the zygomatic arch and mandibular notch) adjust facial Qi and blood . Jiache (foot Yangming stomach, on t cheeks, one finger breadth anterior and superior to the mandi angle, in the depression where the masseter muscle is promititi effect the face and facial nerves .

The above nine acupoints, six on the face, three on the liar, ._

Figur 2t)-3 Facial acupoints for manipulation z to thus figure : .-I Yang"* f4 J Sibai At Dicang g xi Jingining 1' -)~ Xiaguau M* Jiache MttJ Quanliao (Translated by Li Ge)

Chapter Twenty-one Book of Changes and the Three Basic Laws of the Universe

Chapter Twenty-one

Book of Changes and the Three

Basic Laws of the Universe The Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams, the He Map, and the Luo Writing are miniatures of the laws of the universe .

The Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams, ; the He Map and the Luo Writing contain three basic laws of the universe : the laws the unity of time and space, the unity of motion and relative rest, and the unity of Yin-Yang opposites .

Section 1 The Unity of Time and Space and the Holistic View of the Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams, the He Map and the Luo Writing Ai Siqi, a Chinese philosopher said, "The motion of matter shows in time and space, which are the existing form of matter . There is no matter motion beyond time and space, and there are no time nor space that has nothing to do with matter motion . " Time and space are objective reality . The belief in the objective

reality of time and space is the standard for distinguishing materialism from idealism. There is no matter existing' alone beyond time and space, and there is no time nor space which has nothing to do with matter motion . As Lenin said, "There is nothing in the world

267

except moving : matter, and moving matter can only move in time and space . " Time represents the speed of matter motion, both time

and space are endless . Time cannot go backwards, space cannot appear again . Thepast cannot return, so time and space are always new .

The Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams, the He Map and

the Luo Writing embody a concentrated reflection of the relation bet .veen time, space and matter, of the basic law of the universe,

*hich is the unity of time and space . What is the unity of time and space in the universe? Time and space are combined into one and cannot be separated . Without space, there is no time ; without time, there is no space . Neither time nor space can exist alone . It is matter motion that combines lime and space . So all things in the universe are moving unities of

itme and space . Time and space are a contradictory unity, they re>'rict each other and depend on each other . Matter motion would be

Jfected if either of the two factors were ignored . Time and space are not only the factors helping to bring about natter motion, but the factors hindering matter motion . People of-

to the sense of time, but ignore the sense of space . iii fact, the sense of space has more influence on matter motion than :he sense of time does . For example, the space of the earth is fairly _arge, but it still limits the development of human beings . Here is : :n pay attention

"ther example, space often becomes an important factor affecting

*ork speed . Therefore, people should pay attention to both time aad space and must not ignore them . The fact that time and space supplement each other in matter motion is the key to the development of everything . What is the universe? The universe is the general call for all

Chapter Twenty-one Book of Changes and the Three Basic Laws of the Universe

things in the world . So the view of the universe is also called a worla outlook . Huai ;Nan Zi : Customs of Qi State ((W* : 3Pf'PRiim)) says that the time from past to now is called Yu- (4~) , the space of four directions is called Zhou ('4 ) [ Yu Zhou is the universe] . The book Guang Yun ((1"'ti)) defines Yu as "immense" . The book Yu Pian ((TIM) says, "The master said four directions in the

world are called Yu . " It also defines "Zhou" as "occupying, Xu Yu said that the world was occupied by all things . " In the book Explaining Words ((ti ~C)) , the universe is compared to a wheel u.

continual motion . So the universe means not only boundless space but endless time as well . The universe is a comprehensive concept that includes all things in the world, boundless time and space . The universe is a general call for both time and space . That is to say, the universe is the unity of time and space . The universe is endless and boundless both in macrocosm &r-J microcosm . In microcosm, the universe is infinitesimal . Men ha-,

discovered molecules, atoms, electrons, protons, ions macrocosm is infinitely great . Men have observed a point 15 bilL-x light-years from the earth . (A light-year is the distance light travea in a year . It is about 9 . 4605 billion kilometers) . Of course, f the point of view of philosophy, the universe should be infinitev, great and can be divided into smaller parts . But no one can pr this is objectively true . The feature of the Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams,

>w

He Map and the Luo Writing is that they are miniatures of the &* of the unity of time and space in the universe . They each reflect time-space relation of matter motion . There are two poles on the map of the Grand Terminus, Yin Pole and the Yang Pole . From the point of view of time .

269

from the Yin Pole to the Yang Pole, then from the Yang Pole to the, Yin Pole represents a whole . day, the period from midnight to uuuii, then from noon to midnight . It also represents the four sea period

us of a year, from the Winter Solstice to the Summer Solstice, then from the Summer Solstice to the Winter Solstice . Froth the ;.,ant of view of space, the Yin Pole represents north, the Yang Pole o;~Vresents south . The directions between the Yin Pole and the Yang

are east and west. The four corners on the reap represent z. theast, southeast, southwest and northwest . The trap also »:ws the different solar terms in four seasons : the Spring Equinox, Autumn Equinox, the Summer Solstice, the, Winter Solstice, Beginning of Winter, the Beginning of Spring, the Beginning of ier, and the Beginning of Autumn . That is to say, Lau Yiit -resents the Winter Solstice, Lao Yang = epresents the Suinrner s.>-rice, Shao Yang = represents the Spring Equinox, Shuo Yiii = resents the Autumn Equinox .

The Sixty-four Hexagrams Exhibited in a Square is the mitiia-

the law of unity of time and space in the universe, too . Fur :pie, in the Early Arrangement of Fu Xi, the trigrains front Fu :n:urniiig)- to Qian(the Creative) represent spring and suiiiriier igrams from Gou (Encountering) to Kun(Receptive > Resting

ruuuiess) represent autumn and winter . The Eight Trigrams also f,,r a strong sense of space and direction : Kun (Receptive, Resting uaness) is the Winter Solstice, is north ; Lira (Approach, SywAdvance) is the Spring Equinox, is east ; Qian (the Creative)

Summer Solstice, is south ; Dun (Retreat) is the Autumn , is west . In the Later Arrangement of King Wen, Kan

Perilous Pit) is the Winter Solstice, representing north ; Zhen xier, Exciting Power) is the Spring Equinox, representing

270

Chapter Twenty-one $gook of Changes and the Three Basic Laws of the Universe

nook of CAanges'and Traditional Chinese Medicine

time-space relationship of the system of the sun, the earth and the

east ; Li (the Clinging) is the Summer Solstice, representing south ; Dui (Joy, Pleasure) is the Autumn Equinox, representing west .

moon . They contain the knowledge of calendar, weather, climate, direction and phenology, and symbolize the unity of time and space in the universe. The main difference is that the Grand Terminus

The He Map and the Luo Writing also carry the information of unity of time and space in the universe . They are not only the sym-

shows the unity with the combination of Yin-Yang fish ; the Eight Trigrams reflects, the unity with trigrams and'Yao ; The He Map and the Luo Writing symbolize the unity with numbers . These reflect the features of Book of Changes by illustrating principles through

bols of time passing in four seasons of a year or time passing in day and night, but also symbols of space ineight directions . For in-

rr

stance, number one on the lower part of the Luo Writing represent& the Winter Solstice, cold weather, and north ; number three on tht left represents the Spring Equinox, warm weather and east ; numltr

images and numbers .

The Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams, the He Map and

nine on the upper part represents the Summer Solstice, hot weather

he Luo Writing also cooperate with each other to increase their ilustrating ability . For example, the Grand Terminus and the Eight Trigrams form the Sixty-four Hexagrams Exhibited in a Square .

and south ; number seven on the right represents the Autumn Equinox, cool weather and west . So, the Luo Writing tallies with the later arrangement of Eight Trigrams by King Wen . The feature of the Luo Writing is that the eight directions of it are v clear . So the Luo Writing cooperating with the Eight Trigrams used by Yi Wei ((PAS)) and TCM to forecast weather, direction climate and other natural phenomena of a season .

The He Map is also a miniature of the unity of time and spe i in the universe . Number one on the lower part of the He Map is number of water, representing north, the Winter Solstice, c weather, things being stored ; number three on the left is the nw :,

ber of wood, representing east, the Spring Equinox, warm weati± :~ er, things beginning to grow ; number seven on the upper part is t?i number of fire, representing south, hot weather, the Summer &a~ stice, things growing ; number nine on the right is the number metal, representing west, the autumn, things being harvested .

In short, the time and position shown in the Grand Termirr,~& the Sixty-four Hexagrams Exhibited in a Square, the He Map & :i the Luo Writing tally with the movement of the sun and reflect

271

The, Luo Writing and the later arrangement of Eight Trigrams by King Wen form the Nine Gong-Eight Feng Map (fL A-A J V, kti

which illustrates time and space more easily . Based on these, Yi ti (( A -4)) created the Tai Yi Jiu Gong Map ( .C Z JL'9 N ) , -,ich is used to divine astronomical phenomena, climate and human tivity . This is the foundation of later practices of divination . TCM created the Nine Gong-Eight Feng Map (AA-AK ), which be used to forecast astronomical phenomena, climate, activity, disease, and is very important for Time Medicine of TCM and cnitional Medicine of TCM . Appendix : The Eight Trigrams' orientation is a miniaturation of the :c-space relationship in the universe . The clear orientation in the Eight Trigrams is a miniaturation interrelation of matter motion in the universe . The structure r directions and four corners in the Eight Trigrams contains

272

a Book of

Changes and Traditional Chinese

Chapter Twenty-one Buok of Changes and the Three Basic Laws of the Universe

Medicine

the law of matter motion . In microcosm, the map :of .the Eight Trigrams is identical, to the symmetry structure of the hadron' compos-

273

Motion is eternal, absolute, and unconditional ; while rest is temponary, relative and, conditional. The unity off motion and relative rest

ite . There are eight electrons at the outer level of the periodic table of elements, and the map of Sixty-four Hexagrams Exhibited in a

is actually the unity of motion and balance . If we did riot admit the existence of rest, that would cancel the essential stipulation of

Square resembles the arrangement of the genetic codes . In macrocosm, the Eight Trigrams tally with the eight phases of the moon .

would lead to idealism .

Celestial bodies in the solar correspond with the Eight Trigrams

orientation, which was discovered by Liu Zihua in 1930 . He worked out the orbit of the tenth planet . Its average orbital speed is two kilometers per second ; its density is 0 .424 grams ; per cubic centime-

ter ; the average distance from it to the sun is 70 billion kilometers (The Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams an Modern Science,

Zhi Xuzi) . Although there was still a dispute about the existence of the tenth planet, Liu Zihua, who used the Eight Trigrams orientation theory instead of Newton's law of gravitation, predicted the exis-

tence of the tenth satellite of the sun . This shows the bright future of the Eight Trigrams' orientation theory in the objective space world .

Section 2 The Unity of Motion and Relative Rest and Balance View of The Grand Terminus, The Eight Trig rams the He Map and the Luo Writing The Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams, the He Map and the Luo Writing reflect the unity of motion and rest in the universe .

things . Inthat way, the existence of things would be denied, which Balance and life are connected . The quintessence of unity of motion and relative rest is balance ; relative balance . Balance e, an important form of matter motion . Balance exists in everything, it is an essential condition of the existence of life . This unity is reflected in Book

of Changes .

What is balance? Engels said, "Balance is attraction exceeding

exclusion . . . . Balance cannot be separated from motion . " The Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrats, the He Map and the Luo Writing reflect the balance theory stating that balance exits n motion, motion exists in balance . Balance is active and dyntunic, not static, nor absolute, but relative . It is a balance on the whole, not a balance in

all parts .

The balance on the whole is developed

from the countless unbalance in parts . The Map of the Grand Terminus shows the growth and decline of Yin and Yang with the S curve . Only the central point in the S

curve is in balance, all other points are unbalanced ; only the line passing through the central point is in balance, other lines are not in balance . So the map of the Grand Terminus is in balance on the whole, the Yin and Yang movement in each part is always changing, only the central point St in the S curve is in balance . (See figure 21-1) This picture proves that the map of the Grand Terminus contains the profound philosophical theory of Yin-Yang balance, that is

274

$o~ of Changes

and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-one Book of Changes and the Three Basic Laws of the Universe

275

The He Map and the Luo Writing reflect the balance theory with the arrangement of numbers . The sense of direction and posi-

tion is very clear, especially in the Luo Writing, the total number a cross is 15, and the vertically the total number is 15 . They can make up different square formations, which are in balance . So the square formations are called "balanced magical squares" .

The balance theory in Book of Changes is composed of two parts : changing (motion) and changeless (relative rest) . I . Changing - the basic law of movement in the universe met Figure 21-1 Sketch Map of Balance of the Grand Terminus Notes to this figure : -f Aft : balanced line 1~-f unbalanced line S *+ .4 : central point in "S" curve * : Yapg Pole' M& : Yin Pole to say, it is in balance in a stable position, such as the central point on the S curve . It is not in balance in unstable positions, for example, points in the S curve with the exception of the central point, such as points

S2, S3 .

So the balance mentioned in Book of Changes

is a balance developing as unbalance - balance - unbalance, the balance is active, changing . Balance in the Map of the Sixty-four Hexagrams Exhibited in a Square is reflected by the arrangement of Yin and Yang linear signs .

There are six circles on the map of the Sixty-four Hexagrams, balance of each circle forms the balance on the whole . Each of the six circles is composed differently, but all are arranged in balance ; the tightness of the arrangement is amazing .

Change is not only the title of the book, but the core of the

book . Change means altering, which contains the three principles of the movement and change of things . Yi (PA), change, has several meanings : changing, changeless, simple and trading, which are the four views of the universe in Book of Changes . The core of the four views is the interaction of Yin and

Yang . Yi (A) also can be explained as the sun and the moon . The sun is Yang, the moon is Yin, they symbolize that all things in the universe come from the interaction of Yin and Yang . As it was said "the sun and the moon are Yi, in Explaining Words symbolizing Yin and Yang ." So Yi means that things are moving,

changing and developing . The motion of Yi means the interaction of Yin and Yang . As in the Great Treatise on Yi "Yin and Yang form the truth, " which means things in the universe come from motion . That is the greatest idea in Book of Changes . Motion is the source of things and life, the origin of celestial bodies and stars . II . Changeless - an important form of existence of universal motion Changelessness is one of the main elements of Yi . The book Yi

276

Book of Changes

and

Chapter Twenty-one

Traditional Chinese Medicine

Wei : Qian Zao Du ((fir 4_$

: ]MI)) explains the meaning of Yi as "simple, changing and changeless" . So changing and changeless are two basic meanings of Yi-in' Book of Changes . The view of motion in Book of Changes is the unity of change and changelessness . Changelessness means the relative rest of

things, which is the condition of differentiation of things, and the essential condition of life moving . The unity of change and changelessness is the marrow of Book of Changes . Change is absolute and eternal . Changelessness is relative, temporary . The unity of change and changelessness, or the unity of motion and relative rest, is the condition for balance. Since motion and rest are opposites, there is between them an inter-dependence and inter-restrain that puts them in a state of unity . For example, Tai trigram (Peace) indicates that only when heaven and earth are in harmony, is nature in peaceo,

while Pi trigram (Stagnation) indicates that if heaven and earth are not in harmony, balance will be broken . Ji Ji trigram (Completion) indicates that fire and water must be in harmony, then communica-

tion can be in balance . So balance in Book of Changes is shown with the harmony of Yin and Yang, fire and water, hardness and softness . The Great Treatise on Yi says, "Movement and rest are regular qualities (of their respective subjects) . Here is the definite distinction as the strong and weak . " This also reflects the interrelations

of motion and rest . That is to say, balance is the result of the unity of motion and rest, it is relative, dynamic and developing . The balance view in Book of Changes has influenced other subjects . Within the social sciences, the balance view is the foundation of Confucianist doctrine of the mean . Confucius' idea "overdoing eqrals as not doing"" is an important rule of his social outlook . In addition, the balance theory also influences the natural science, espe

Book of Changes and the

Three Basic Laws of the Universe

277

TCM. For example, Plain Questions : Qi Jiao,Bian Du Lun (MR : "lOct)) says, "The core of Five Yun is adjustment, when high, restrain it, when low, raise it ; adapt oneself to the new cially

conditions, try to rest, restore to normal when it changes ." This emphasizes that there exists an adjusting power in nature . This

miraculous power stablizes climate and that is the essential condition for the existence of life . This power also exists in the human body

and makes the body maintain balance . For example, the Qi (vital energy) and blood in the body, and Yin and Yang in the internal organs, are all in balance . This balance view of the body is carefully

explained in the Seven Articles of Yun Qi of the Emperor's Canon of Medicine (( &F44-1r : ZV'E-E )) . For example, Plain Questions : Xue Qi Xing Zhi Pian (( Ip7 : A" 'LIM) says, "There

is normal stable blood and Qi for people . Tai Yin means more blood but less Qi ; Shao Yang means less blood and more Qi . Yang Ming is more Qi and blood, Shao Yin is less blood and more Qi, Que Yin usually more blood and less Qi, Tai Yang usually means more Qi

:gad less blood . These are very common, which shows the blood and Qi and channels are in balance externally and internally . In changes, the amount of energy and blood is called "heavenly constant", the balance of Yin and Yang is a natural principle, which can apply to human internal organs . For example, Spiritual Pivot

ihi Zhong ((X : A p0--)) says, "Five Zang are Yin, six Fu are Lun ((3Pa al : i~* f Yang . " Plain Questions : Jin Gui Zhen Yan

a 0)

says, "The back is Yang, and Yang within the Yang is the heart . The abdomen is Yin, and Yin within Yin is the kidneys . " Balance is a means to survive, men's balance ability is the result of hundreds of millions of years of evolution, the result of natural selection . Men's balance ability is shown not only

in

physiology but in

278

Boos of Changes and Traditional .Chinese Medicine

psychology. Humans psychological balance is the result of years of practice in a complicated social environment . In some conai

tions, it is more difficult to keep balance in a social survival envirott ment than in a natural survival environment . If men had no psychological balance ability, which other creatures do not have, men coula

not have overcome all the difficulties in society . Appendix : Balance Medical Science TCM is the earliest balance medical science. It has absorbed the balance view in Book of Changes, reformed it and then created the balance medical science which has been used to treat patients, w

regulate energy, to create prescriptions, and to use medicines, while treating a patient . Thus the ecological balance in the body is emphasized, the sign of an unbalanced state is noticed, and the unbalanced state is corrected . The purpose of these methods is to restore the ecological balance in the human body .

The body's strong adaptability often leads to abnormal balance in the body . The abnormal balance includes two states, the negative state and the over-positive state, both are harmful . From the point

of view of social psychology, negative balance makes people content with temporary ease and comfort, while the over-positive balance makes people arrogant and self-conceited . Although these two states of mind are abnormal, they are means for men to survive . Those two kinds of abnormal balance also exist in pathology . The harm is that they cover the progress of the inner disease .

The negative balance in the body is often caused by a deficiency of Yin or Yang . The negative balance state may last a long time due to the human body's strong endurance, which creates conditions for many hidden diseases to appear . When the diseases are discovered, the best time to cure them has already been missed . For example,

Chapter Twenty-one Book of Changes and the Three Basic Laws of the Universe

279

the negative balance of the kidneys caused by deficiency of kidneyYang may last many years because of the human body's adaptability. When it is discovered, the body's ability to compensate has been nearly lost . The over-positive balance state is often caused by hyperactivity of Yin or Yang . Although this state cannot last as long as the nega-

tive state of balance, it may also cover the progress of certain hidden disease. When the disease is found, it has reached an advanced ' stage . For example, the early signs of hyperfunction of some diseases caused by endocrinopathy, such as hyperthyroidism and hyperadrenalism are often covered by the adapting means of the body,

when the diseases are discovered, the health has been irreparably damaged . So all these balances, no matter in psychology or in physiology, negative or over-positive, prove that balance is the condition for life activity. Life activity is an everlasting progress, which cannot be separated from relative balance . New balance is often developed from inbalance, then new balance is broken, so new life is produced

and developed . In this way, the balance theory of Book of Changes can be applied to the motion rule of all things in the universe .

Section 3 The Unity of Yin-Yang

Opposites and Motion View of the Grand Terminus, the Eight Trig rams, the He Map and the Luo Writing Book of Changes : Yi Zhuan (The Commentaries)

the Grand

Terminus, the Eight Trigrams, the He Map and the Luo Writing all

280

Book of Changes

and Traditional Chinese Medicine

contain the philosophical theory of Yin-Yang motion . The unity of Yin-Yang opposites is reflected by the interaction of Yin and Yang. The core of the unity of Yin-Yang opposites is that the interaction of Yin and Yang produces motion .' Motion produces all things, so the nature of life is motion. This idea appears in the book Great Treatise on-Yi in which it says that "the successive movement of the inactive and active operations constitutes what is called the course of things. I-leaven and earth existing, all things then get their existence . . . there is an intermingling of the genial influence of heaven and earth, and transformation in its various forms abundantly proceeds . " Life is the existing form of matter in motion, there is no

motionless life, - nor motionless matter . Motion is the basic, nature of matter . Book of Changes observed the nature of matter three thousand years ago, the idea that the motion of heaven and earth produced all things is very great . The unity of Yin-Yang opposites in the map of the Grand Terminus is shown by the combination of Yin-Yang fish . On the map Yin and Yang are opposites, but they tightly form a unity in the circle . That is the miniature of Yin-Yang interaction in the universe .

Though the map is simple, its meaning is profound . The map illustrates the motion law of the universe only with a circle and a curve . Its conciseness and distinctness are really amazing . In the Sixty-four Hexagrams Exhibited in a Square, the Yin and Yang linear signs are obviously opposites to each other, but they form a closely linked unity of Yin and Yang . The trigrams, which are made up of differently arranged Yin and Yang linear signs, form a harmonious unity of Yin and Yang . The harmony of its arrange-

ment is excellent . The He Map and the Luo Writing are also miniatures of thi

Chapter Twenty-one Book of Changes and the Three Basic Laws of the Universe

28 1

unity of Yin-Yang opposites, which is shown by odd number, and even numbers . Its unity is in the form of a square within a circle, a circle within a square . Among the numbers which represent the five

dimensions (east, west, south, north and center), the odd numbers correspond to the even numbers except number ; five in the center of the He Map . The four directions on the He Map and the Luo Writing are represented by odd numbers, the four corners are represented by even numbers . So the arrangement of odd numbers and even numbers illustrates the unity of Yin-Yang opposites .

The unity of Yin-Yang opposites is also based on the growth, decline and transform of Yin and Yang . The unity is reflected by an interdepending and interrestraining relation of Yin and Yang . The interaction of Yin and Yang produces motion, the motion of Yin and Yang produces all things . That is the basic law for the production of

everything in the universe . In brief, the Grand Terminus, the Eight Trigrams, the He Map and the Luo Writing illustrate the interaction of Yin and Yang ; they are miniatures of the three basic laws in the universe and have directive functions for matter motion in the universe . This proves

the theory in Book of Changes is a common law in the universe . So Book of Changes is really a comprehensive expression of the first half period of the 6,000 years of history of the Chinese culture . (Translated by Wu Lifang)

Chapter Twenty-two The Holistic Existence of the Grand Terminus (Taiji) and the Eight Trigrams in the Whole Cosmos 283 the original shape .

Chapter Twenty-two The Holistic Existence of the Grand Terminus (Taiji) and the Eight Trigrams in the Whole Cosmos Section 1 The Definition of Holisticism and Its Source Holography is a new technique employed in photography, which is uniquely superior in picture-taking . It is different from, photography in the common sense in that pictures taken through holography are made up of light waves of objects other than their re-

al images . The original object can reappear through mere illumination of the record even though it is out of existence . The huge amount of information stored in the holographic picture can be recorded . It is, therefore, no exaggeration to say that one holographic picture has the same value as one thousand photos added to-

gether . That amounts to the conclusion that there exists the concept of time in holographic pictures, which can historically reconstruct

The earliest holographic idea was later developed into holography . In the 1960s, new holography was invented, which suggested that a bird's-eye view of the holographic image can be achieved through a very small window, or, in other words, a small organic part contains the complete whole . Thus the holographic picture is endowed with the concept of space . The theory of holisticism is examplified in the holographic technique used in photography, borrowing mainly the spatio-temporal principle . Accordingly, the theory of holisticism is in possession the

function of reproducing the original shape and the property of surveying the whole through any of its component parts . That is to say, the theory of holisticism is of entirety and of historical nature . Written some 3, 000 years ago, Book of Changes is rich in holistic ideas . The sixty-four hexagrams in Book of Changes consti.ute a general holistic unit, making a holistic miniature of the first

half of the 6, 000-year-long Chinese civilized history and having stored all the cultural information accumulated during that stage . The changing and evolving history of social science, natural science, ideology and culture is all packed and minimized into Book of

changes with hardly anything excluded . And every hexagram in wok of Changes is a sub-holistic unit representing the general one .

Qian (the Creative) and Kun (Receptive), for example, both conii, so to speak, the essence of the variation theory in Book of :hanges . Every Yao (the linear line composing Gua) is in turn an coven smaller holistic unit storing information of the whole . The Eight Trigrams in all make up the cosmic holistic unit, and

the whole sequence of hexagrams is an overall holistic picture of anewtnt China. Gua Ci (judgement to the hexagrams) and Yao Ci (the

284 .

Bode

of Changes:

and Traditional Chinese Medicine

text pertaining to the individual lines) in Book of Changes are an allembracing and sweeping view that can be obtained by casting a mere glance . The Taiji (the Grand Terminus) Map and the arrangement of the trigrams are both holistic epitomes of the cosmos . Concentrated on them are the fundamental laws of the cosmos, such as that of

Yin-Yang interdependence, of Yin-Yang movement and transformation, of Yin-Yang balance . The reason the Taiji Map and the arrangement of the trigrams coincide with natural motion laws lies in their holistic nature . According to the Great Treatise on Yi "Wide is the Yi and great! If we speak it in its farthest reaching, no limit can be set to it ; if we speak of it with reference to what is near at hand, its lessons are still and quiet ; if we speak of it in connection

with all between heaven and earth, it embraces all . " A bird's-eye view of Taiji' and the Eight Trigrams theory-shows that they apply everywhere, from the macrocosmic to the microcosmic,from the simple to the complicated, from the junior to the senior, and are, indeed, "wide and great" . Composed about 2, 000 years ago, the Emperor's Canon of Medicine laid a foundation for TCM and did a great deal in the de-

velopment of holistic theory . In the chapter entitled Spiritual Pivot : Five Colors (( X *- : ti.W), for instance, the fact is revealed five sensory organs contain information of the five internii that the :e organs . "The nose is high and upright . Thefive internal organs are in the middle and the six bowels lie on its two sides" . Hence the nose and its two sides comprise the overall information of the inter-

nal organs . Beyond that, it was also pointed out that the face, eyes, the pulse, the temple, the tongue and forearms all reveal the conditions of the internal organs . On the basis of this, the well-known statement was put forth that "the inside corresponds to the outside ;

Chapter Twenty-two The Holistic Existence of the Grand Terminus (Taiji), and the, Eight Trigrams in the Whole Cb mos285 the upper

to the upper ; the lower to the lower ; the middle to the middle", which laid the foundation for the diagnostics of TCM (see Chapter Twelve Book of Changes and the Science of Human Life,

especially figures 12-1- 12-12) . The diagnostic methods proposed in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine are, in reality, holographic . They have sufficiently expounded the holistic principle . In the fifteenth century, Hippocrates, father of Modern Western .medicine, pointed out that what was in the largest bodily part

was as well in the smallest, and that one's eyes are signs of his phys-, ical conditions . Once again, we see holisticism .

As early as the 16th century, Charles Darwin Noticed the rela-tionship between part and whole . The 18th century saw a certain

:American scientist find the holistic function

of

the plant cell, name-

ly, each plant cell contains all the genes needed to produce the complete plant . Under certain conditions, this cell may develop into the stem of the plant . An eighteenth-century German biologist advanced the biogenetic law, namely, "Ontogenesis is the simple and speedy reproduction of specio genesis" ( Universal Biological . Ecology 1866) . A Hungarian scholar found in the following century on the iris 30-41 location spots of tissues and organs .

In the 1950s, Nogier P . Horn in France, noticed that auricle was an embryo standing upside down . Hence the ear acupuncture therapy was invented . The scholars in the U . S . and Japan have found the visceral projection parts on the palm and the sole .

In 1980, Zhang Yingqing discovered the holistic distribution of acupoints on the second metacarpal bone . Afterwards he formally put forward the theory of biological holisticism, holding that any ,mall component part in an organism is representative of the whole .

286

a Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-two The Holistic Existence of the Grand Terminus (Taiji) and the Eight Trigrams in the Whole Cosmos 287

Based on his findings, he went on to advance such concepts as holistic embryo, pan-embryo, and so on . By holistic embryo, Zhang

microcosmic . This is the fundamental theory shown in the Taiji map and the Eight Trigrams .

pointed out, it was meant an embryo in an organism, which was on a certain stage in its development toward a new whole . ' Holistic embryos are holistically distributed in an organism . Any relatively inde-

verse . This very law works through Yin-Yang opposition and inter-

pendent part is a holistic embryo, which is relatively complete in structure and function, and which is relatively and clearly separated from its surrounding parts . A real holistic embryo is the one capable of developing into a new complete whole . The pan-embryo theory means that each holistic embryo in an organism is able to develop into a whole and, under certain conditions, evolve into a new individual . - In another words, every cell in an organism contains all the genetic information of the whole, and, is likely to develop into a complete individual . From the historical development of holisticism both at home

and abroad it can be inferred that Book of Changes comprises the earliest cosmic holistic principles and is, as it were, the most primitive embryo of holisticism . Section 2 The Holisticism of Taiji and the Eight Trigrams in Book of

The Yin-Yang theory of the Taiji map and the Eight Trigrams in Book of Changes is the holistic law applicable to the whole unirestraint, Yin-Yang interdependence and interplay, Yin-Yang waxing and waning, Yin-Yang balancing and Yin-Yang mutual transmutation . The holisticism of the Taiji map and the Eight Trigrams is sufficiently reflected in, both the macrocosm and the microcosm . In bio-

logical code, for instance, we find the holisticism of the Eight Trigrams . Despite the fact that there are more than two million species

on the earth, there is eight-trigram holisticism in all their genetic codes, namely, ; the arrangement of the RNA base triplets exhibits that of the hexagrams . According to biogenetics, after DNA transfers genetic informa-

tion to RNA, mRNA has merely four bases, which have to correspond to twenty amino acids . In the course of corresponding, which defies labeling and repeating, triplets are the most appropriate possibility . The combining order of triplet codes is in conformity with the arrangement of the hexagrams .

Changes

In addition, the four bases on RNA are composed of purine and pyrimidine, which are exactly opposite in nature . The two chemi-

The holistic law of Taiji and the Eight Trigrams presented in Book of Changes is the Yin-Yang theory . The waxing and waning

What occurs to the four bases is true of the four emblematic symbols

of Yin and Yang, as a result of the interplay between the two, exists everywhere in everything, ranging from the simple to the complex, from the junior to the senior and from the macrocosmic to the

cals can be regarded as the two elementary Forms . Among the four bases, guanine corresponds to cytosine, while adenine to uracil . derived from the two Forms, in which case greater Yang corresponds to greater Yin and lesser Yang to lesser Yin . The variation curves of cAMP and cGMP in human cells accord

288

:Soak

of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

with the Yin-Yang waxing and waning Taiji Map . In 1973, Gold berger, inspired by the Chinese Taiji Map, proposed the biocybernetic "Yin-Yang Hypothesis", and noticed that the relation between cAMP and cGMP agreed with that between Yin and Yang . The

afore said suffices to conclude that Taiji and the Eight Trigrams are universally existent in the micro-cosmos .; Moreover, the Taiji map and the Eight Trigrams find existence in cosmic motion laws and in comosgenesis, thus providing justifica-

Chapter Twenty-two The Holistic Existence of the Grand Terminus (Taiji) and the Eight Trigrams in the Whole Cosmos 289 silting of the two gases of Yin and Yang . The cosmos is round, and so are the sun, the moon, the earth, . . . all heavenly bodies are round, like a round map of Taiji and with periodic waning and waxing of Yin and Yang in heart . Another instance is the spiral movement of the galaxy . As can be seen from the following diagrams, it is very much like the spiral rotation of the Yin-Yang fish .

tion for the deduction that the Taiji map and the Eight Trigrams are in the macrocosms as well as in the micro-cosmos . In brief, the Taiji map and the Eight Trigrams are everywhere and in everything throughout the whole cosmos .

Section 3 The Map of Tai j'i Epitome of Cosmic Motion Laws Considering the holisticism of the Taiji map and the Eight Trigrams in the macro-cosmos, we find that cosmic beings change and develop in the way Yin and Yang do in the map of Taiji, which counts as a miniature of the cosmic motion laws . Waning and waxing of the moon, for example, coincide surprisingly with that of Yin and Yang ; half of the earth is land and half is water, making a map of Yin and Yang ; the recurrence of day and night and the shifting of seasons, both phenomena being caused by the movement of the earth, offer us another picture of Yin-Yang variation . 40 .7 billion years ago, the primordial diffuse nebula in outer space, mother of the solar system, was as well a Taiji nebula con

Figure 22-1 : Spiral Nebula and the Taiji Map In short, the whole cosmos presents a Taiji moving pattern and the map of Taiji can definitely be considered as a minimization of the entire cosmos .

Section 4

The Holisticism of Taiji and the Eight Trigrams in the Human Body In the human body, there is also the holography of Taiji and

the Eight Trigrams . As is pointed out in Plain Questions : Jin Gui

then Yan Lun ((

f7 : ~klff

A_q

)) , " As far as a human being is

290

i

Chapter Twenty-two The Holistic Existence of the Grand Terminus (Taiji) and the Eight Trigrams in the Whole Cosmos 291

oak of Changes and, Traditional Chinese Medicine

concerned, the outside is Yang and the inside is Yin, to a human body, the back is Yang and the abdomen is Yin ; as regards Zaps and Fu (the viscera and the bowels), Zang is Yin and Fu is Yang,'

It is also said in Plain Questions : Yin Yang-Li He Lun ((i7 : *- )) , " Speaking of Yin and Yang, we can get a hundred of them if there are ten ; if there are a thousand, we will have ten thousand ; owning ten thousand enables us to possess infinity ••. . " Therefore, from the Yin-Yang variation of a part' we can stzthat of the whole . The same is true' of the body. In light of Zhars

Yingqing's theory of biological holisticism (namely, any component part of an organism embraces holistic information), information or, the Yin-Yang variation of the human body can be achieved as long as

it is measured as the concentration variation of the two substances : cAMP (which is positive)and cGMP(which is negative It is reported that the day-night changing curves of cAMP and

cGMP (both belonging to cyclic nucleotide) are in correspondence

tt

that of Yin and Yang in the human body, which provides evidencr

for the statement that information can be gained of the whole from any of its organic parts .

There is not only Yin-Yang holisticism of .Taiji in the human body, but that of the Eight Trigrams as well . The eight-trigram holisticism finds itself in the eyes, ears, hands, face, tongue, pulse, abdomen, and so on . Apart from that, through the use of the

Eight Trigrams, positioning becomes practicable . It shows the relativity and entirety of the body (see Chapter Eleven, Book of Changes and Physiology of the Human Body) . The eight-trigram' holisticism is extensively used in medicine . In acupuncture, massage or chiropractics, for instance, the arranging order of, the trigrams

and

its relation to the internal organs can be used to locate acu-

points . On the other hand, the body constitutes a big Taiji, to which the different constituent areas considered to be small Taiji belong .

The two Forms of Taiji' remain in the brain as well as in the five in- , ternal organs . In other words, the whole body is a combination' of Yin and Yang and the component areas are small Yin-Yang combination, the knowledge of which is of great practical value in medicine . The plausible explanation should be as follows : each part of the body comprises the deviation of Yin and Yang, thus laying theoretical basis for balancing Yin and Yang in therapy .

Section 5 The Special Holistic Areas in the Human Body According to Zhang Yingqing, in any organism are some parts which, in terms of function and structure, are relatively indepen-

dent of and form a relatively apparent boundary with the surrounding areas . They are called holistic units . Each part in a holistic unit

can find its counterpart in all the sister holistic units . The human body is a general holistic unit and in it are minor ones . Although each holistic unit embodies messages of the whole, a gap does exist in the amount of information about the whole they concentrate . Despite the fact that ears, eyes, soles, the navel, the

palm, etc . are all capable of offering messages of the five internal organs, the philtrum, the mouth and the nose seem more important in doing so . It follows that there are some special holistic areas in the body, in which message concentration is higher . These special holographic areas' are just what the TCM uses in diagnosis .

292

Chapter Twenty-two The Holistic Existence of the (wand Terminus (Taiji) and the Eight Trigrams in the Whole Cvsmce293

2

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

4 . The special holistic areas of channels

I . Yin Yang special areas in the human body

As is pointed out in Plain Questions : Bao Ming Quan Xing

Lun (MR1:

) , " Human body, in essence, is made

up of Yin and Yang . " Another statement that matters to the point in question is from Spiritual Pivot : Shou Yao Gang Rou-(Mig : JR H

)) ,

" There are Yin and Yang both internally and exter-

nally . In the interior, the five internal organs are Yin while the six bowels are Yang; in the exterior, the tendons and bones are Yin whereas the skin

is

Yang . " The pointhere

is

that there

is

Yin ; Yang

hologram in any part of human body . Yin Yang hologram not only lies in each organic part, but in all the messages the human body ini-

tiates, such as the expression it takes on, the color it displays, the sound it emits, the pulse condition it reflects, the fluid it secrets, the waste it produces, and so on . Zhang Jingyue, a famous phyaicT

eian in the Ming Dynasty, once said, "Medical knowledge, although complicated, can be summed up as Yin and Yang . There is, therefore, Yin and Yang in the symptom, in the pulse condition, in the medicine, . . . if one can gain access to a clear and comprehensive understanding of Yin and Yang, they will surly get most of the medic knowledge which appears so abstruse" (Jingyue Quad Shu : ChuK& Zhong Lu ( €r$ 4 : 4 JT *)) . What the book attempts to eluc :

date is that any part in human body exhibits Yin Yang messages cat the whole . Nevertheless, the amount of holistic information st in each unit varies considerably .Sucholistnahepulsnd

the' tongue are normally packed with more . The reason that in TC . :I the Yin Yang variation of the whole body can be perceived m through observation < of the pulse and tongue lies in the fact that TCM doctors have gained a good knowledge of the special holisc* areas .

and

collaterals

The channels and collaterals in human body are holistically existent . The channel system in human body falls into two types, i . e . , vertical channels and horizontal channels, which run through human body in different directions, thus linking together all the messages .

Therefore, the channel system, as it were, is a message stream going in all directions through human body . Each acupoint consists more or less of the messages of the whole channel system and is a window through which we can scan the holistic whole . However, the reserves of the information about the whole in each holistic channel unit are different to varying degrees . Some acupoints enjoy bigger reserves of messages about the whole . The philtrum, for in

stance, provides information on the vital center of the body, which justifies the use of philtrum in an emergency and in the recovery of consciousness . In the article entitled The Twelve Cutaneous Areas, the skin covering the body is divided into twelve parts, belonging respectively to the twelve different channels . Each of the twelve areas reckoned to be a holistic unit, which presents a panorama of the

pathological changes . Plain Questions : Pi Bu Lun ( (

(7 :

lx

says, "The twelve channels are all connected with the cutanrous areas, .. . therefore, the skin falls into parts and some serious t:riptions, Effective Prescriptions and Orthodox Prescriptions and are important in studying sexual techniques . The following tries to analyze this application .

The first increase is called to strengthen the vital essence . The

wife lies on her side and opens her thighs, then the man lies on his side for intercourse . He should stop after eighteen penile thrusts .

This way strengthens the vital essence of the man . Having this kind

of intercourse twice every day, fifteen days will also cure profuse

spontaneous menstruation . The second increase is called to tranquilize Qi . The wife lies on her back with the head resting high on a pillow . She should stretch her calves wide to let the man kneel down between her thighs ; He should

stop intercourse after twenty-seven penile thrusts . This way

can regulate the Qi . Having this kind of intercourse three times ev-

ery day, twenty days will remove the cold feeling from the female external genitals . The third increase is called Li Cang (*'1 M ) . The wife lies on

328

2

Book of Changes

and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-four

Book of Changes and Sexology

329

her side and bends her thighs, and -the man lies horizontally for intercourse . He should stop after thirty-six penile thrusts. This way

down for intercourse . He should stop after nine penile thrusts . This way can make one's bones sturdy . Having this kind of intercourse

day, twenty days will remove the cold feeling from the female external genitals .

female genitals .

can regulate the Qi . Having this kind of intercourse four times every

The fourth increase is called to strengthen the bones . The wife lies on her side, bends her left knee and stretches her right calf ; the

nine times every day, nine days will remove the smelly odor of the

In conclusion, the Sunu Notes quoted by Secret Principles in Sexuality illustrates the seven decreases and eight increases that ex-

man bends over her for intercourse . He should stop after forty-five

ist in human sexuality . The eight increases mentioned above refer to the sexual techniques that are good for health and longevity .

The fifth increase is called to regulate the pulse . The wife lies

symptoms as the morbid state of sthenia of heart-fire, a blurred vi-

penile thrusts . Having this kind of intercourse five times every day, ten days will cure amenorrhea .

Seven decreases : Sunu says in Secret Principles in Sexuality The first decrease is called Qi exhaustion . It refers to such

on her side, bends her right knee and stretches her left calf . The

sion, lack of Qi and finally heavy sweating . These symptons result

ing this kind of intercourse six times every day, twenty days will

down into the vagina ; the wife should shake the penis by herself, and the man should be gentle in his movement . The intercourse is over when an abundant amount of female mucoid fluid appears .

man should stand on the ground for intercourse . He should stop after fifty-four penile thrusts . This way will regulate the pulse . Hav-

cure dyspareunia . The sixth increase is called to accumulate blood . The man lies on his back, the wife kneels over him with her buttocks lifted high . She should insert the penis into her vagina as deep as possible and

from forced and involuntary-sexuality . Treatment : the wife lies on her back, then the man kneels down and thrusts his penis deep

Having this kind of intercourse nine times every day, ten days will

move upward and downward sixty-three times . Stop the intercourse when the number is over . This way can make one energetic . Having

remove all the above symptoms . The second decrease is called essence overflowing . If the couple indulges in their sexual desires and uses the Yin Qi and the Yang tai

The seventh increase is called to benefit fluid . The wife bends over the man with her buttocks lifted high ; the man should make

and Qi-circulation . They will cough due to the adverse rising of the lung Qi, feel hot all over and thirsty, and be unable to stand for a

this kind of intercourse seven times every day, ten days will cure menstrual disorder .

seventy-two upward penile thrusts before he stops . This way can fill one's bone marrow with energy . The eighth way is as follows : the wife lies on her back,- bends

her calves and rests her buttocks onher feet ; then the man kneels

when they have not become united, and then havesex after getting full and drunk, their lungs will be damaged by the disorder in breath

long time . Treatment : the wife lies on her back, bends her knees and clutches the man ; then the man thrusts his penis into the vagina for half-cun * ; the wife shouldshake the penis by herself . The intercourse is over when an abundant amount of female mucoid fluid

33 0

$ok of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-four

appears. During the intercourse, the man should be gentle in his movement. Having this kind of intercourse nine times every day,

ten days- will remove all the above symptoms . The third decrease is called pulse exhaustion . If there is a forced insertion of the penis when it has not grown hard, the vital energy will be exhausted in the middle of intercourse or the couple will have their spleens damaged and suffer from indigestion, impotence or lack of Qi-if they have sex after a heavy eating . Treatment :

the wife lies on her back, rests her feet on the man's buttocks ; then the man kneels down inside her thighs ; the wife should shake the penis by herself ; the man must be gentle in his movement . The intercourse is over when an abundant amount of female mucoid fluid appears . Having this kind of intercourse nine times every day, ten days will remove all the above symptoms .

&a4 of Changes and Sexology

331

crouches astride him and moves forward to gradually insert the penis into her vagina ; the wife should shake the penis by herself and the man must be gentle in his movement . The intercourse is over when

abundant female mucoid fluid appears . Having this kind of inter-

course nine times every day, ten days will remove all the above

symptoms . The sixth decrease is called sthenia-type coma . If the couple cannot control their sexual desires and have too much sex, their vital

energy will be exhausted, hence all kinds of ailments will spring up . They will feel worn-out and have blurred vision . Treatment : the man lies, on his back . Then the wife crouches astride him and bends

forward to insert the penis into her vagina ; she should shake the penis by herself, and the man must be gentle in his movement . The intercourse is over when abundant female mucoid fluid appears .

is a heavy

Having this kind of intercourse nine times' every day, ten days will

course will lead to a burning feeling in the lips and abdomen . Treatment : the man lies on his back . Then the wife sits astride him to in-

The seventh decrease is called blood exhaustion . If the couple repeatedly has sex after hard labor, fast walking, heavy sweating,

The fourth decrease is called loss of Qi When there

sweating after hard labor, and -the sweat has not dried up, an inter-

sert the penis into her vagina shallow ; she should shake the penis by

herself, and the man should be gentle in his movement . The intercourse is over when abundant female mucoid fluid appears . Having

this kind of intercourse nine times every day, ten days will remove all the above symptoms . The fifth decrease is called energy disorder and damage in one's

functional organs . When the couple have sex violently just after a bowel movement or urination, liver damage will occur due to unsteady body conditions . They will suffer from sluggish tendons and bones, spiritless eyes, abscesses, weak and exhausted pulse and im-

potence . Treatment : the man lies on his back . Then the wife

remove all the above symptoms .

and if penile penetration is too deep and violent, there will be an ex-

haustion of blood and energy, skin dysfunction, penile pains, wetness in the scrotum and a transformation from vital energy to blood .

Treatment : the wife lies on her back with her buttocks lifted high and thighs stretched . Then the man kneels down and makes a deep

penile penetration . The wife should shake the penis by herself and

the man must be gentle in his movement . The intercourse is over when abundant female mucoid fluid appears . Having this kind of intercourse nine times every day, ten days will remove all the above symptoms . These are the seven kinds of harmful sexuality .

332

Book of

Changes and Traditional

Chsmse Medicine

In conclusion, the original article deals with the idea that improper sexuality leads to poor health and illness . If people have involuntary sex or have sex after getting drunk and full, hard labor,

heavy sweating, bowel movement, urination, fast walking, recent recovery from an illness, or if sexual movement is too hasty and violent, all kinds of illnesses may be triggered . For example, the couple may suffer from dizziness, asthma, essence damage,- abdominal fever, abscesses, impotence, amenorrhea, depressive-syndrome of

blood and essence, and damage to the liver, tendons and bones .' The general treatment is to take the common position or the side position to have intercourse gently . In addition, Qigong may also be adopted in sexuality (see Section 6) .

Section 6 Sexual Qigong Sexual Qigong is important for life-nourishment . However, due to a long history of feudalism in China, sexuality has become a

taboo . It is seldom discussed in the works of doctors of Qigong masters . Therefore, many precious kinds of sexual Qigong have fallen

into oblivion . Even some survived records are broken in context and ambiguous in meaning . Only some bold quotations in Valuable Prescriptions and Effective Prescriptions have made part of sexual Qigong survive . This section will analyze the main content .

Taoist sexual Qigong is also a valuable legacy . Taoist master, Pengzu, who lived for eight hundred years according to legend, was an expert in sexual Qigong . The founder of Chinese Taoism, Zhang Ling in the East-Han Dynasty, also carried out sexual cultivation . He stressed sperm preservation . His book Lao Zi Xiang Er Zhu

Chapter Twenty-four Book

of Changes

and Sexology

333

( ( ) ) says, "I strongly believe that the ancient hermits lived long because they paid greatt attention to sperm preservation ; people nowadays die early due to sperm exhaustion . " Some secret

Buddhist canons also emphasize sexual techniques . In addition, the Taoist masterpiece on cultivation, I3ao Pu Zi by Ge Hong, approves of sexual Qigong . It puts forward the principle of returning sperm for brain invigoration . The following kinds of sexual Qigong are generalized from Orthodox Prescriptions (a Taoist analect), Effec-

tive Prescriptions (a Japanese book) ' and some quotations from Pengzu and Divine Notes in Valuable Prescriptions . I Returning the sperm for brain invigoration

In sexual intercourse, the couple are supposed to note the following principles : a . having sex with no ejaculation ; b. inserting the penis before it completely hardens up ; c . withdrawing the d . finally, returning the sperm for brain invigoration . The details are as follows : when having the feeling of impending ejaculation, the man should shut his mouth and open his eyes instantly, curb the circulation of Qi, clench his fists, penis when it is still swelling ;

twitch his nose to obtain Qi, shrink his abdomen, bend his spine,

use two fingers of the left hand to press the W eiyi acupoint, make a long exhalation an grind his teeth over and over again . if ejaculation is checked, the brain' will be invigorated and the man will live long . If ejaculation goes freely, the man's spirit will be damaged (Valu-

able Prescriptions,

Volume 27, Life Cultivation, Good Sexual

Techniques) . Pengzu said, "A person of forty must understand sex-

ual techniques. The techniques are simple, but people are unwilling to learn them . ; In short, the principle is to have intercourse with no ejaculation. That is all", "Having intercourse several times with no ejaculation will cure on illness, while having intercourse a hundred

334

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

times with no ejaculation will make man live forever . Therefore, Pengzu regarded this principle as most important.. He also mentioned, "While learning sexual techniques, a person will benefit a lot if he obtains Qi as much as possible with his nose and then exhales a little . The hot feeling all over the body shows that he has already

obtained Qi ." Orthodox Prescriptions quotes from Pengzu that the method returning the sperm for brain invigoration is to insert the penis before it completely hardens and to withdraw the penis when it is

still swelling . Laozi said, "this Qigong makes man live long and avoid unexpected death ." Divine Notes says, "Upon impending ejaculation, the man should press the acupoint behind the scrotum

with two of his left fingers, exhale, grind his teeth, look up, open his eyes and gaze in various directions . In this way, the circulation of Qi in the lower part will be checked, and ejaculation is avoided . " Pengzu said, "Upon an impending ejaculation, the man should wait

till the wife reaches orgasm as well . In doing this, he should place the penis on the cervix, which is like a baby's sucking the breast . Then he ought to close his eyes, raise his tongue to the soft palate,

look up, bend his spine, twitch his nose, droop down his shoulders,

close his mouth and inhale . As a result, only twenty or thirty per cent of the sperm will be lost . " Secret Principles in Sexuality says, "Someone asked Pengzu a question, `what will be the pleasure if the couple have sex with no ejaculation, since ejaculation is sexual ecsta-

cy?' Pengzu answered, `ejaculation makes one suffer from exhaus-

tion, blurred vision, tinnitus, drowsiness, dry throat and loose

bones . Therefore, this transient joy will lead to permanent unhappiness ; an intercourse with no ejaculation makes one healthy and keen in eyesight and hearing . "' All these are valuable warnings .

The bamboo slips excavated from the Han Tombs point out, "A

Chapter Twenty-four

Book of Changes

and Sexology

335

man's eyesight and hearing will be keen and sharp after a first inter-

course with no ejaculation, his voice will be loud after a second one ; if a man- goes' on doing this way until the tenth time, he will be strong, with good blood circulation, smooth and bright skin, high spirit, long life, etc . Secret Principles in Sexuality says, "In inter-

course, the man had better make nine shallow penile thrusts before a deep one ; in gathering Qi, the couple should kiss each other to inhale what the partner exhales, make nine light breathings before a

deep one ; breathe for nine rounds and the Yang number will be completed" (Effective Prescriptions, Volume 28) . Therefore, the so-called "nine times of being shallow and one time of being deep"

not only satisfies one's sexual desires but preserves the vital energy for body nourishment as well .

Returning the sperm for brain invigoration is significant . TCM holds that both sperm and marrow originate from the kidneys . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine says, "Sperm dwells in the kidneys,

bone marrow originates from the kidneys ; all kinds of marrow belong to the brain.

It suggests that the essence of the kidneys is

closely related to brain marrow . Therefore, sperm preservation will be good for the brain . Of course, sperm overflowing is a natural and

physiological phenomenon . The Principle of the Universe excavated from the Ma Wang Dui Han Ruins makes similar remarks . However, a forced ejaculation should be avoided when there is not enough

sperm ; and the sperm should be returned for brain invigoration to

evade possible body damage . This is the reason why ancient doctors repeatedly stressed that the couple can have sex when sperm over-

flows, which avoids kidney and brain damage .

Returning the sperm for brain invigoration may be related to the epididymides . According to some modern documents, the epi-

336

Book of Changes and Traditional Chines Medicine

didymides are capable-of absorbing the returned spermatozoon, and seminal fluid when the spermatic duct is under ligature . At the point of orgasm, seminal fluid can only be returned to the bladder al-

though the Huiyin acupoint is pressed . This is because seminal fluid has reached the urethra from the spermatic duct . In this case, sperm should be returned and absorbed before orgasm, i . e . before it reaches the spermatic duct . Furthermore, the epididymides should

be the possible place for this returning because the epididymides can make spermatozoons from the testicles mature, thenstore them, and secrete seminal fluid . This returning mainly aims at having' intercourse without sufficient sperm . The Principle of the Universe says, "Sperm must be

reinforced when it is inadequate . " The Emperor's Canon of Medicine says, "People who just indulge their sexual desires and act against the principle of sperm preservation will pine away in their fifties ." Accordingly, this returning should be understood from the angle of controlling one's sexual desires . It is not sound and reasonable to have intercourse several times with no single ejaculation, because the couple will still consume their vital energy even in such intercourse . Apart from that, the kidney Qi will also be consumed, for both the testicles and the epididymides will speed up the production of spermatozoons and seminal fluid under sexual stimulation . It

is impossible to get strong after repeated sex, since sperm consump-

tion can be triggered by mere sexual fantasies, not to mention actual' intercourse . if . Qigong for Guiding Sexuality Practicing Qigong in intercourse keeps people healthy and free from illness . Sexual Qigong consists of drinking each other's saliva, inhaling and exhaling Qi and meditation .

Chapter Twenty-four Book of Ciutng- and Divine Notes says, "For the sake of longevity, thr should do sexual foreplay . First, they had better drink each c .r

saliva for stimulation, and they should hold each other's left l>ai and generate meditative ideas from the dantian (a site three curt below the navel) . From these ideas, a reddish form of energy which is yellow inside will rise and transform into Yin and Yang . Then,

these two parts of energy will, linger over the dantian, flow into the into one . nihuan (a site three can " below baihui acupoint) and fuse

At this moment, Qi circulation must be shut, and penile penetration should be deep and quiet . The couple are supposed to swallow Qi slowly . The man must withdraw his penis quickly upon impending

ejaculation . " The book also says, "For the sake of immortality, the man ought to thrust his penis deep into the vagina, penile movement should be sloww after the testicles get reddish and reach the size of an

. egg . Penile withdrawal must be quick upon impending ejaculation People will live up` to two hundred years if there is only one ejaculation each month . " A Guide to Sexuality quotes from Pengzu

"Drinking each other's saliva in intercourse gives a feeling of having taken some decoction and removes one's thirst . How to Unite Yin and Yang excavated front the Ma Wang Dui Han Ruins describes sexual Qigong in this way : Before intercourse, the couple should hold each other's hands and inhale some fresh air ; guide the flow of Qi up to the elbows, armpits, shoulders, necks, and faces ; then guide the Qi down tothe breasts, dantian, and lower parts of the body ; after that, they should guide the Qi up once again and unite the Qi of both sides by looking into each other's eyes . In this way, people will forget their individual existence and become harmonized with the universe . " Sexual Qigong also makes people have keen hearing and eye-

Chapter Twenty-four sight . Wu Zidu said, "Upon impending ejaculation, the man must look up, close Qi circulation, breathe deeply, look to the left and right, shrink his belly, return sperm and let the vital energy go back to its channels . This way brings one keen eyesight . " Divine Notes says, "On the verge of ejaculation, the man should inhale Qi,

clench his teeth, shut Qi circulation, fill his ears with rumbling sound, shrink his belly and unite the flow of Qi . By doing this, he will have keen hearing even at an old age . " U1 . Qigong for gathering Yin and Yang in intercourse

This kind of sexual Qigong is good for body invigoration . Valuable Prescriptions quotes these details from Pengzu : "In intercourse, the man must place his penis deep in the vagina quietly . A long time later, Qi will rise and he will feel hot in the face, .. . then

the man should swallow the Qi from the wife while moving the penis up and down slowly . The couple should stop their intercourse on the verge of ejaculation . They should slow down their breathing, close their eyes, and lie on their backs . In this way, they will get stronger ." It also mentions, "While having intercourse, one should

inhale Qi as much as possible through the nose, and exhale Qi a little from the mouth . Involuntary sexuality is improper, for Qi has not been activated and the Yang Qi is rather sluggish . The couple should do sexual foreplay for spiritual harmony . " It also stresses,

"There should be only one ejaculation for several intercourses, because this way prevents sperm production from damaging one's health . On the contrary, if each intercourse is followed by ejaculation, one's health will be definitely undermined due to the continual consumption of the vital energy in sperm production . "

Section 7

Book of

Changes and Sexology

339

Bionics in Sexuality

Sexual bionics imitates the ways of animal copulation to enhance sexual love . Sunu Notes quoted in Effective Prescriptions de-

scribes the following ways of animal copulation which can be imitated in human sexuality .

The dragon's way : it is the male superior position . The wife lies on her back, and the man bends over her ; then the wife should move her body upward to insert the penis into the vagina . This way

is suitable for a woman with poor physique . It also enables the man to release his Yang Qi to the utmost .

The tiger's way : the wife bends forwards on her knees, and the man thrusts his penis deep into the vagina from behind . This way is suitable for a man with good physique and enables hirn to release the Yang Qi to the utmost . The ape's way : while making sex, the wife should whirl

around the penis with her buttocks lifted high . This way enables both man and wife to release their Yang Qi to the utmost . It is usable if both of them have a strong circulation of Qi . The cicada's way : the wife bends forward on her knees, stretches the upper part of her body and lifts her buttocks high ; then the man bends over her for deep and quiet penile penetration . There should not be penile thrusts . This suits a man with insuffi-

cient Qi and a woman whose Qi is rather strong . The tortoise's way : the wife lies on her back with the knees bent and lifted' high, which enables deep penile penetration . It suits a man with strong Qi .

The phoenix's' way : the wife lies on her back with the legs lifted high . This way enables deep penile penetration and suits a woman with strong Qi . The rabbit's way : both the man and wife lie on their backs,

the wife being on the top to insert the penis into her vagina . This way is suitable for a man with strong Qi . The fish's way : it is the female superior position . It suits a man with insufficient Qi . In addition, each side can take a side position for intercourse, which suits a couple whose Qi is insufficient . The crane's way : the man takes a sitting posture, and the wife takes a standing posture . This way suits a man with insufficient Qi . Besides, the female posture is also up to whether her Qi is sufficient

or not . Bionics not only varies the sexual positions but brings health to

people with illness as well . For instance, the cicada's way is best for a man who has heart or lung trouble ; the fish's way suits a man who suffers slight impotence, because it reduces the syndrome of pelvic circulation hold-up, opens blood circulation and prevents impotence

from occurring . Besides, lying on the right side is good for a woman with lung or heart disease ; the crane's way suits a man with coro-

nary heart disease . Dong Xuan Zi (Ct f)) also has similar discussions on sexual bionics : "In intercourse, the man should thrust his penis to and fro like a gallant general on the battlefield, or up and down like a

wild horse jumping across a stream, and like a huge sail puffed by strong wind ; or seen and unseen like gulls playing over billows ; or deep and shallow like birds pecking grains and like stones thrown to the sea ; or slow like a frozen snake crawling into the cave ; or fast like a frightened mouse dashing into the hole . The man can also look

up and bend his feet like an eagle seizing a rabbit . All these are imi-

tations ,of animal copulation. How to Unite Yin and Yang, excavated from the No . 3 Tomb_ of the Ma Wang Dui Han Ruins in

Changsha in 1973, says, "Sexual positions should be like a tiger's roaming, a cicada's bending ; an inchworm's crawling ; a river deer's goring ; a locust's spreading its wings ; a monkey's grabbing things ; a toad's jumping ; a rabbit's dashing ; a dragonfly's gliding and a fish biting the bait .

Section 8 Sexual Periodicity The periodicity of the decrease-increase theory dwells in the female menstrual period and male spermatic period . Therefore, the decrease-increase theory is significant to sexual periodicity . In principle, having intercourse regardless of the physiological period is a

decrease, and having sex according to the physiological period is an increase. The male sexual period is shorter than the female one . On the average, three or five days form a male spermatic period apart from big individual differences . Actually, according to the phenomenon that sperm overflows only when it becomes full, there may

be only one or two spermatic periods monthly for an adult . Besides, marital life shortens artificially the spermatic period, which heavily affects one's health . It is best for a man to have only two or four spermatic periods monthly .

The female sexual period is based on the menstrual period . A woman's libido reaches climax within seven or fourteen days after menstruation . At this period, the estrogen in the blood is the highest in concentration ; the mucoid secretion in the uterus is secreta-

Chapter Twenty-four Book of Changes and Sexology gogue, and the cervix has a higher temperature . This is a period of Yin-abundance . If the couple has intercourse at this proper time, the wife will develop voluntary sexual desires and obtain enough Yang Qi ; meanwhile, the man will obtain enough Yin Qi . This is an increase . After ovulation, the estrogen in the blood decreases, and sexual desires are latent for a week before menstruation . At this period, the mucoid secretion in the uterus declines, and the cervix is dry and has a lower temperature . This is a period of Yin-deficiency . If the couple have intercourse now, the wife will feel it to be involuntary due to lack of libido ; the man will be unable to obtain enough Yin Qi because the wife's libido has tidal rhythms . Therefore, proper sexual periods depend on the female mainly .

The best time for intercourse is within five to fifteen days after menstruation . The couple will both benefit from that . All in all, sexuality should be mainly based on the female sexual period with adaptations of the male one .

In addition, the time for intercourse is also up to the couple's Yin Yang conditions . On the average, those who have insufficient

343

intercourse at the time of a crescent, half moon or gibbous moon . The future child must be deformed if pregnancy occurs at this moment . Be careful . The second one is to have intercourse when the universe is irritated by thunder and strong wind . If pregnancy occurs, the future child will suffer from abscesses, since the couple's blood circulation has already become chaotic . The third one is to have intercourse after drinking and overeating . At this time, the couple's vital energy from cereals is not in circulation, any sexuality will lead to either abdominal flatulence or whitish and turbid urine . Furthermore,_ the future child will suffer from mental disorders if pregnancy occurs . The fourth one is to have intercourse after urination . This is because the Qi in the body will become insufficient .

Sexuality at this time will lead to an unsmooth pulse . Furthermore, the future child will be an evil spirit of pregnancy occurs . The fifth one is to have intercourse after exhaustion and hard labor . Sexuality at this time may lead to backache and lumbago . If pregnancy occurs, the future child will be deformed and die young .

Valuable Prescriptions also says, "Sex-makers should avoid

Yin Qi had better make sex at night ; those who have insufficient Yang Qi may make sex in the daytime . Of course, other periods of time should be considered as well . Sexual prohibitions :

the time of a crescent moon, half moon, gibbous moon, strong wind, heavyy rain, thick fog, extremely hot or cold weather, thun-

Many records prohibit having intercourse on negative days ( days

cause abscesses . Having intercourse with a pent-up urinal urge

The ancient people always emphasized sexual prohibitions .

der and lightning, gloomy weather, solar or lunar eclipse, rainbow or earthquake, . . . Huang Di (Emperor Huang) said, "Anger makes one's blood-Qi go chaotic . Sexuality under such body conditions will

when there is a strong wind, heavy storm, extremely hot or cold weather, gloomy sky, solar eclipse, thunder and lightning) or at

makes one lose his facial color and suffer great penile pains ; having intercourse after a long walk or exhaustion makes one suffer from

evil times, or under abominable environment and poor health, or when one feels tired, hungry and unhappy ••• . Secret Principles in Sexuality says, "There are five prohibitions : the first one is to have

and bones . Pregnancy is less probable at this time . In addition, sexuality makes a woman ill if her menstruation is not over . ((Volume

the functional disorders of the vital energy, blood, tendons, muscles

2

344

am& of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

27, Nourishing Nature) )

Chapter Twenty-four BooPk of Changes and Sexology

345

where the female Yin Qi originates . It is always believed that the

Ladies' Reference says, "the future child will be wise and free

man suffers a loss in intercourse, however, he can also benefit front

from illness if pregnancy occurs on an auspicious day with a clear

it if there is a sexual harmony . The wife benefits a lot from inter-

sky, serene moonlight, fresh air and peaceful mental state ." This

course of course, since there is a lot of valuable substance in sperm .

suggests that sexuality at the proper time not only does good to the

As a matter of fact, the female mucoid fluid even nourishes the man

couple's health but has good influences on the next- generation as

more especially during ovulation . Take a report for example, Dr .

well .

Yazhong believes that the female mucoid fluid comes from the uterus

Section 9 The Decrease-Increase Theory in Sexuality

at the time of orgasm, it is slightly-colored or transparent ; its pH is 7 .5 and weakly alkaline ; the contents consist of protein (0 .22%), sodium chloride (0 .35%), calcium (0 .095%), inorganic phos phate (0 .3196) . . . (The Female Mucoid Fluid translated by Wu Fan, Science Vision, Sept .1988)

The application of this theory to sexuality mainly refers to the

In addition, sex-making can not reach its aims if ejaculation

control of ejaculation and sexual movement . Accordance with physi-

takes place within five minutes (i . e .. premature ejaculation), be-

garded as a decrease .

Treatment : the man must withdraw the penis just before sexual or-

ological principles is regarded as an increase, the opposite will be re-

cause sufficient Yin-collecting depends on a prolonged intercourse .

The control of ejaculation has a great influence on the couple .

gasm, he will recover from that if he repeats this practice . All in

Sexuality is the unification of Yin and Yang, the time of intercourse

all, it will be best if ejaculation takes place simultaneously with the

should be long . "Long" is an increase, "short" is a decrease . The

orgasm from the both sides . Only in this way can sexuality be bene-

couple should try to prolong the time before ejaculation, because the

ficial, since female orgasm arrives rather slowly . In treating prema-

circulation of Qi and blood in the genitals is going fast at this time,

ture ejaculation, the female superior position also works because the

blood vessels are also broadened to a large degree . The couple can

man feels less nervous with this position . In treating impotence, the

obtain abundant Yin Qi and Yang Qi . The process in which the man

man should insert his penis at the climax of foreplay, and withdraw

is nourished by Yin Qi is called Yin-collecting by the Taoists . Suffi-

the penis soon after . Impotence can be cured if the couple repeat this

cient Yin-collecting will be made impossible by early ejaculation . For

practice .

the sake of Yin-collecting, the man should insert the penis deep

The principles for the Decrease-increase Theory in Sexuality

enough to reach the cervix so as to stimulate the uterus . As a result,

It will be an increase if the couple have intercourse on the peak

abundant mucoid fluid will appear, and Yin-collecting is enabled

of the female sexual period, the opposite will be a decrease . It is be-

since the uterus is the origin of the Ren, Chong and Du channels

cause sexuality is the unification of Yin and Yang, and Yang is

Chapter Twenty-four Book based on Yin . Sexuality can only, be beneficial' when the female side is paid much attention to .

The couple will obtain each other's Qi more if the time before

ejaculation is made longer . It will be an increase if Yin and Yang can nourish each other . It will be a decrease if they can not . (for treatment, see the passage above) . Then the man benefits from an inter-

course with no ejaculation . A Guide to Sexuality says, "Sexuality with no ejaculation in the morning and at night will cure all kinds of ailments . "

Involuntary sexuality is a decrease, the process from foreplay to sexual excitement is an increase . Sexual excitement refers to the following signs :

a. when the wife's face becomes reddish, her breasts

become stiff and her nose gets moistened, the man can insert the pe-

nis into the vagina slowly ; b . when the wife begins to swallow her saliva, the man can shake his penis slowly ; c. when the vagina becomes lubricated, the man can slowly thrust the penis deeper ;

d.

when the wife's buttocks become moistened, the man can withdraw the penis slowly . The regulating Qi has not arrived if the penis does not erect, the muscle Qi has not arrived if the penis erects but does not swell, the bone Qi has not arrived if the penis swells but does not hardens up ; the spirit Qi has not arrived if the penis hardens up but does not feel hot . It is improper to have intercourse under such penile conditions (Xuannu Notes quoted by Effective Prescriptions,

Volume 28) . GuangSi Essentials also says, "The man has three signs and the wife has five signs before intercourse . The man's three signs : the swelling and hardening of his penis signifies the arrival of the. liver Qi ; the swelling and hotness of his penis signifies the ar-

rival of heart Qi ; the hardening and ding-time erection of his penis signifies the arrival of the kidney Qi . The wife's five signs : her

of Changes

and Sexology

347

heart Qi will come if her face becomes reddish and some tiny black spots appear over her eyebrows ; her liver Qi will come if her eyes become glamorous ; her lung Qi will come if she no longer talks and her nose becomes moistened ; her spleen Qi will come if she nestles her neck against the man's neck and twists her body uncontrollably ; finally her kidney Qi will come if her vulva opens and becomes lubri-

cated with mucoid fluid . Now it is a proper time for intercourse . In intercourse, gentle and slow movement is an increase ; rough and quick movement is a decrease . Too frequent and violent sexuali-

ty exhausts .one's sexual desires and drains up one's, vital energy . Sunu Notes says, "Proper sexuality depends on shallow penile pene-

tration and slow penile movement . " Secret Principles in Sexuality

says, "Violent sexual movement uses up one's Yin Qi . " Life-Nourishing Prescriptions excavated from the Ma Wang Dui Han Ruins says, "Violent penile insertion and withdrawal put one's vital energy in disorder ."

After intercourse, if one feels dizzy, sweats excessively, gasps heavily, has a throbbing heart and a burning feeling in one's ab-

domen and even suffers from genital convulsions, it will be regarded as a decrease . If one feels refreshed and happy after intercourse, it will be an increase . Sunu Notes quoted in Valuable Prescriptions says, "Sunu advises that it is better for a man of twenty if he has

one ejaculation every four days ; a man of thirty every eight days ; a man of forty every sixteen days ; a man of fifty every twenty days ; a man of sixty every thirty days . " The Taoist scripture Yin Notes

says, "Sexual indulgence is just like a bone-cracking-axe ." It is a good warning . Sexuality after illness, tiredness, hunger, anger, drinking and fury is a decrease. It may lead to sexual exhaustion . Treatise on

Exogenous Febrile Diseases has similar discussions

on the Yin-Yang

transformation after one's illness . After intercourse, the couple should regulate their breath, exhale and inhale gently, and then fall asleep with pleasant medita-

tions . It is better to have intercourse at night than in the daytime, because people need a long sleep to recover their vital energy .

Chapter Twenty-five

Book of Changes and Theory of Senility

In conclusion, the Yin-Yang theory and the decrease-increase theory in Book of Changes are significant to sexology, especially to

sexual Qigong and periodicity . The further applications of the theories in Book of Changes will have a far-reaching influence on the development of sexology .

(Translated by Shi Gengshan)

Life is a process of birth, growth, prosperity, senility and death . Birth is followed by death in the long run . It is possible however to delay senility and to prolong life, although senility and death are uncontrollable natural laws . According to the theory of growth and decline between Yin and Yang in Book

of Chunges, life is a pro-

cess where Yin and Yang change interrnittently . The mystery of why life prospers and declines dwells in the life clock theory whose application has made new breakthroughs in delaying senility and prolonging human life ._

Section 1 Modern Theories of Senility There are over three hundred theories of senility . Birth is to be followed by death and no one can help it . Senility and death are a fixed program and a gradual process in biological evolution . Of course, saltatory senility also takes place due to some special reasons .

I . The life clock theory

350

Book

3

of Changes

and Traditional Chinese Medicine

This theory says that senility is programmed in every species of life . Life clock refers to the life code which is programmed at the time of fertilization . It is the result of biological evolution and cannot

be controlled by an individual life . Therefore, an individual life can never extend the life span of its species although it may live longer or

shorter . In other words, different animals have different life spans . People who hold this theory think that senility begins right at the time of fertilization, that senility has already started before a man's birth . In this case, senility and lifeare going on simultaneously .

Another opinion holds that senility begins after life development

Chapter Twenty-five uok of Changes

and Theory of Senility 351

divisions by adulthood and nearly fifty, divisions by the age of seven-

ty . He also found cells taken from aged people that only had twenty divisions before they died . This test shows that human life is con-

trolled by the speed and period of cell division . Some Brazilian medical workers failed to treat senility by using the cells of a sheep fetus, because they could not change the limit of cell division . In this case, the nucleus' life is programmed and has its own controlling system

which man cannot understand . We also have some good news abroad about this project . A, professor of medicine at Tokyo University has broken Hayflick's Limit .

stops . The human body is made up of sixty thousand billion cells . The

He observed that normal human cells seemed to divide numerous times and their division period was seven years longer than

and does not happen locally . Senility originates from the chromo-

human senility . An associate professor at Tokyo University also keeps fin cells which have been dividing for eight years (The Mys-

cell is the basic unit of life . The phenomenon that senility happens within cells suggests that senility is a gradual process of evolution

Hayflick's Limit . Hayflick's Limit is no longer a settled principle in

somes of the nucleus, so it can be fixed by genes that carry this kind

tery of Human Body compiled by Shen Zhang, Changhong Press .

of information . In order to prove that senility takes place within cells, scientists have discovered that cells will be free from senility if they are frozen at 200 ° below zero with liquid nitrogen . Therefore, some people have tried to prolong life by way of freezing or lowering

the temperature . In addition, a biologist even transplanted the nucleus of a long-lived mouse to the nucleus of a short-lived mouse . He

found the short-lived mouse could live longer . This shows that senility is probably controlled by the life clock in the nucleus .

i . Theory of Cell Division In 1961, an American named Hayflick found in a test on the

diploid fibroblasts of human fetal lungs that the limit for cell division is fifty times and the period of division is 2 .4 years . This limit is

called Hayflick's limit . He believes that human cells undergo forty

Beijing 1989) . So Hayflick's Limit is not absolute and hope for human longevity still exists . Human life span is calculated in this way : Cell divisions (50) span (120 years) .

X

cell division period (2 .5) = human life

Kirkwood also doubts Hayflick's Limit . He bas found a special

kind of cell in human diploid fibroblasts which appear at a certain frequency to influence Hayflick's Limit . These kinds of converted immortal cells increase by themselves . However, they are constantly

destroyed by the immunocytes in the body . Why the immune system has to destroy these cells remains a mystery at present . ii . The Length of Development Theory

Buffon, a biologist, held that a mammal's life is up to the

Chapter Twenty-five $ook of Changes and Theory of senility 353 length of development . The life span is five or seven times the length of their development . Human development lasts for twenty or

sides, genetic longevity is quite conspicuous for the first son and first

or one hundred and seventy-five years . iii . The Length of Sexual Maturity Theory

ents to children through the chromosomes in human germ cells .

Some scholars hold that life span is related to the length of sexual maturity . Mammals' life spans are eight or ten times the length of their sexual maturity . Accordingly, human life spans are calculat-

and death so closely related to genetics? These questions make some scholars imagine that there exists on the chain of DNA a special kind

twenty-five years . Therefore, the human life spans are one hundred

ed in this way

Time of human sexual maturity (14 --15 years) X (8 ---10) _ 112--150 years iv . The Variation Quotient Theory

A Russian scientist mentioned this theory in 1983 . In his opinion, the variation quotient of nature is 15 .15, and human life undergoes a major variation every eleven years . Therefore, human life span is calculated like this 11 years X 15 .15 =167 years .

The four theories have their own logic . The first three are rather convincing . However, there is no settled theory in this field . II . Theory of Genes By analyzing long-lived families and twins, people have proven that life is controlled by genes . In 1952 . Medewer found restoration genes in the human body . These genes are able to monitor chromo-

grandson in a family . This suggests that an individual life span is strictly controlled by the genetic information passed down from parWhy must man become senile at a certain age? Why are senility

of genetic information . Anyway, whether this information exists or riot still remains a mystery . Walter Green from the Barsell Institute, Switzerland, delayed the senility of a kind of fly called Drosophila Melanogaster by controlling its genes . In his opinion, senility is the work of regulator

genes (rG) in the senility-controlling system . He first separated the regulator genes and injected a molecule into them . This molecule could dysfunction the regulator genes at a lab temperature slightly higher than usual . Then he transplanted these genes into the fly's eggs to see the influence on the new generation . The baby flies were divided into two groups . The first group lived at a normal lab temperature, and the second group lived at a higher lab temperature . The second group lived 40 % longer than the first group . The reason was that the injected molecule had dysfunctioned the genes responsible for senility (Reference News May 29, 1990 . Quoted from the Frenchmagazine Youth's Journal) .

somes . However, their function declines gradually as a person ages .

In addition, every species has its life span . For instance, man

Hart has noticed in his research that the restorative ability of aging cells is the lowest . This shows that senility is closely related to

can live up to a hundred years ; the tortoise can live several hundred or even a thousand years ; chickens live only thirty years ; a dog

genes . Life span is closely connected not only with the linear relationship (i .e . consanguinity) but with maternal longevity as well . Be-

twenty years and a mouse three years at most .

The discussion above makes it clear that the human life span is closely related to genetics .

354

Book of

Ranges and

Traditional Chinese

Chapter Twenty-five Book of Changes and Theory of Senility 355

Medicine

elasticity and finally cell senility . In 1963, Bjovksten believed that

1' . Theory of Protein Decay

Life is a form of protein existence . Life originated from protein . Therefore, senility should also take place in protein . Those

cross-linking can also take age

may cause

place in

the DNA of a nucleus . The_ dam-

the double-helical structures of DNA to

link each

oth-

who hold this opinion believe that the root of senility lies in the cyto-

er and dysfunction macromolecules . As a result, cell senility is trig-

plasm . In other words, it lies in the change of proteins, not in the

gered .

change of the nucleus . Some scholars think' the histone of nucleoprotein can completely restrain all gene activity and senility will occur if histone loses control of the genes . During normal times, 90% of genes are restrained . When senility in cells occurs, non-histone undergoes a series of changes and activates dormant genes . In this way

In 1956, I-larmen put forth the theory of free radicals . These kinds of hypo-oxygenized active free radicals may do damage to the cellular membrane and protein structure . This is because free radicals are charged with odd electrons and have strong free energy and the ability of oxygenization . In this case, peroxide bases and the by

genes become in disorder and life heads for death fast .

droxyl - group are easily formed and are likely to have peroxide reac-

synthesis . In his opinion, normal protein synthesis is impossible if

protein profoundly and lead to senility .

In 1963, Orgel put forward the theory of disorder in protein

any of its links have gone wrong . Errors in DNA duplication and transcription, in the insertion of amino acids to protein or in other links will result in abnormal protein . This abnormal protein will gradually dysfunction the cells where it accumulates . As a result, senility arrives soon after . Another scientist, Medvedev, holds the

tions with protein, nuclear acid and fat . These reactions can change N . The Brain Senility Theory People who hold this theory think that senility happens not within cells, but in the brain . In their opinion, brain cells have the highest rate of differentiation and can not regenerate . Brain cells only decrease after one is born . After the age of thirty, there will be

same opinion . He has found that the wrong arrangement of amino

one hundred thousand deaths of brain cells each day . Medical work-

ty . In 1970, Frolkis noticed that disorder in the genes of cells hand-

by the nerve endings of brain cells will decrease when one has

biologist at Rockfeller University, U . S . A . , found a special kind of

down as well

acids will result in abnormal protein accumulation and further senili-

icapped protein synthesis and checked life from going on . Then a cell senility protein in the cells of man's connective tissues . Senility arrives when this transformed protein appears . In 1924, a scholar put forth the protein coagulation theory. In his discovery, the abnormal cross-linking in protein colloid will increase when a man is getting old . This increase will lead to tissue stiffness, poor cell permeability, low enzyme activation, loss of

cell

ers have noticed that the chemical transmitter and RNA synthesized reached a certain age, the rate of metabolism in brain cells slows Another opinion is like this ; senility comes early because the brain is developing fast even at the fetal stage . Generally, the brain

develops much faster than the body does . The weight of the brain of a human fetus is already half that of an adult when it is only six' months old . The brain also matures faster than the body after one's birth, and the brain weight almost reaches that of an adult when one

356

Book ofChanges and Traditional C &anew Medicine

is only a child . This is the reason a child's head is not in proportion

to his or her body . However, this opinion is not well-grounded, be-

cause physiological brain senility seldom comes earlier than body senility (pathological brain senility is exceptional) .

In 1976, Franks and Finon discovered a senility-controlling center in the hypo-thalamencephalon and pituitary gland . The hypothalamencephalon is an important part of the CNS (central nervous

system) It controls the endocrine system through the pituitary gland to balance the inner and outer environment of a man's body . Therefore, a breakdown in -this senility-controlling center will put the endocrine system and other physiological functions out of order .

In this way, senility takes place . In 1980, Evevitt suggested that

the hypo-thalamencephalon was man's senility clock . By experi-

menting on animals, the American scholar Dencla proposed that the pituitary gland releases a kind of hormone regularly . He called these hormones of death . The hormones prevent human cells from making use of parathyrin, which leads to a disorder in protein metabolism and finally to senility . Dencla cut out a mouse's pituitary gland and fed the mouse various kinds of pituitary hormones . When the hormones of death were secreted before they were completely discharged

out of the body, the mouse's life was prolonged . Some scholars think that brown fat can easily accumulate in brain cells. Half of the space in brain cells has already been stuffed

with brown- fat by the time senility begins . In this way, the metabolism of brain cells is affected and senility arrives . In the opin-

Chapter

Twenty-five

Book

of Changes and

Theory of Senility 357

V . Other Theories, of Senility

i, Theory of Endocrine Disorder

The endocrine system is an important monitoring system in the

human body . It is also called the neuroendocrine system since it is

controlled by the hypo-thalamencephalon and pituitary . Pituitary disorder affects senility very much although it is not the primary cause of senility . The endocrine system consists of the pituitary, a-

drenal, thyroid, gonad and thymus glands, and it will be in disorder if any of these glands' suffers from hypofunction. Accordingly, this chain-reaction leads rapidly to senility . For example, the thymus will suffer atrophy due to lack of stimulation if gonad hypofunction occurs, and this atrophy quickly causes the arrival of senility . In addition, the hormones of death secreted from the pituitary

gland are also held responsible for senility because they can restrain the activities of the thyroid cells . ii . Theory of Immunity The immune system is an important network for body defense .

A decrease in potent immunity and an increase in autoimmunity will lead to senility . The immune organs will decline as one is aging . This decline includes the gradual atrophy of the thymus gland, and the degeneration of the spleen and lymph gland . To put it concretely, this refers to a decline in the activation of T-lymph cells, in the

number of the whole lymph cells, and in the immuneability of body fluids . Now it has been discovered that a number decline in lymph

cells foretells death, and this number decline is especially remarkable

ion of some other people, the physiological and chemical metabolism of brain cells slows down or decreases rather easily ; and sclerosis

in the last three years of life . Perhaps it is set by the life clock .

wall . All these propositions regard, the-brain as the origin of senility .

should defend when it has lost its monitoring function . Therefore, a

may appear due to quick lipid sedimentation on the cerebrovascular

In 1962, Wohord announced the theory of autoimmunity . In his opinion, the immune system will repulse by mistake what it

358

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

series of destructive reactions will follow .

For

Chapter-Twenty-five

Boak of Changes

and Theory of Senility 359

example, it will not

curb abnormal cell division. Instead, it will destroy normal cells . In another word, the defensive system has become a destructive system, and senility results . These are the modern theories of senility .

Section 2

Taiji Life Clock of Eight

Trigrams and Book of Changes

I . The Meaning of the Taiji Life Clock of the Eight Trigrams Human life is a process whevein Yin and Yang change intermit-

tently as

well

as being a programmed Taiji life clock

Trigrams (See figure 25-1) .

of

the Eight

From the Taiji life clock, we can see that Yang Qi begins to grow from six o'clock in the morning, speeds up its growth from nine o'clock in the morning and reaches climax at twelve o'clock at

noon . Meanwhile, Yin Qi begins to grow at the Yang climax .

tk

Then, it hastens its growth from fifteen o'clock with the arrival of senility and reaches climax at eighteen o'clock with the arrival of

death. According to the Taiji theory that Yin and Yang change intermittently, senility and death are unavoidable in the process of life . Yang Qi rises to indicate the beginning of life, then Yin Qi develops soon after . Accordingly, the abundance of Yin Qi leads to death .

Yang Qi will decline when Yin Qi prospers . Just like Yin Qi and Yang Qi, life and death are contradictorily united and death is unavoidable as the result . The Taiji life clock stresses that b' h and senility develop

ac-

Figure 25-1 Taiji life clock of the Eight Trigrams

Notes to this figure : ft Qian

A, t, - Dqi, senility. You (15 : 00p . m .)

lei, #, PH

o'clock)

. Xun P

* Kun

-911'c, 4F Li, peosperity,, Yang climax-Yin originating, Wu (12

4p Zhen, growth, Mao (9 : 00a . m .) R Gen -JUt, T Ken, life, death, Yin climax-Yang originating,

*, {'z,

*,1, 9, f (6 : 00a . m. )

cording to the Taiji life function which

Zi

from Yin climax to Yang initiation . The process from growth to senility goes as the goes

360

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Taiji life clock goes .

Growth and senility also exist in the universe . Cosmic explosions create new heavenly bodies which continue to undergo swellings and contractions . The term black-hole" refers to a deca-

Chapter Twenty-five Book of Changes and Theory of Senility 361 its own life span . Man has a long life span of one hundred or one hundred and-twenty-five years . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine

believes so . Spiritual Pivot : On Human Life Span says, "Upon

dent and contracted heavenly body which will explode into a new one in ten billion years . Of course, it takes a very long time for each cycle . This shows that senility is a natural law and nothing can avoid

reaching the age of one hundred years, man's five viscera will suffer asthenia, his spirit and energy will be gone ; his body will pine away . Man will die soon at this age . " According to the Taiji theory of the Eight Trigrams, man reaches Yang climax at the age of fifty

it .

if his life span is one hundred years . His senility starts at this age .

Since everything has Yin and Yang change, senility and death will exist byany means . Therefore, human life must abide by this

Or, man reaches Yang climax at the age of forty if his life span is eighty years . His senility begins at this age . Sexual maturity, is com-

natural law . II . The Significance of the Taiji Life Clock of the Eight Trigrams for Anti-Senility There are three concepts as to when senility starts . The first

pleted at nine o'clock in the morning on the Taiji life clock . This period of time does not belong to Yang climax, therefore, senility is impossible . For instance, a girl reaches her sexual maturity at the age of thirteen or fifteen while a boy reaches his at the age of fifteen

says that it starts right after the time of fertilization, because a baby looks just like a little old man . The second holds that it begins after

or seventeen . This flowering age is free from senility . The theory

sexual maturity, because some animals die or become senile shortly after copulation and egg-laying . The third holds that it will start

This is because senility will not come at the age of twenty--a young age when man's development period is over . Even a man with a

when man's development period is over .

short life of sixty will not reach Yang climax until the age of thirty .

According to the theory of the Taiji life clock that Yin Qi starts after Yang Qi reaches climax, senility should begin after Yang climax, or after twelve o'clock on the map of Taiji . As far as the Later

This age is characterized by physical, intellectual and reproductive exuberance . According to the Taiji life clock, senility should occur

Brightness which is the Yang climax . Therefore, Book of Changes :

pies a dominant position from twelve to fifteen o'clock, although it decreases and Yin Qi increases . From fifteen o'clock on, Yang Qi is overpowered by Yin Qi and senility gathers speed . Finally, death

Arrangement of King Wen is concerned, senility sets out from

Brightness says, "The sun is declining, this shows that Yang Qi begins to decline as well ."

Human life is just like a Taiji life clock of Eight Trigrams . A longer life takes man more time to reach Yang climax . Meanwhile, it takes man more time to reach senility as well, Every species has

that senility begins after man's development also has weak points .

when Yin originates from Yang climax (i . e . when one is thirty, forty of fifty years old) . On the Taiji life clock, Yang Qi still occu-

arrives at eighteen o'clock . This is the light thrown on the origin of senility by the Taiji life clock of the Eight Trigrams . Senility starts from Yang climax . This notion suggests that se-

362

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-five

nility will be delayed if the Yang climax is delayed by prolonging any of its proceeding stages . Therefore, man should try to slow down the speed of cell division at his middle age . However, modern man pays no attention to the delay of Yang climax, he overuses Yang Qi before his middle age, which shortens the period of cell division . In this case, Yang climax and senility will arrive at an early age . For instance, early cares, marriage, child-raising and overwork will all result in early senility . It is no wonder that a world-class boxing star pines away early due to over-excitement in his middle age . So man must keep his labor from breaking his body's physiological limits . Only in this way can he delay Yang climax and senility . According to the Taiji theory that Yin and Yang change intermittently, senility is the result of Yin increase and Yang decrease .

not refer

to the physiological Yin Qi, it refers to the

pathological Yin Qi . Yang Qi controls the dynamic state while Yin Qi controls the static state . The increase in the pathological Yin Qi consists of the decrease in the dynamic Yang Qi and the increase in cellular metabolism, in the activation of metabolites and in controlling abnormal cells . . . . Especially, the appearance and increase of these inert substances will make cells work with even greater difficulty . Modern medicine has noticed that some inert substances

and Thegry of Senility 363

occupation of cellular cavities . Metabolic wastes may handicap normal cellular metabolism and cause senility) ; abnormal cross-linking may damage the cellular permeability of the connective tissues ; cross-linking may occur in DNA to undermine cellular activation ; some genes of senility may appear on the chains of DNA dehydrate metabolite may show

a kind of

up in the blood capillaries to ob-

struct the flow of body fluid and to slow down metabolism ; cellular activation may be weakened by a decrease in acetylcholine which is a kind of transmitter in the brain ; the sedimentation of cholesterol and other lipoids on the vascular wall may affect blood flow ; the body may be over-burdened with fat . . . . All these suggest that cellular ac-

[Q . The Origin of Senility

Here, Yin does

Book of Changes

may

appear and accumulate in cells as man is aging . Those substances can handicap cellular metabolism . For example, brown fat may appear

abundantly, genes may accumulate due to a histone increase ; the hormones of death secreted by the pituitary gland may accumulate to prevent cells from using parathyrin ; the abnormal protein synthesized by mistake as man is aging will also gather in cells (that is the

tivity will go out of order when cellular activation is reduced and many inert substances will come into being . As a result, senility develops when life does not go smoothly . In a sense, senility is a process where the increase in Yin Qi forces a decrease in Yang Qi . Life depends on activity . The cell is the basic unit of life . Cellular activity is the basic form of life activity . Senility will surely arrive if cellular activity goes wrong . Therefore activity is the fundamental form of matter's existence . Keeping and restoring normal cellular activity should be the principle for anti-senility, since abnormal cellular activity leads to senility . In addition, the fact that the human body still exists at the moment of death should be mentioned . It proves that death is the end of Yang life information and the beginning of utter Yin life information . The so-called "haunting visions" are the remaining cinders of Yang life information . The end of Yang Qi marks the end of life activity, but it does not signify the material loss of the human body, since all the substances and energy in the human body have come from the universe and will go back to the universe to form new

364

$oak of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

things. That is the law of conservation of matter . They may form a new species of life, but they will never repeat the last form of life where they have been . The continuation of the whole species is made possible by numerous individual births and deaths . IV . Can Senility Be Delayed?

Senility can be delayed . The human body has great potentialities . Man has used only 20 % of his brain cells by the time of senili-

ty, and the rest still remain undeveloped . Meanwhile, only 20% of the micro-circulation which occupies 90% of the length of all the whole blood vessels has been opened ; in addition, 50% of the double bond DNA molecules in genes have remained dormant ; the en-

Chapter Twenty-five

Book of Changes

and Theory of Senility 365

cause people's life bases are the same . The possibility of rejuvenation still exists although' senility and death are unavoidable . According to the Taiji theory that Yin and Yang change intermittently, Yin Qi will originate when Yang Qi reaches climax . Therefore, life will be prolonged if Yang climax is delayed by pro-

longing any of its proceeding stages . Especially, the stage before nine o'clock in the morning on Taiji life clock (i . e . the stage before sexual maturity) should be prolonged . It is best to speed up the development of one's intelligence and brain at a younger age . In fact, the brain is ready for work in one's childhood, and sexual maturity

docrine system, digestive system and cardiac muscle fibers are all po-

will be delayed if one focuses on the development of their intelligence and brain . This is because the arrival of sexual maturity will hasten

mittently, Yang will originate from Yin climax and rejuvenation is

that the senility of brain cells will be slowed if the brain works early and steadily ; longevity depends on an advanced brain, since the

tentially powerful . So anti-senility has a strong material base . According to the Taiji theory that Yin and Yang change interpossible . There are some cases of this in the world ._

The first one : a woman of seventy regained menstruation and got pregnant twice . (She is called Cai Aixiu and lives at Yueguangtang village, Longtanqiao town, Hanshou county, Hunan province

Source : Kaleidoscopic World P71, Yu Hong) . The second one : in 1981, a woman of a hundred and nine was

dying of a fatal disease . Then she regained her consciousness, black hair, menstruation, smooth skin and new teeth . Finally, she got rejuvenation . (the woman is called Yu Jinyan and lives in Feiyuan Street, Changsha, Hunan province . She was born in 1872. Source : On Health and Longevity, Tianjin Press of Sciences) .

These cases are individual mutations, since both normal

changes and mutations are possible in the development of things . However, one single case may invite more cases to take place, be-

the arrival of Yang climax . Two British neurophysiologists also hold

brain is the CNS of man's body . It is no wonder that Book of

Changes says, "The body will not become senile if the brain remains

energetic and healthy .

Section 3

The Brain and AntiSenility

The speed of brain senility is the slowest among human organs, since the brain has great potentialities . From the age of thirty, thir-

ty thousand or one hundred thousand brain cells die each day, one

thousand nervecells fail to workeach hour ; and a million nerve cells die each year . However, 80 % of brain cells still remain undeveloped by the time of old age, which shows that the brain is potentially

366

2

sock of Qianges and Traditional Chinese Medicine

powerful .

More encouragingly, scientists have proved through tests on animals that brain cells can revive . An American scientist, Philip Diamond, has found that an aging mouse will develop new nerve roots if it is trapped in a threatening and confusing environment (a

place where there' is a cat) . This, kind of environment enhances the hyperplasia of membranous cells which urge the intelligence cells in the brain to develop . This experiment throws light on human antisenility although it was done on animals .

Some scientists are .aware of the fact that man's brain has been gaining weight in this century . This discovery also provides the pos-

sibility for brain revival . Another discovery is that female brain cells

begin to decline at the age of forty, but the speed slows down after the age of fifty, becoming even slower than that of, male brain cells . This shows that cerebral activation has cycles in human life .

In the past, death was determined on the basis of the failure of

one's breath and heart . Now it is based on one's brain waves, Some tests on an amputated human head have been carried out . It is recorded that an expert in microsurgery managed to keep an amputated human head alive for six days, and its reasoning ability lasted for seventy-six hours . Another head severed from a body which had been frozen for sixty years could even answer questions after electrical stimulation (Mystery . March, 1990) Some scientists are trying to rejoin a severed head to its body ; some countries even are doing

research on head transplantation . All these experiments show the brain is rather powerful .

The brain is the CNS of man's body . It plays an important role in controlling life activities . Book of Changes says, "Qian represents what is originating, the superior man . " Nothing can exist without a

Chapter Twenty-five 13 oak of Changes and Theory of Senility 367 controlling center . Therefore, the key to anti-senility should be the brain . Other parts of the body will live longer if anti-senility in the brain is successful . TCM also puts great attention on the brain's in-

fluence in the whole body . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine says, "The brain is an organ where wisdom and spirits originate . It is the controlling center for the eleven internal organs . These internal organs will be at stake if the brain fails to work properly . Brain damage may trigger spirit damage which soon invites the arrival of death . These words make it clear that the brain controls all the oth-

er important systems in the body, and anti-senility in the brain has

profound significance . Some documents hold that man's brain development is proportional to man's life span . Therefore, man lives the longest among the mammals because man's brain is most advanced .

How to avoid brain senility? The principle is to usee the brain . A Chinese saying goes like this : A boat sailing against the current must forge ahead or it will be driven back . Cells responsible for so-

cial activities will become senile soon after one's retirement . So the brain should be used quite often to delay senility .

Cells are rather vivacious and energetic . However, life depends on activity, more use of the brain makes one cleverer . Book of Changes says, "Regeneration is up to activity . " A test on an aging

mouse was made by some American scholars . It suggested that a comfortable environment made the mouse use its brain less . As a result, the mouse did not regenerate its nerve roots . The headquarters of man's physiological clock lies in the brain (it has been proved that it lies in the superior opticochiasmic area

and is controlled by the hormones secreted from the epiphysis) . Each cell has its minor clock, of course (for instance, a cell will not die immediately when it is severed from the main body), but this in-

368

2

Book of Changes and

Traditional

Chinese Medicine

dividual clock is controlled by the headquarters and will go wrong if the headquarters loses its control . Therefore, using the brain frequently is the key to anti-senility .

The brain has great potentialities . Senility is only a partial activity. Anti-senility in the brain has a bright future . In recent years, some scientists have found in split brain studies that man's

left brain controls language and abstract reasoning while the right brain controls music and art ; consciousness exists in the left brain

while sub-consciousness exists in the right brain ; consciousness and sub-consciousness can meet in dreams . Scientist have also found that both the left brain and the right brain have dual functions . The right

Chapter Twenty-five

Book of Changes

and Theory of Senility 369

exist in all the human beings, if they exist in some individuals . In this case, they are dormant in a majority of people . What is the use of those unused brain cells which, occupy 80% of the brain's cavity? Therefore, the brain's unusual faculties are worth developing . A new era in the life sciences will arrive if they can be decoded . At present, a proposition goes like this : some people's unusual faculties have been granted either by aliens in outer space or by some

civilized creatures prior to the human race on the earth . Some people even believe that man came from outer space . A NATO scientist

holds that man is the result of the breeding of a primitive ape-man and aliens who came to the earth sixty-five thousand years ago . His

because the right brain is working at the same time . This provides

proof is a fifty-thousand-year-old skull of high intelligence which he discovered in Santiago . He also believes that the gigantic rock carvings in the Andes Mountains may have been left by a UFO landing on the earth (source : A Kaleidoscopic World Yu Hong, Cai

right brain . Many significant discoveries have not been made in the lab . For example, Archimedes' principle was discovered in a bath-

dha in his childhood? One of the reasons is that his unusual faculties

brain also has reasoning ability although it mainly focuses on con-

crete feelings or art . Why is man still able to reason in a subconscious state such as in dreaming or other mental activities? This is us with a theoretical base for developing the reasoning cells of the

tub, the law of universal gravitation was discovered, under an apple tree, the structure of benzene was discovered in , a dream.. . . Anti-senility in the brain will be probable if the right brain is developed and used in turn with the left brain . The brain's extraordinary power is proved by the Qigong

masters' unusual faculties . These faculties include moving things by

meditation, remote sensing, looking through man's body and locating mineral deposits . .. . These wonders symbolize the brain's evolu-

tion although they only appear to a few people . According to the recapitulation theory, an individual development is a short and quick recapitulation of its species' evolution . These unusual faculties may

Shaowen) . The tenth Living Buddha in Tibet was a man with unusual faculties . Why was he chosen to be the reincarnate baby Bud-

made him recognize the things the ninth Living Buddha had used and the people the Buddha had approached when he was alive . Peo-

ple capable of remote sensing and foretelling can be found in many countries . Furthermore, some primitive clans who live in virgin jun-

gles may possibly possess more unusual faculties . During WWII, it is said that a certain country made use of some jungle-dwellers to carry out searching work . On a plane, these people could search for the targets on the ground even more efficiently than a telescope .

These unusual faculties suggest that the brain's potential intelligence can be surely activated . Man can subconsciously recall things which happened in the long past, even things just after his birth .

370

13oak of

i

Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-five

However, it is not easy for him to do this consciously . Therefore, it shows that unusual faculties exist

in

the 80% of the undeveloped

brain cells (especially, in the right brain) . Sufficient use of the brain can avoid senility .

Especially,

the brain should be used both con-

Book of Changes and Theory of Senility 371

kind of matter or field . It can be controlled, reversed and returned . This proposition is preached by a former USSR scientist . He believes that time matter can give off a kind of particles which are the media for time information . The more things receive these particles,

sciously and subconsciously . In short, the brain is significant to anti-

the older things will become . That is how senility operates . Things

senility .

will revive if the time particles radiated to their bodies can be re-

Cerebral Qigong is also valuable for anti-senility in the brain

moved . By using a quartz resonator, this scientist also found the

(for details see Chapter Seventeen) . Practising this kind of Qigong

speed of the time particles radiated to a sleeper was slower than that

not only makes one wiser but also activates the brain's potential in-

to a non-sleeper . So people can control time just as they can control

telligence .

temperature or pressure . (source :

Section _4

Can Be Diverted quoted nology June 3,1989) .

Life Recapitulation and

Time Is a Kind of Matter Which

by Zuo Ran in Daily of

Science and Tech-

The theory of returning to the origin was fully discussed in

Anti-Senility

Book of Changes three thousand years ago . For example, Tai (Peace) trigram of Yi says, "Every motion has a return ." The

Can life recapitulate? Can time go backwards? The answer is

Great Treatise on Yi

says, "The sun goes and the moon comes ; the

"Yes" under certain conditions . British scientist Stephen Hawkins

moon goes and the sun comes . . . the cold leaves and the heat conies ;

believes that the cosmic explosion and extraction are a super-long cy-

the heat goes and the cold comes . " Therefore, every motion in the

cle of motion . When cosmic explosion occurs, time is swelling and

universe is characterized by periodicity . Of course, motion periodici-

positive ; when cosmic extraction comes after a cosmic explosion,

ty

does

not refer to going back to the same old form in the same

same time. It

time is negative or goes backwards . Take the solar system for exam-

and at the

ple . The sun is at its swelling stage with a high temperature and

crete and individual repetition .

way

is an improved and collective, not a con-

looks like a fireball . The earth is greatly influenced by the sun now .

The universe has periodic swellings and contractions . Life has

On earth, time is positive and man lives from youth to senility . Af-

periodic comings and goings, as well man's sexual cells-genes make

ter a certain period, the sun will begin to collapse into a black-hole .

periodic motion through fertilization . In other words, the living

Time at that moment will be negative and will go backwards . Man

world, including man, cycles between birth and death as a whole,

will also revive if he meets this opportunity . Of course, it takes

bil-

lions over billions of years for things like that to happen . Another proposition on rejuvenation goes in this

way :

not individually . Otherwise it would lead to idealistic circulism, not to materialism . That is the reason why a few rejuvenated old people

time is a

cannot avoid senility and death . This also applies to those famous

372

a Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Qigong masters . Laoxi says, "Motion is characterized with periodicity ." It regards periodicity as a principle for motion in the universe . Laozi

said, "Gather one's meditative power and bring mild stimulation to the brain ; then, man will feel like going back to his babyhood ." That is subconscious rejuvenation under Qigong . Man can go back to the first stage of his life (e, g . the fetal

stage) subconsciously in Qigong practice, since his consciousness is also periodic . In the nineteenth century, Haeckel, a German biologist, put forward the law of recapitulation, i . e . an individual development is a short and quick recapitulation of its species' evolution .

Chapter Twenty-five Book of Changes and Theory of Senility 373 unjust charge' may preserve some Yang life information, since a sudden death will not consume all of his Yang Qi, and an unjust death

will strongly stimulate the body to emit a lot of Yang life information . This remaining information may show up under certain circumstances. Of course, these are only some hypotheses . If the development of science is advanced enough to re-cast a corpse' remaining life information, the mystery of "haunted visions" will be decoded .

Besides, rejuvenation is not always auspicious . Sometimes it is just a momentary recovery of consciousness before death . A patient

However, Haeckel only noticed the recapitulation of life, Book of

who has been ill for a long time may suddenly develop good spirits and black hair, but he will suffer more serious senility soon after .

ness . In practice, Qigong masters have shown that man's consciousness can return to his babyhood which is a primitive stage free from

Section 5 Dynamic Qigong and

life rejuvenation under Qigong refers to the revival of man's innate energy and his degenerated faculties as well as a delay in man's senil-

The truth that life depends on motion is ever-lasting . Dialectical materialism believes that motion is the form of matter's existence . It is the fundamental nature of matter .

Changes and Laozi propose the recapitulation of one's conscious-

desires and evils . This life rejuvenation is available because the brain can be stimulated by mild meditations and those dormant brain cells can be woken up to perform their primitive functions . Therefore,

ity . It is scientific, materialistic, practical and most convincing . It is completely different from idealistic immortality . Immortality is impossible because only a little life information

remains after one's death . Yang life information will completely perish from people who die of senility or an illness . The so-called ghost after one's death is simply an recurrence' of one's remaining life-in-

formation under certain circumstances . For example, some kind of light may appear because light matter or other unknown matter exists in a man's body . Only those who die unexpectedly or under an

Anti-Senility

Motion is absolute, rest is relative . Motion and rest are contradictorily united . Rest is only a special form of motion . In other words, motion is unconditional, everlasting, universal and absolute ; while rest is conditional, temporary and relative . In regard to the relationship between motion and rest, dialectical materialism believes that motion takes a dominant part in a contradictory unification, al-

though motion and rest are mutually reliant . Life is in motion all the time . From a macroscopic point of view, a man who lies in bed still circles around the sun with the

374

am* of Changes and Traditional

Chinese Medicine

earth ; microscopically, numerous electrons in this man's cells are

spinning around nuclei ceaselessly ; all the physical and chemical activities in his cells or organs are going on at a reduced speed ; the heart waves and brain waves are still marking curves .. . All these suggest that motion in life is absolute and everlasting, rest is only relative and conditional . The fact that life depends on motion aims at strengthening Yang Qi and erasing inert Yin Qi, while the fact that life depends

Chapter Twenty-five

Bc, k of Changes and Theory of

Senility 375

potentialities and is enough for man's life-long use . Sufficient use of this system may speed up blood circulation and purge metabolic and pathological wastes that narrow or block many blood vessels .

It is best to practise dynamic Qigong in the morning, because it can help the body generate Yang Qi . Dynamic Qigong should be controlled by motion, meditation and breath regulation . It is easy to

practise this Qigong . First, choose any form of motion (running, jumping, walking, swimming or cycling) ; second, regulate the

Proper exercises are significant to cellular activities . Some neg-

breath(chest breathing and abdominal breathing should be adopted alternately) ; third, and most important, complete a minor circle of Qi and a major circle of Qi by using meditation to guide the Qi to

normal cellular activities when he is in middle age . At this time, proper exercises can speed up the circulation of blood and Qi to help

chest and the abdomen (the Ren channel) to the vulva ; then move

on rest aims at saving energy for a longer period of cellular activa-

tion .

ative and inert substances will increase in man's cells and handicap

the body discharge the increasing inert substances . In this way, selfpoisoning is reduced and senility is delayed.

In order to set life in better motion, dynamic Qigong is needed . It is called "dynamic" because both the body and the spirit are in

motion, or the inner body and the outer body are in motion . It is different from static Qigong which only sets the inner body in motion . It is especially suitable for obese and middle-aged people since it can speed up blood circulation and erase the wastes that stuff cellu-

connect various channels and vessels, i . e . guide the Qi from the Baihui acupoint downward along the face, the central part of the the Qi upward along the central part of the back (the Du channel to the top of the head where the Baihui acupoint lies ; after that,

guide the Qi downward again to complete a minor circle of Qi . Since dynamic Qigong requires more strength than static Qigong does, it is easy to connect the Ren channel and Du channel ; besides, the twelve channels can connect to one another by themselves due to the moving of the arms and legs . In this way a major circle of Qi is automatically completed . At this time, one should increase one's

lar cavities . Besides, only fifteen or thirty minutes is needed for practice and the time can be prolonged a little as days go by .

strength gradually and cherish good hope . Good hope is a Yang stimulation which increases the production of Yang Qi in dynamic

stimulate and open the microcirculatory system where the exchange of life necessities takes place . The length of the microcirculatory

effects . Many people will be discouraged if they have to spend sever-

By speeding up blood circulation, dynamic Qigong is able to

vessels is 90 % of the whole vascular length, but only 20 % of them

are open to use . Therefore, the microcirculatory system has great

Qigong, All in all, dynamic Qigong is noted for time-saving and quick

al hours in practising static Qigong, since time is limited and people have many things to do after eight hours' work . The best solution is

376

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

to practise dynamic Qigong and, static Qigong in turn ; i . e, these two kinds of Qigong can be practised alternately in a week according

to one's personal conditions .- Those who have a poor physique and enough time can practise static Qigong more, while those who have a sound physique and inadequate time can focus on dynamic Qigong .

Section 6 Yang Qi and Life The ancient Chinese character for Qi has the sense of fire Therefore, Qi can provide life with driving force .

Book of Changes says, "Essence and breath form things, and the disappearance or wandering away of the soul produces the change of their constitution" . "The lines change and move without staying

(in one place), flowing about into any of the six places of the hexagrams" (Great Treatise on YO . It stresses that Qi is a kind of mat-

ter which flows in the universe . Such a deep understanding of Qi coming from several thousand years ago is advanced and even up to present-day thinking . Zhang Zai, a person in the North Song Dy-

nasty-also said, "The universe cannot be without Qi ; all the things cannot be without the accumulation of Qi ." Yang changes into Qi while Yin changes into form . Qi is a kind

of Yang matter and has driving power . It is also called Yang Qi, while forms called Yin form . Qi is divided into congenital Qi and

postnatal Qi . An ancient medical book says, "One will feel intoxicated after the attainment of these two kinds of Qi . " Both of them are capable of life activation .

TCM believes that things move' in their formation and transforthe functional activities of Q . Congenital Qi dwells mation made

Chapter Twenty-five $yak of Changes and Theory of Senility 377

in the kidneys and functions as a base for life activities . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine says, "Congenital Qi comes from the universe and nourishes the body along with the energy derived from food ." (Source : Spiritual Pivot) . Nan Notes says, "The gate of life is the dwelling place for all kinds of nerves as well as congenital Qi ." Congenital Qi consists of heart-lung Qi, spleen-stomach Qi, kidney Qi and channel Qi .

In Qigong, Qi is also divided into an inner part and an outer part . What a person guides in Qigong practice is the inner Qi which flows up' and, down inside the body. The outer Qi flows outside the

body. These two kinds of Qi are exchangeable and controlled by one's consciousness . They are a unification of matter, energy and information .

Yang Qi teems with life information . Therefore, its functions cannot be understood as a kind of physical energy . Life will come to

an end if Yang Qi is drained out, since it is the driving force for life activities . In this case, it is important to protect Yang Qi and to reduce its consumption in fighting senility .

Recently, a one-thousand-year-old tortoise has been on display in Guangzhou . It means a lot to life activity . Dynamic life and static

life, as well as motion and, rest, should be reasonably in balance and cannot be separated from each other . To stress only motion regardless of the principle that life depends on rest is one-sided and not di alectical .

There are a lot of ways for static cultivation in traditional Chinese Qigong, Static Qigong is one out of many. It has far-reaching significance in protecting Yang Q and -prolonging life . (for details see Chapter Sixteen Book of Changes and Chinese Qigong) .

378 _

2

of Changes

Section 7

Chapter Twenty-five

and Traditional Chinese' Medicine

Water and Anti-Senility

Both the He Map and Luo Writing hold that everything, including life, originated from water . Book of Changes says, "water is the origin of all the things in the universe ." Other ancient Chinese

writings have mentioned the same words . Darwin, a great biologist, proposed that man came from the ape in his book On the Origin of the Species . Other scholars abroad

guess that man come from an amphibious ape, or further, from a

fish . The ancient Chinese people had already noticed the consanguine tie between man and the fish in the Yangshao Culture that existed six thousand years ago . On the clan insignia at that time, there are two fish at a predominant place and a human face caught be-

tween the fish's snouts . On the bottom of a water-sprinkling bronze basin which was made three thousand years ago there is a carved image of four carp and four lines taken from the He map . Therefore, the basin has made Book of Changes well-known in the world . The fish is also a totem for some ancient clans in China . The fish cannot live without water, while man now lives on land after a long time's evolution . However, apart from oxygen,

water still remains a necessity for human life . Man can manage to live for several weeks with no food, but only for three days with no

water . Water must have something to do with the origin of senility since it is so closely related to life activities . Palestinian scholars have

noticed that senility will come if the body fluid becomes unbalanced . Abnormal body fluid may yield a kind of dehydrate metabolite which

Book of Changes and

Theory of Senility 379

accumulates in the blood capillaries, slows down blood flow and retards cellular metabolism . In this way senility arrives . The colloid of cellular protoplasm is also important . Life activities will be hindered

if this kind of colloid becomes, abnormal and cannot combine with

necessary water molecules which are the media for cellular metabolism . Senility will also arrive if cellular metabolism breaks

down due to lack of water. Therefore, water is rather significant to

life .

Water quality matters to life at the same time . Long-lived peo-

ple always dwell in places that boast of high water quality, minerals and trace elements favorable to cellular metabolism . On the contrary, people are likely to catch various illnesses in places notorious

for poor water quality . The ecobalance in many places has now been destroyed, and the water quality there is rather poor, which affects man's health . So water protection is a key to anti-senility . Water is a kind of Yin matter . It produces anions which are good for health . Man should not only drink water but "breathe" water as well . In other words, man should inhale a lot of anions by practising Qigong or deep breathing at the seaside or on the river-

side . This practice benefits cellular metabolism and prolongs life . It is reported that some former USSR scientists prolonged a mouse's life by 50% through raising it in an anion-rich environment .

Life is the form of protein's existence which is conditioned by water. 80% of man's body is water . Water functions as the media of matter exchange .

Water is called "fluid" in TCM . Wu Jintong, a doctor in the Qing Dynasty, said, "The preservation of body fluid is the preserva-

tion of man's life . " He greatly emphasized the significance of body

fluid . The TCM doctors have created many life-nourishing ways to

Chapter Twenty-five Book of Changes and Theory of Senility 381 preserve body fluid . Saliva-swallowing is an example . Saliva is composed of thin fluid and thick fluid ; it is closely related to the spleen and the kidneys . The kidney Qi will be powerful and abundant if saliva secretion is normal . The reason why saliva-swallowing pour-

be overburdened .

s ishes man's life and delays senility lies in the fact that saliva originates s from the kidneys . A record in an ancient book goes like this : a

Through tests, they have found a baby will adapt itself to nature more easily if it is born in water . All in all, water has a firm connection with life activities .

young lady became haggard and spiritless . Her doctor checked her body and decided it was not due to any emotional reasons . Later, he

found a lot of peeled watermelon seeds at the gate and realized that the illness resulted from a heavy loss of her saliva . Then he asked the errand-girl to soak the peels in water and let the lady drink the water . Finally her skin became smooth again , and she recovered . Another record says a man accidentally fell into a dry well . He swallowed his saliva all the time before someone came to his rescue . In this way he survived . These records manifest the strong influence on life activities of body fluids . Body fluid is divided into intracellular fluid and extracellular

fluid (blood and interstitial fluid) . The change of body fluid is detected by plasma whose reservoir is interstitial fluid . Through electrolytes, both intracellular fluid and extracellular fluid keep a certain physiological osmotic pressure so as to make the blood not too thick nor too thin . Therefore, one should take some water in the morning -arid at night to dilute the blood density and to hasten the discharge of body wastes . This is especially good for those who suffer from a high level of blood-lipids and cholesterol . Man's skin, respiration, nine orifices, urine and bowel movements consume a lot of water each day ; however, the bowels and the kidneys can make part of water recycle to keep body fluid in balance . There is no need to drink water excessively .- Otherwise, the heart and the kidneys will

Some scholars abroad now advocate child delivery in water . They believe the amniotic, fluid in the womb is just like a small sea . Man should be born in the sea since he has developed in the sea .

The discussion above suggests that the theories in Book of Changes are significant in directing the theory of senility . Especially the unification of motion and rest theory, the Taiji life clock theory and the reverse motion theory throw new light on senility, which has been one of the toughest challenges to human beings . (Translated by Shi Gengshan)

Chapter Twenty-six

Chapter Twenty-six Book of Changes and Acoustics Section 1 Essentials of Acoustic Information Sound, which is produced in the course of the motion of matter, is a kind of energy ; it is also a life signal . Everything in the physical world can produce energy in its motion, and when this energy is being released, sound is produced . Sound also represents the

extent of the motion of matter . The greater the extent, the louder the sound . All matter has the property of wave motion . Sound is the travelling of waves transmitted through the air from a source to the hearer . Sound waves are longitudinal waves, which, when in the air, can create frequency of sound waves in the human ears, ranging about 20-20,000Hz . Apart from frequency, sound waves have am-

plitude and wave length as well . As a matter of fact, the transmissiun of waves is the transmission of energy . That is, sound waves carry power with them . Generally speaking, the speed of sound waves is determined by the ratio of the intensity of pressure to the corresponding density . So

sound waves travel much faster through solids than through the air . That's why by lying down on the ground and listening to the rails

IJvuh of (oarnzes

and Acoustics

383

one can hear the coming of a train in advance . As sound waves travel the farthest in water and at a speed of 1, 411 meters per second, sonar takes soundings by means of refracted sound waves in water .

Since sound waves are refracted by any barrier they meet, they are employed in medicine to detect and locate diseases . Ultrasonic flaw detectors, for example, are widely used to detect tumors and the like . The stronger the barrier, the more intense the refracted sound waves . Moreover, sound waves can even form sound clouds and, when this occurs, wonderful refracted sound takes place . Particularly, when a great difference exists in the distribution of the

density of the atmosphere, sound waves and light waves are refracted and totally' reflected by the atmosphere,_ the synthesized result of which sometimes makes it possible for people to see sights or hear

sounds far away . These sights and sounds were recorded as mirages in ancient literature . Shen Kuo, a scientist of the Song Dynasty, wrote in his Notes on Meng Xi (Meng Xi BI Tan) , " Above the sea off Dengzhou ( today's eastern tip of Shandung Peninsula) cuuld be seen front time to time floating clouds, which looked like palaces,

towers, battlements, human figures, horses and carriages . These scenes came clearly into view and were called mirages," and "Ouyang Wenzhong was once sent on a diplomatic mission to Hes-

huo, the area north of the Yellow River . When he put up for the night at an inn in Gaotang County, he saw ghosts floating through the air . According to him, the contours of horses, carriages, huntau creatures, and animals could be easily distinguished . What was said sounds quite true, but the detailed description will be omitted . When he asked an aged native about this phenomenon, lie was told `such a thing also took place twenty years ago, during the daytime, the scene was equally distinctive' . " All this shows that sound can be

384

Book of`Chaanges a

Traditional

Chinese

Medicine

synthetically refracted . Equally intense is resonance, namely, the vibration of one intense sound wave of a turning fork leads to that of another .

In Zhuangzi ((l. T) ) , it is recorded that Lu J u once placed two twenty-five stringed plucked instruments of identical structure in a hall, and when he plucked the "gong" sound of one, he heard that of the other, though not plucked, and it produced the same sound . According to Yi Yuan written by Liu Jingshu (390--470A .

I) .) , a man in Sichuan Province once possessed a plate whose temperament was the same as that of the Big Bell located in front of the Luoyang Palace . When the Bell was struck, the plate produced sound as well . The same did riot happen after the plate was filed a little bit . All this illustrates the principle of "resonance" . "This is because, " said Gao Shaokui of the Tang Dynasty, "the plate and the bell had the same temperament . Hence the resonance . " In addition, Shen Kuo in his Note of Meng Xi says that if a human figure cut out of paper is placed on the string of a sevenstringed plucked instrument, the string will resound when another

string of the same tone sends out sound, arid as the resonance takes place, the paper figure will move up arid down . What he says proves once inure the resonant phenomenon of sound waves . (Liu Renlong Sturies of Physics , Science Publishing House, China) . Language is the product of the activity of the human brain, and

is also one of the forms of ideological activity, arid at the same time it is one of the means through which living bodies exchange information with one another . On the other hand, language also car-

ries arid transmits energy . Power-carrying language or incantation, in particular, transmits much greater energy . That explains why incantation has been widely applied iii Taoism, Buddhism and

Chapter Twenty-six

$ook of Changes

and

Acoustics

385

Qigong, and has been employed to get rid of evils, subdue devils, avoid disasters, prevent diseases and build up bodies . Incantation, therefore, deserves our thorough investigation and research (fur de-

tailed information, see Chapter Three) . Is there "cosmic language" in the universe? The so-called cosmic language is, in reality, a type of information exchange . In other words, cosmic language is sound information which could be understood through sensuous transmission . It is said that some people have had this kind of experience : a sound of some sort seems to govern their way of thinking . Indeed, if there exists a life of wisdom outside of the globe, it is possible that cosmic language also exists . At present, however, cosmic language is nothing inure than a hypothesis . Human beings are riot the only creatures that have language . All kinds of animals have their own special language . It is said that

Jesus was able to talk with birds arid some people can understand the language of elephants and dogs . . . . What is more, plants arid nun living creatures also have their own language . Though, in the case

of plants and non-living creatures, the language consists of uo more than vibrating waves, which are different from sound waves, it pray also be regarded as a kind of language signal . An experiment, fur example, was once done in a foreign country on cactuses . The peupie doing the experiment first connected a lie detector with a cactus grown in an indoor put, and then asked six men to enter, III turn, into the room where the cactus was kept . They had one of the men pull the cactus out of the pot and throw it onto the floor . After this had been done, they replanted the cactus in the pot and asked the six men to come into the room again, one at a time, arid to walk towards the cactus . This is what happened : when the mall who had

t3u

384

of Ch nga+ wµ1 Tru '

Ciuuese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-six

Bwk of Chunges and Acoustics

3tt7

the lie de pulled it out of the pot moved close to it, the indicator on . (Yu tector trembled, which suggested that the cactus was terrified

Book of Changes embodies profound linguistic meaning . '1'hc Eight Trigrams are the earliest linguistic inncantations, each of which

Hong, 1989, P183) .

(Creative) and Kun __ (Receptive), for example, are symbols of the boundless rev-

tion of matter, and both of them carry power . They bear great significance to the life activity of human bodies . But the mystery of

erence for heaven and earth, and so they are referred to as Parents . Treatise of Remarks on the Trigranms of Yi says, "Qian is the sky, the ruler and the father," and "Kurt, the earth and tile LnuLlivr" .

Boundless Universe, Chunqiu Publishing House,

To sum up, sound and language are both products of the mo-

power-carrying language-incantatiotr-has not been revealed up to

now, so the study and application of this kind of language will be of great value .

Section 2 Profound Meanings of Incantations in Book of Changes

By incantation is meant praying . h t tine Book of Later Hun Dy-- -W9O), a nasty : Biographyof Qiyi Liang fu WrtLTh t Fu put sentence goes like this, " It was in a very dry summer . . . ,

himself under the hot sun in the courtyard and said his incantations to be a kind of powervehemently . " Incantations could also be said carrying secret language, which was already popular in ancient China . For example, the five-character pithy formula-xi, a, ma, mi, . In ancient hung- was discovered in the Ma Wang Dui Hall Tombs China, Zhuyou (N.th )- prayers said fur the purpose of curing dis

Explaining Wards ((it eases- contained incantations in them . an ancient Chinese dictionary, explains that "to pray is to one's incantations" . Actually in act ancient book Thirteen chant

Categories of Zhuyou ((*11j+ = incantations .

4)) ,

there are a great number of

symbolizes the boundless power of nature . Qiau

Zhen _ is referred to as the Thunder ; Xun Us the Wind ; Li as the Sun (Brightness) ; Gen as the Mountain ; Kan - as the Water ; Dui = as the Swamp . lit a word, the Eight Trigrarts represent eight incantations .

Trigrams in Book of - Changes are incantations at the highest level and symbols of the earliest civilization . They are totally different from the incantations chanted by witches . Book of Changes first

appeared in the form of trigrarns, the interpretations being supple-

mented later by King Wen . The Ingrains are implicit incatntatiurns while the interpretations are explicit . The profound meanings ul the Eight Trigranrs are all embodied in the trigrauts and every Yin Yang movement of Nature such as that of water-fire, strung-weak, drywet, is represented in the eight incantations . Each of the sixty-four hexagrains is an incantation, and all of them are, in a sense, prayers . Just like Buddhist scriptures, the interpretations of these symbols have boundless implications . In Book of Changes, for example, "yuan (7C)", heng „ (f )" , "li (411 ) , " zhen ( ! )„ are used frequently in the interpretations of many hexagrams . These four characters, Ill reality, arc the grand-god incantations, having inn them the profound itnplications of noble prayers and corresponding to the "man-wu-e-nti-tunfo" of the Jingtu (pure land 7*f) Sect of Buddhists . Of the four

a

388

Hook of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

., characters, " yuan means great and originating and abyn ant ; heng", beautiful and successful and harmonious ; "then", upright . All this implies that everything is auspicious if "tile excellent capacity or Kurt matches the unlimited power of Qian and its comprehension is wide and its brightness great" . lit the 386 interpretations of the sixty-four hexagrams, the presence of these four characters means

auspicious

while the contraryy to them means "ominous" .

In Book of Changes, for example, the Bi (Union) says, "There is good fortune . But let the principle party intended in it, re-examine himself, as if by divination, whether his virtue be great, uttitttertnitting, and firm . If it be so, there will be no error" ; the Tai (Peace) says, "The little gone and the great come . It indicates that there will be good fortune, with progress and success" . These ex-

amples will suffice to show the noble implication of the incantations of Book of Changes . The incantations contained in Book of Changes are, in fact, auspicious prayers and epigrammatic wishes of a higher level which differ in nature front those said by a small number of witches, even though these witches make use of the interpretations

of trigrams taken from Book of Changes . Like the Eight Trigrauts, the Grand "Terminus (Taiji) Map, the He Map and Lao Writing are also forms of incantations . They are condensed incantations about the law of Yin Yang movement in Nature, and they also embody the profound implications of "yuang, heng, li, and zhen" . The four incantations -- yuan, heng, Ii, and

zherr- are noble spirits, which are found not only in all kinds of things, but also in human beings . Those who possess these divinatory incantations "have noble spirits in them and, therefore, evil spirits cast be kept off", demons and ghosts can be naturally frightened and cowered . That is the supernatural power of these incantations .

Chapter Twectty-six - PxA

of Chun s

and Acoustics

389

The aim of these four incantations is the same as that of the Buddhists' and Taoists', yet it is totally different from the vicious swearing of witches .

Section 3

Investigation intoSpecial Speech Sounds : Incantations, Cosmic Language and Qigong Language

Each speech sound carries with it a certain amount ui power Special speech sounds refer to the sounds produced under spei ial cit-

cusnstances, such as Qigong (a system of deep breathing exercises j , sub-consciousness and unconsciousness . These special sounds ale mostly power-carrying languages . By power-carrying languages a

meant the speech sounds whose energetic information goes beyond the ordinary range, or the speech sounds produced under special cir curnstances. The power carried by such speech sounds, especially those with life inforniatiorl Ill then,, is usually greater . Power-carry tug language consists of two categories : soulld language and souudless language . 'Tlie power of the soundless power c;trryittg lt .tig;uage

is even greater than that of the sound' language, h'uwcr marrying lair guage is the display of supernatural ability, and therefore, it can also be called supernatural language . Whether it be Qigung language, cosmic language or iucantalions, special speech sounds of any of these take place iii the state of `ittb cutlsCtuusttess . Utgolig language, t'u: ;tlt,t- language or ilitatlt ., stuns ;ate all power -carryllig languages :.ud they catty gleatel energy anti wore infortuattutr . `iiiici • sound wave,,, ifleui,elves tralisll,tt .,l,d

390

Btxak of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

transform energy and, what is more, the higher the frequency is, the greater the power will be, supernatural languages are employed to drive out devils, subdue monsters, eliminate disasters, prevent diseases and build up bodies . Although supernatural languages have

existed for thousands of years, the profound meanings in them still remain a mystery today . More investigation is still to be made .

I . Cosmic Language Cosmic language refers to the sound information coming from

outside the earth by means of sensuous transmission and interpretation . It is said that some people can hear a kind of sound which may govern their way of thinking and their actions . As there exist other

living beings or wisdom outside, the earth, it is possible that they could send forth sensuously transmitted sound waves to human be-

ings on earth . Thus it is not a mere assumption that human beings un the earth can receive such sound waves . It is true that cosmic language should nut be popularized, or mystified or made illusive or even employed to deceive people, fur cosmic language, after all, is

Chapter Twenty-six

kfuvk of Changes and Acoustics

391

an idea . Of these two, the former is a release of energy and its purpose is to direct strength, through concentration, to a part of the body and in doing this, to adjust the field of energy and balance the Qi state of the, body . This accounts for the fact that after sending

forth the sound, mostly low-frequency sound, one feels cutttfortable . Besides, spontaneous speech sounds are good for inducing favorable function of the body, and capable of enhancing human ody's synchronization and systematization . Soft and low -frequency speech sounds can also lead to a slight resonance of the human organs

and tissues and thus have a massutherapeutic effect un the internal organs . In a' word, Qigong incantations are mostly low-frequencyspeech sounds or secondary waves, which are similar in frequency to human organs (4-20Hz) . Saying incantations, therefore, gives rise to self-vibration of the human organs . (Liang Hongguaug, The

Function of Incantations to Human Body) .

The other kind of Qigong language refers to power -carrying speech sounds, especially those greater power-carrying speech

rare sound wave information and its source has so far remained a mystery . But as long as there are living beings of wisdom existing outside of the earth, the existence of cosmic language is not impossible . At present, however, it still remains a human inference . The

sounds sent forth by Qigong-possessing people under the sway of a highly concentrated idea . This sort of "power-carrying language" is

of cosmic language . ll . Qigong Language (Power-carrying language) Qigong language refers to the sort of language and speech sounds_ produced in the Qigong state . It falls into two categories :

the human body can converge and the energy of the universe can be assimilated . The power thus obtained is very great . This shows that human body, when in the state of sub-consciousness, is capable of

detection of a signal for help sent forth by living beings fifty thousand years ago contributes to proof of the possibility of the existence

one is speech sound made spontaneously in the state of sub-con-

sciousness and the other is the speech sound made under the sway of

characterized by, the concentration of an idea and the carriage of energy . The energy here is derived from the synthetic effect of biulugy, Qi, electricity, magnetism, waves and, in particular, life information . Under the sway of a highly concentrated idea, the energy of

shifting and transmitting its energy through sound waves . Because of this, a Qigong master is able to conduct his idea, sound and Qi to a certain spot of his body . Quite a few Qigong masters, when send-

392

BA f Changes and

Tra4itionul Chinese Medicine

or xi-a-hong", which has the effect of transmitting concentrated energy . The curative effect of such all energy, when transmitted from one person to another, is quite notable in the treatment of a disease . Besides Qigong masters, other kinds of doctors such as those using acupuncture therapy and ing forth

power, utter "ha-hei-hung"

massotherapy can also make use of the power and power-carrying speech sounds . If they can at the same tittle, while treating patients with the methods of their own field, pass by hand or needle the con-

centrated energy to the patients, the patients will surely "obtain energy" sooner and the curative effect will certainly be enhanced . Power-carrying language, therefore, is a very promising kind of

sound energy yet to be developed . f)ifferertt frequencies in power-carrying sounds have different effects of the body . ..yi iur instance, has low frequency, but a high pitch, and so it brings Qi upward to the point between the of brows . 'thus it helps to stiutulate the brain and broaden the way thinking . "ha --- ", for another example, has all intermediate frequency and a high sound volume . It brings Qi to the chest, or to the pit of tie stomach, making the heart and lungs more energetic and the

Chapter

Twenty-six

Bunk

of Changes

and Acoustics

393

up as follows : i . The power-carrying speech sounds sent forth repeatedly by power-carrying persons usually have a low frequency and regular rhythms, so they are inclined to bring the consciousness of the puwer-receiving persons under induced control, and to set free their subconsciousness . This process contributes to stimulating human in-

stinct to adjust the life rhythm to cosmic resonance so that negen tropy will increase and the human bud y will develop towards systematization . This kind of treatment is particularlysuitable fur chronic ailments of maladjustment . ii . High-power-carrying sounds uttered by Qigong masters or persons with supernatural power are similar in nature to infrasonic sounds, and, accordingly, they carry greater sound energy . "these

sounds can intensify the life activity of lower receiver, and su can he used to treat special diseases . Infrasonic sounds refer to those whose frequency is below the sense of hearing, or, in other words, whose frequency ranges froth about 10- '` to 20 Hz . The advantage of infrasonic sounds is that they can be transmitted over a superlut g dis Lance . The lower the frequency of sound waves, the less the aulto

blood circulate more steely . then, has a low frequency attd the sound is heavy "tong -keep and vigorous . `l'ltus Ui will go downward to the pubic regi(n, . tg the liver and the kidneys lit good condition

sphere absorbs theme ; so when the infrasonic sound ( as low as 0 .1 Hz) waves are transmitted in air, they decrease the least . When sending forth powers, the human body cats produce very powerful infrasonic sounds, which can even penetrate many obstacles . As a result, the speech sound information of life, especially that carried

tnvestigatiort . l lie tunctiotrs ) power -carrying speeds sounds call be swtuued

"Taoist masters, carries life information which can bring about all uttusual effect on power receivers through reacting upon the tatter's life

In a word, power-carrying speech sounds are of great practical significance and they are the pith and marrow of Qigong cultivation . Power-carrying speech sounds, therefore, are extremely worthy of

in infrasonic sounds, can play a very important rule . iii . Special power-carrying language, uttered by strung powercarrying Qigong masters of many years' standing or by Buddhist or

394

-k3ouk of Changes and Traditional Chinese

information . The effect of soundless power-carrying language or soundless incantations is the greatest, because it carries life infornta-

tiort with the powerful energy of an idea . The most powerful cart save a human life . It was reported that in Brazilia, capital of

Chapter Twenty-six Book of Changes and Acoustics

Medicine

l3razil, there was a

girl baby with supernatural power . One month after she was born, she was able to cure diseases with her cries . Up to now, nearly a thousand patients are reported to have been cured by her of their dis-

395

rnation with them . They have nothing to do with divinities . W . Incantations

Incantation or 1)hahaul incantations irr Sarrskirt are said tv be the secret language of Buddha . Buddhists believe that it is "enrbracing all"

_(4I#), namely, it is embracing all merits and virtues and

boundless significance . Respectable Master Binzong said, "Irrcaruta

tions have mysterious and immeasurable power . Though usually beyond human comprehension, those who persist in chanting them pi

eases . Even scientists can not understand the whys and wherefores .

ously can naturally come to have inspiration, achieve wonderful vi

into crying when she was being baptized . Almost at the same time,

not only help one calm down, keep himself from disasters and

born in early January, 1989, the baby named Maria suddenly burst a young girl who had been suffering from infantile paralysis rose promptly to her feet

and walked straight towards Maria without the

support of walking sticks . An old lady, who was seated two rows before the young girl, recovered her eyesight after having suffered from glaucoma for quite some time . When word got out that Maria's cries could cure diseases, crowds of people carne to ask her for treatment of their illness . Ever since March, 1989, patients have come one after another . They say that after hearing the cries of Maria,

their diseases disappeared completely tile next day . -(Wu Shaoyun Fantastic Stories Around the World . Liaoning Publishing House,

fects and accomplish all unthinkable merits and virtues . They can

crimes, and increase wisdom, but can also help hire get rid of the worries of life or death, so as to attain Buddhahood . " (Master bin-

zong, Explanations of Heart Sutra of Banruuboluumiduv, Xingya: Printing Company, P165) . Incantations are also referred to as a true language or secret language . They are special powers held by Buddhists and Taoists . incarnations (or Marntra in Sanskrit) are the true language of the Secret Sect of Buddhism, true words and no nonsense . In Volume I of Ua Ri

f ing Situ

(U( b ~,5>~Il)) it is said that "True language, ur

Matntra ( Sanskrit), means true words, and neither absurd nor

1989, P16)

strange words . " Taoist' s pithy formulas and Muslim's hymns fall

tion transmitted as a form of sound energy, with which other forms

ken . Of these two, the latter is more powerful . It is believed

On the whole, power-carrying speech sounds are not only a form of energy, but also a kind of information, i . e . , life informaof energy cannot complete . Power-carrying speech sounds can be so mysterious mainly because

they

function as a form of energy, and

most important of all, because life information is brought into full play. Incantations, after all, are speech sounds that carry life infor-

into the category of incantations . Incantations are classified into two kinds : spoken and non-spu-

in

some religions that incantations can be used to subdue monsters,

eliminate disasters and make people live a happier and longer life .

Incantations, therefore, are power-carrying speech sounds of a high-

er and a stronger power, rather than merely sound waves . Just as

396

f

Chapter Twenty-six

I*rvk -of Changes and Traditional Giinese Medicine

professor Xie Huanzhang says, "Incantations have physical properties, being capable of producing infrasonic sound waves and thus increasing one's power . " Incantations, can be divided, in accordance with their functiurn, into two sorts : one that brings about harm and one that brings about benefit . Buddhists have incantations which are supposed to avoid disasters, increase happiness, strengthen power and subdue monsters . It is said that vicious incantations cal bring illness

13thjk yJ

Chunkes and Acoustics

397

tions and the implicit benefits of incantations are unexceptionally embodied in explicit sayings . " Buddhists believe that all divirtatury incantations are Buddha's secret words, the wonders of which can not be understood, and thus the secret of which cat, nut be interpreted or explained . lit a word, the incantations of Buddhists and Taoists, are primarily those uttered from the bottom of the heart, namely the prayers chanted fur the purpose of expressing internal 1piety . `hhuse

Tomb of Tutankainen (Wi ig -K I ), for example, there are

who say more incantations can "purify themselves of tile six routs of evil" so that they can enter into the state of Buddha or iuunurtality .

these written words : "Catastrophe befalls whoever dares to offend Pharaoh . " As a result, all the grave-diggers who tried to enter this

to the other shore . Take, fur examplt, the Bail run-lx .-ltau-nti-duu-

or even death upon human beings . At the entrance to the Imperial

tomb died without knowing why . Built Buddhists and Taoists lay emphasis on self-cultivation and incantatiurts, because this call help theist retreat quickly into a quiet state . The Taoist and Buddhist incantations are in fact secret sutras . The Jingtu Sect of Buddhism, for example, has a six-character pithy formula : nan-wu-e-nti-tuo-fu, which, after being chanted hundreds of thousands of times can lead from quantitative change to qualitative change . (July in this way could the desired result be produced . As to the relationship between sutras and incantations, the Xinjing (Heart Sutra) of the Buddhist Sutras explains that "Sutras and incantations

Saying prayers, therefore, is in fact the "boat" taken by Buddhists

xin-jing incantations, which includes four lines ur eip,htct n t'hiuc •sc words : jie-di, jie-di, bu-luu-song-jie-di, pu- it-suo-too he ((,o go across, go across to the other shore ; way all

11 .V luits~Vs

g"

to the other shore and quickly come to attain Buddhahood . ) " Ban-run-bo-luo-rni-duo- xin-jing "

consisting

tit

~,itly

2t1i)

words, is one of the most important and must respected sutras of China's Buddhism, which is the all-embracing book to deliver all liv ing creatures from torment so as to attain Buddhahuud . 't he eighteen words ill the end of the Xinjing are secret incantations and cantatiuris belong to a secret language . Buddha very often

Ill -

;,wade U2

not much difference between them . So explicit is implicit ; implicit

built explicit and implicit words . The secret of incantations among one of the five things which can not be interpreted .

is explicit ; Sutra is incantation ; incantation is sutra ; sutra is explicit incantation ; incantation is implicit sutra . Explicit sayings embody

Incantation, the Great Brightness Incantation, the Supreme mean

were originally the same thing . Either explicit or implicit, there is

the benefits of implicit incantations ; implicit incantations also explains the profound meanings of explicit sayings . Thus it is known that the profound meanings of all the sutras are included in incanta-

of

is

Ban-ruo-bo-luo-mi-duo incantations include the Great Divinity tation and the No-equal Incantation . It can make people recognize falsehood and attain Buddhahood . Buddhsits believe that "incantations, though, unintelligible, perform immeasurable wonders, and

398

E

13vok of Changes

and Traditional Chinese Medicine

the practitioner who chants them piously and whole-heartedly will by and by obtain spontaneous inspiration and wonderful effects, and accomplish unthinkable merits and virtues-on the one hand, they can help make him calm, eliminate evils, and enrich his wisdom ; on the other hand, they can also help him get rid of worries about life and death, so as to attain Buddhahood . "Divinatory incantations,

Chapter Twenty-six

Book of

Chunges and Acoustics

399

In addition, the Dinggi Song of Die tiariiwny in 1SWk of Changes ,( (AM IJ R')) is in fact an incantation fur the making

pills of immortality . Among it are the words : Yin is above, Yang goes down with hot fire at the beginning and end and soft fire in the middle . Then Yin fire is white . The pills of immortality made from lead call reach your seven Qiaus (e . g . ear, eye, nose, etc), thus

whose secret is unintelligible, function in the way in which a bugle works lit the artily . That is, when the order is given by the bugle,

strengthen your body . Cultivating your disposition piously can help you pay attention to a situation without distractions, thus you be-

presses the deep concern of Buddha and Bodhisattva for all living creatures . (Master Binzong . Explanations of Heart Sutra of 8an-

honesty . Concentrate on the things being done, then you become

everybody obeys it without any question, because it is the sound that works, not the interpretation . The eighteen-word incantation ex-

ruo-bo-luo-rni-duo Xingya Printing Company

P159171) .

For another example, in Buddhism, the Heart Incantation

come mild, and then you are safe . Be sure to come and go without going out of the door . Growing up, you deepen' your purity and yourself . Making

circulation of the original Qi in your body once every day requires hard work . Guard the Zhen Qi (true Qi) in your body and try to remain sober-minded since you have a lung way to go a

"Hall- wu-e-till- tuo-fo" of the jingtu Sect and the True Words "siu-lisiu-li-mu-he-siu-li-siu-li-siu-li-suo-pu-lie" (Meaning : Namas Sympa-

to the "quiet and secluded place" . If you achieve this goal, you call understand the truth of human life . Waking delight in doing so, you

thetic Bodhisattva Guanyin, please deliver all living creatures from torment) of the Jingkou Sect' are a show of piety towards Buddha

jing-jin, zhi-guan) carefully, determine the amount . Think hard,

and a prayer said for the purpose of rescuing all the living creatures, and so they differ in nature from the incantations of witches . Taoist incantations are mostly true words and pithy formulas .

call find the root, study the five elements (bu-shi, chi-jie, ren-ru,

no discussion, keep it at heart and do not tell others . Apart from all this, the divinatory incantations of the Buddhists and Taoists also include some incantations fur eliminating catastro-

The Taoist Neidan Gung (Internal Pills of Immortality Gong) true words, fur example, consists of a four-line poem :

plies, for increasing happiness, for subduing monsters, and fur strengthening power, etc . Here are ten minor incantations taken

Nut caring for oneself, nor the influence of others, Trying< to persuade you not to treat it as a common thing,

she, suo-xiang-nan, lreng-Ail-to-an, qie-qie, yie-si, yie-si, rnuu-

After seeing through the world affairs one becomes calm,

Then miraculous brightness will come to yourself .

Like the incantations of Buddhists, Taoist incantations are also noble prayers .

from the "big carriage" chanted to eliminate disasters and bring good luck : xiang-nio-San- mail- duo, Lint-tuo-nary, a-bu-luu-di, he-duomou-ru-fu-luo-ru-fu-lou, bo-luo-ru-fu-luo, bo-luo-ru-fu-luu, di-sezha, di-se-zha, se-zhi-li, se-zhi-li, suo-yi-tuo, suo-yi-tuo-span-dijia, shi-li-ye, and suo-fu-he .

00

i

Book

Divinatory incantation : San-miao-san-pu-too Nan--wu-sa-duo-nan F9 Tian

peer Twenty-six

of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Zhu,n Ti

J u-di-nan An

da-zhi-ta

zhe-li-zhu-11

Zhun-ti-suo-po-he-zhou Seven Buddha Mie Zui True Words : Li-po-li-po-di

Tuo-luo-ni-de Bi-li-ni-di

qiu-he-qiu-he-(ii ni-he-loo-di nio-he-jia-di sha-po-he

Zhen-ling-gian-di The Buddhist Leng-yan Incantation consists of as many as two thousand words ; the Great Sympathy Incantation, then, is composed of as many as eighty-four sentences, among which are the following

Nan-wu, he-luo-tan-na, duo-loo-ye-ye Nan-wu, a- li-ye, po-lu-jie-di, shuo-bo-luo-ye Pu-ti-sa-chui-po-ye, mo-he-sa-chui-po-ye Mo-he-jia-lu-ni-jia-ye, an, sa-shuo-luo-ja-ye, shu-tan-xie • • • When chanting the Great Sympathy Incantation, one should

fiat say "Guatt-shi-yin Bodhisattva, with one thousand hands, one thousand eyes, and one boundless, perfect, unobstructed, and extrentely sympathetic heart Tuo-luo-ui" once and then chant the In-

cantation three times, or five times, or seven times, or nine times, or forty-nine times, or as many as thousands of times . When the

chanting is over, one should say "Names Extremely Sympathetic Guan-shi-yin Bodhisattva" at least three times . One can chant, as one will, ten times, one hundred times, one thousand times, or ten thousand times . The Great Sympathy Incantation chanted by hundreds of thousands of Buddhists represents eighty-three Bud-

lurk of

Changes

and Acoustics

4U l

hisattvas . Buddhists hold that the Great Sympathy Incantation has the effect of bringing happiness, prolonging life, averting disasters and eliminating crimes . The secret Sect Incantation ; bearing the significance of cinbrac-

ing all stands for three Buddha,, : Buddha Da-bian zha,o, Buddha Wu•liaug-shou and Buddha A-jie . The attn, then, is to rely uu the

virtues and powers of the three Buddhas by calling theist from the bottom of the heart and to enter into the sound and unblocked scant as soon as possible . The six-character Great Brightness Incantation

of Bodhisattva Guan-shi-yin°an, nta, iii, ba, iii, hung----is also

meant as a prayer to Budhisattva Guan-shi-yin . The purpose is, situi ilarly, to have mutual affinity with the Bodhisattvo and Lu rely Oil the great virtues of the Bodhisattva

that obstaclr4 con b- i • t :, w .-d from the way and the Buddhist world of nirvana can be realized . TV sum up, every _incantation, whether GLCtht `iyinpuihy, su

Great brightness, or Zvngchi, is a pious prayer to all Bodhtsattv ;L and Buddha . Prayer-saying actually serves as a "big built" fur all

Buddhists to take in order to cross the sea of sufferings, and as the "big carriage" fur all Buddhists to lake on their way Lu the nirvana of Buddhism .

to

Zhoyou (treating diseases by praying) and lucatttatious . Zhu, in ancient times, was used to refer to wizards . According Zhuuli C{tunguan,

the

Head

Zhu took charge of the words of six

kinds of Zhu . Zhu also meant incantation . In (N)

is written as

Zhou

Jiyun ((

(OR) or Zhouzhou ( 66W )

A)) ,

Zhu

Ancient medicine originated front witchcraft, and accordingly,

in the process of medical development, medicine and witchcraft coexisted for quite a long period of time . Zhoyou is a branch of learning embodying both witchcraft and medical skills . TCM mainly dc-

402

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-six

.Book of Changes and Acoustics

403

veloped the aspect of the psychology of Zhuyou . Just as the

cantationns . Termed as Zhuyou, Zhuujin, Shujitt, Jinke, etc, Zhuy-

Emperor's Canon of Medicine says,

ou was the continuation of the co-existence of witchcraft and medical

" Huang Di asked,

' I've

learned that in ancient times, people treated diseases by shifting the

skill . In Shanhaijing, records are found about witch doctors . It

ed diseases only by Zhuyou . Nowadays, however, people treat in-

doctors: wuxian, wuji, wupan, wupeng, wugu, wuzhen, wuli,

needles, but only some are cured while others are not . Why'?' Qibo

where hundreds of medicinal herbs grow (La Huang Xi Jinx ?~ ) . In Xuan yuan Beiji Medical Zhuyuu Thirteen 11run}cches

energy and changing the Qi of the body . In other words, they treatternal diseases by using medicine and external diseases by using stone replied, Ancient people lived among birds and beasts .

They

acted to

says, for instance, that on Mount Ling, there are ten kinds of witch wudi, wuxie, and wuluo . They .climb up and down this mountain

((ft

heat . They did not have family dependents to support nor officials to obey . It was a calm and peaceful world, arid evils did not get deep

Archean Era passed down thirteen branches of medical Study, one of

stone needles, external diseases . That is the reason why people

eases of men and women, adults and children . Diseases which could

inside . Therefore, medicine could not cure internal diseases, and

b* iL L

t kl1 f = '~ ) , it says that our lurefatlters in the

do away with coldness and lived in caves to shelter themselves from

which is Zhuyou, Zhuyou refers to what has been passed down secretly in the Xuanyuan family for the treatment of all kinds of dis-

could cure disease by shifting the energy and saying the Zhuyou .

not be cured with medicine or acupuncture alone were treated at the

Today's world is different : worries stay inside while hardships and

same time with Zhuyou, which proved to be effective and capable of

sufferings hurt the outside . At tile same time, people are living out

driving out evils and subduing demons . It was called Zhuyou (liter

of harmony with the four seasons and going against heat and cold .

ally Zhu means "pray" and You means . . reason") because patients

Cold wind blows very often and evils come day and night . Inside,

said their prayers to heaven and told the reasons tar their diseases .

the organs and marrow are ill ; outside, the apertures and skin are

All this shows that another reason for the development of Zhuyou

hurt, so ailments will become worse and serious diseases will lead to

was that it was used in the form of prayers and incantations for the

death . As a result, Zhuyou can no longer cure them ." All this clearly shows that Zhuyou is a spiritual and psychological therapy . The

treatment of diseases .

fact is that ancient people "did not have family dependents to sup-

ter, ink, characters and paintings . People with great power were

port nor officials to obey . It was a calm and peaceful world, and evils did not get deep inside . . . , so people could cure disease by shifttug the . energy and saying the Zhuyou", but today, "worries stay inside

and Zhuyou can no longer cure them" proves that though

Zhuyou is a, psychotherapy ; it has limited effect on patients .

Among the ancient people, Zhuyou was used as prayers and in

In ancient China, Zhuyou included incantations chanted to waable to pass information through water, ink, characters acid paintings, and thus create special effects . At present, experiments have been done on animals to study the effect of information Water, and it has been found that Inlornta tion Water, when drunk by small mice, can increase their immunity from disease . The Qigong Scientific Research and Cooperation

4Q4

4

I3ggk of Changes

and Traditivrurl Chinese Medicine

Chapter ;Twen

Group of Qinghua University, Beijing, has made an analysis of the

components of the water after Yan Xin, a Qigong master, sent off power to it, and have discovered that it has changed into a new Matter, the structure of the water having greatly changed . This study

shows that Qi information can be passed over a long distance not only through the air, but also through liquids and solids . Thus, just

like Buddhists' explanation of the effect of "pure water", people can obtain, to a more or less different extent, information as long as they drink "Information Water" or touch an "Information Substance" . This shows that there exists the possibility of obtaining information, either directly or indirectly, and so it necessitates further

y-six

l3vu& of Gusages and Acoustics

405

helps the breath to go up and down, the epiglottis is the door to let the sound out ; the lips are the fans to blow the sound out ; the tongue is the key to speech sound . . . . The Eight trigrants of Book of Changes are the first to utentiott 11

the five notes of the ancient Chinese five - tone scale : jue, zhi, gong, shang, and yu . Of the Eight Trigrants, Zhen (thunder, Exciting Power) and Xun (Gentle Penetration) represent the note "jue" or the high-frequency the note ; Li (the Clinging), the note "zhi Kun (Receptive, Resting In Firmness) and Geu (Mountain,

investigation into the ancient art of Zhuyou . Of course, Zhuyou

Arresting Movement), the note "gong", or low-frequency sound ; Qian (the Creative), the note "shang" ; and Kan (The Perilous Pit and Dui(Joy, Pleasure), the note "yu" . lit the Emperor's Canon of

should be separated froin picture symbols or incantation water,

Medicine, the five notes are matched one-to-oue with the five litter -

which are often used superstitiously to deceive people and are quite immoral and contrary to the principles of medical practice .

Section 4

nal organs (heart, liver, spleen, lungs and kidneys), and each note

stands as a symbol for one of the five organs, as is shuwtr in table 2b-1 . -

Speech Sound : Science

of Traditional Chinese Medicine

mong the inscriptions on bones or tortoise shells discovered in the If-I4, O Yin Ruins, for instance, are found such words as '"W-ft,

(the original three names of diseases recognized by the ancient doctors concerning illness in the throat, the ears and speech)" . The i=t

(C 4 : ttW))

written

in the 2nd century BC, expounds on the structure and organism of the sound-making aspect of the human body . It says, "the throat

the Five Notes of the Eight Trigratas CurresWud Lu the Five Internal' Organs

Trigratus

As early as the Shang Dynasty and Yin Dynasty, people in China were already conscious of the fact that sounds cause disease . A-

Spiritual Pivot : You Hui Wu Yan

'1'able 26-1

Five eletueuts Five testes Five iuteruat ur

cries

Five sounds Audiu Frequency

Zhen, Xun

Li

Ken, Geu

Qiait

Kent, bui

wad

fire

earth

utetal

w, to

jut

the --

liver song

~lung

acid

high

heart laugh high

and

sharp

9-119 strong ------- ---

yu

spleen

lung

kiduey

weep

cry

gruau

stressed

strung

and vuiced

and loud

luw -aid deep

a of Changes an¢ Traditional Chinese Medicine a book on TCM, attaches The Emperor's Canon of Medicine, great importance to the five notes . This book pays special attention to the relationship between the notes and the internal organs, and

notes matching the five internal puts forwards the theory of the five various diseases . organs, which is of great value to the diagnosis of associates the five In a word, the Emperor's (anon of Medicine notes with medical science and applies this to the explanation of pathology in TCM and to the diagnosis of diseases . The Emperor's . Canon of Medicine has made a great contribution to medical science I . Theoretical Basis of the Five Notes Matching the Five Internal Organs

Chapter Twenty-six

4" of Changes and Acoustics

407

are all closely related to sound making . Abundant energy of the five solid organs, then, is the fundamental requirement fur the sound to

be normal . Just as ken Zhai Zhi Zhi Hang ((I_ : ini ft fftj fJ)) puts it, "As far as sound is concerned, the heart is the main force ; the ungs, the door ; and the kidneys, the root ." As to the meridians, those directly related to the larynx are the

lung meridian of hand-Taiyin, passing the larynx from the lungs across to the armpits ; the heart meridian of hand-Shaoyin, ascend-

ing to control the pharynx ; and the kidney meridian of footflowing past the larynx . In other words, the energy of the lungs, kidneys, heart and liver all pass directly through the larynx . Be

TCM holds that sound comes from the larynx, which is the Breath (Qi) is aperture and the focus for the charge of the lungs . the motive force of sound and the lungs are in charge of sending bring the forth the breath . The kidneys take it upon themselves to breath in . The breath, then, goes out through the larynx and is ma-

sides, the large intestine meridian of hand-Yangurirrg, the stomach

duced . That is why we say the lungs are the source of sound, while the kidneys are the rout of soured . Besides, the lungs are the source

1 :

nipulated by the teeth, the tongue and the lips, and sound is pro-

: Xieke, "Zhong Qi of Zhong Qi . According to Spiritual Pivot . " Sufficient gathers in the chest and goes out through the larynx

meridian of foot-Yaugnring, and the spleen meridian of foot-Taiyin all move closely by the larynx . Of the eight additional neeridiaus, the Ren meridian passes through the larynx, and the chong meridian

goes out of the larynx . The Ren meridian and Chung meridian meet at the larynx . Spiritual Pivot : Xie Qi Zung Fu Bing Xing (C k

says, "the energy, circulating through the

twelve passages and three hundred and sixty-five subsidiary chap

Zhong Qi, therefore, is the indispensable condition for sound mak-

reels, all go up to tile face and then out of the apertures . "lire vigorous Yang Qi ascends to the eyes while the other Qi goes to the ear . This shows that larynx is intimately related to the internal organs

ing . Apart from this, the spleen and the stomach are places from where Zhong Qi comes . Only when Zhong Qi ascends can sound be

hollow organ of sound, it is clear that sound is closely associated

produced . The liver, then, takes charge of release, and so it plays a

part in opening and closing the glottis . The heart controls the flow

of blood . When blood and Qi flow smoothly, the lungs (the storing room for sound) are nourished by the flowing blood and then sound can be produced . As can be seen from all this, the five solid organs

and meridians of the human body . As the larynx is the important with the internal organs and meridians .

. Clinical Significance of Five Notes Corresponding With

Five Internal Organs

i . Diagnosing Disease by Judging tile Strength of the Internal Organs through Sound

40

B,.A of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-six

],*AA of Changes and Acoustics

Sound is the signal sent out by the five solid organs . The change of sound, then, is one of the important symptoms of disease . to Just as trouble in a working machine can be examined by listening the sound it emits, so the f rotilem of a stun an body can be found in

sound appears feeble is that Zhong Qi is troubled by uuhealtly euvi ronnnental influences . " On the whole, once the internal org :u~s have gone' wrong, the pathological irrforrrration is carried- Out 1' .v . . ,and .

vance messages about the strength and weakness of the internal organs. Oerrerally speaking, a vigorous sound shows the strength of

when the sound is high, the patient has trouble with his heart ; when the soured is gloomy, the patient has trouble with his liver

accordance with a change of sound ., A change in volume, length and tempo of sound gives in ad-

them while a feeble sound shows his weakness . Just as Plain Ques; says, "the ((al tions : Mai Yau Jing Wei Luis fact that one speaks feebly and repeats oneself all day long shows

that one is losing Qi (energy) . " In view of this, when one speaks feebly and often repeats oneself, that is the mark of the loss of energy, especially, the weakness of the kidneys . As the kidneys are the original source of sound, when the kidneys are weak, 'the energy can . oneself nut be shot upward and one speaks feebly and repeats Besides, sound reflects the condition of Zhong Qi, which devel-

ops from the heart acid lungs, accumulates in the chest and ascends to go out of the windpipe Zhong Qi, therefore, is intimately related sound and breath . When to the strength and weakness of speech, Zhong Qi is feeble, then speech is low and weak, and is difficult to successively produce . In clinical practice, for instance, low, weak and disjointed speech is very often considered as a warning of chest

disease, inc .uding what are termed in modern medicine as coronary heart disease and sequelae of rnyocarditis . So the saying is quite right that "the heart is the main force, and the lungs, the door ." The Emperor's Canon of Medicine has already recorded practical cases that can be diagnosed by means of sound . For example,

"The reason why Plain Questions : On Channels and Pulse says,

When the sound

is

slow, the patient has trouble with Ills spleen when the sound is heavy, the patient has trouble with his kidneys ; when the sound is rapid, the patient has trouble with his lungs ;

The change of sound reflects the physical conditiurr of the intuit.,) organs . Synopsis of Uulde,t Chamber : Pulse Cunjiiiom anal Ailig Fu Channels ( Ck df * ~t}g~f r ~{ tt~ t k i4)) says, "When

patient speaks quietly and likes crying out in alarrtr, lie has a disease • in the joints of bones . When he speaks incompletely in a husky voice, he has a disease in the heart . When he drawls ire a sharp voice, he has a disease in the head ." The Einperur's Cuitun ul Medicine says, "A patient who has trouble with his gallbladder sighs a lot . " "These quotations call prove that soured carries out pathulugicat information about the internal organs . ii . Clinical Significance of Irregular Sound to the lJiagtw.-.is (A Disease

When the uttered sound becomes hoarse after a long period of disease, it suggests that the energy of the internal organs has run t,, an end and that misfortunes will befall the patient, A seven -stringed plucked musical instrument will turn hoarse when the itratruutent is going to break . Similarly, when the internal organs are going to fail, their sound will be broken . The loss acrd damage of lung crier

gy, for example, will cause damage to the voice like broken guiIg that do not sound . Just as the Emperor's Canon of Medicine says, "A string gives forth a hoarse sound when it is going to break ; a tree

Chapter Twenty-six

loses its leaves when it is rotten ; a disease becomes a serious one

'when a person utters a vomiting sound," (Plain Questions : .Shi

fi : 'a$} *) ) . than Que, a famous physician in ancient China, saids, "if the five solid organs of a

Ming Quan Xing Lun ((

patient have run out of energy, arid concentration has been lost, the patient will die when his sound turns hoarse . " It is enough to show

that a hoarse voice, after a long_ period of disease, is indeed an ominous sign . Modern medicine holds that a hoarse voice is a signal of early stage cancer . For people over 40, including the aged, if a hoarse voice holds on successively for more than two weeks without obvious reasons, throat cancer may lie there hidden .

In addition, as the regular flow of energy is retarded, serious heart disease and kidney illness may lead to throat oedema, which,

in turn, may also cause a hoarse voice to appear . In a word, the occurrence of a hoarse voice reveals the seriousness of the disease and foretells the coming of misfortunes . Clinicians, therefore, must be vigilant . When nothing has gone wrong with the vocal chords, a strange voice is very often the symptom of endocrinopathy . If a than has a child's voice, pour function of several glands should be taken into

consideration . If a fully grow" man has a sharp, acute voice, it often suggests that the r,,all is suffering from cryptorchidism, hermaphrodite, congenitally underdeveloped testicles or orchitis . In

the case of a patient with the testicles removed, additional male hormones should be supplemented . When a woman speaks in a man's voice, she is said to be masculinized . In such a case, the woman should be considered to be suffering from congenital ovary underdevelopment, hermaphrodite, or

$vqk yf Ousnges' and Acoustics

411

other ovary diseases such as a tumor, tuberculosis arid inflammation, for these diseases can all result in low female hortttones . If, fur ex-

ample, the patient is receiving male hormones to treat a disease, she should take less or none at all to avoid being tnasculinized . iii . Diagnostic Value of Aphunia Aphonia can be classified into two kinds : Qiaubi and Neiduu . Qiaobi refers to a physically strong patient running a fever, etc : Neiduu refers to chronic' diseases marked by deficiency of vital energy . The former belongs to lung diseases, while the latter belongs to kidney deficiency . Kidneys are the urigianl source of sound while lungs are the outward sign .

Aphonia is significant in foretelling the trouble i" the lungs and the kidneys . Plain Questions : Mui he Plan says, "If a prrsumL first faints front Neiduu arid then becomes dumb, it is all because of kidney deficiency . " Neiduo aphonia is also called dumb, which oltett happens together with paralysis of the arms and the legs . S w el l a case is also called dumb-paralysis, a serious disease of kidney deficiency, or the primary symptoms of what are termed in modern medicine cerebral augioma, cerebral tumor, cerebral abscess, and nerve syphilis . In a word, aphonia from Neiduu is mostly an ominous signal of the exhaustion of the internal organs, which foretells the coming of misfortunes . As Intruductiun to Meduine says,

"With regard to the disorder of the internal organs, aphonia as a result of skin ulcers is incurable and when Yin and Yang have butt, been exhausted and speech has been lost because of aphonia, then, the patient will die in three days arid a half .

Qiaobi aphonia is mainly concerned with the lungs . The socalled "Solid Metal makes rtu sound" is usually caused by external factors . Just as Plain Questions : Qi Jiuu I3ian Da lure says, "lhtr

412

13uvk

of Changes ind Traditional Chinese Medicine

year, there was not enough fire, so coldness was prevalent . People fell ill •_ . and became terribly dumb . "

W . Diagnostic Significance of Nausea, Zhengsheng and Zhanyv (Delirious Speech) By nausea is meant hiccups . A patient suffering from a disease

for a long period of time is filled with horror at the occurrence of nausea in himself . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine has already

warned people, " wheii a disease has gone beyond cure, the patient usually nauseates ." Plain Questions : San bu Iiu Hou Lint also says, . "When a disease goes deep, into the internal organs, it foretells tike coming of misfortunes . It is also ominous that hiccups arise at tile extreme end of a sudden attack, with a high bodytemperature , *- : W) as its major symptom . " Spiritual Pivot : Re Bing ((A such a disease occurs, there are nine cases in which says that "when

acupuncture cannot be used . The first and foremost is the situation in which the patient has no perspiration and his cheeks turn red . If lie also nauseates, he will die . " besides, nausea also foretells the fatigue of the kidneys . If nausea, is caused by y kidney y deficiency, it is called "collapse nausea", which shows the ill omen of the deficiency of the original Qi . Col-

Chapter Twenty-six 4" of

thuuges and Al'UUStiCS

413

disease of the marrow of the backbone, rabies, tetanus- iit t infect ed toxemia .. If nausea occurs in the later stage of al hepatic cl .ula aril uraemia, it is much more onhinous . i . Diagnostic Significance of Zhengsheng

The occurrence of Zhengsheng has great diagnostic significance to mortal diseases . By Zhengsheng is meant the case of repeated, low and disjointed speech sounds which occur when the - patient's life is in danger and the patient himself is mentally deranged . Zhviwsheng is tike onliuuus sign of the weakness of tine inhcnu l orhaus . The Treatise ill Erugruuus Febrile lhseu .;es (Zhanlg Ii, Std ck :ritu

ry), for example, prints out Ill its Yari ining'I'i,ul that "d it hill) pens to a : physically strung patient, it belongs to delirious s1n •ech ;

but if the disease is marked by the deficiency of vital citeigy, it inttsi

be Zhengsheng . " lm other words, it points out tike nature of Zlit ng sheng .

Whether it occurs because of lack ul Yin ur lack ul Ycu ;t;, Zitengsheug is a dangerous and ulnilhous sign . 11 LhetkgsliruH, uc l ;r :> at a tithe when the hands and the feet are cold, the lace tcutk pal, tike patient is streaming with sweat, the breinlh is weak and ttl,

lapse nausea" is hard to control if not given tonics (Differential Di:. WO)) It is even more ominous agnosis Treatment (A iiE when it occurs after one has given birth to a child . Standard for 1)iagnusis and Treatinenlt ((jjEjf ft : 3W)%)) says, for instance,

pulse is feeble, then it is an onlinuus sign of lack of Yang . (ht ill, other hand, if it occurs wheel the face is moist, the 'Skirl t it I rrk •u and hot, the tongue is red, the patient is slhui t of tireutli alit pulse feels feeble, it is a dangerous sign of lack of Yin, ii . lliagnustic Significance of Zhanyu and Wangyati

"postpartum hiccups are am ominous sign . Modern medicine holds that hiccups are associated with the poisoning or inflammation of the central nervous system . Serious clini-

'lhanyu, ur delirious speech, occurs when one is deliriuus and has a thigh bully tcuiperature . 'l'hr kwo hundred and twea neap ladle iii the I catlie olt L .A'ug'aoio l'cbltic lJldt'tilt''9, hor eXatiltitc,

cal manifestations often occur such as cerebrites, meningitis, cere bral tumor, cerebral haemorrhage, cerebral thrombus, consumptive

"If both the Greater Yang and the Yaugnting are cilugitt by illness is the same Lillie, once the illness Ill the Greater Yautg is ov .v- , th: •r .-

414

.Buck

f

of Changes and Troditu,nal

Chinese -Medicine

appears sweat and high temperature and suffering from constipation with delirious speech, it is proper to give the Potent Purgative Decoction to make the patient release . " Delirious speech and Zhengsheng differ in that the former suggests a disease which happens to a physically strong patient,

while

the latter refers to a disease marked by the deficiency of vital energy . Both of them suggest the seriousness of the disease, yet the lat-

Chapter Twenty-seven Book of Changes and

Biological

ter is even more unfavorable . No matter what kind of Zhengsheng it is, either caused by lack of Yin or by lack of Yang, it indicates that the disease is getting worse . Wangyan or nonsense refers to the case when one's speech is

in-

discreet or in disorder . Being a symptom of insanity, it occurs unexpectedly in the mentally deranged or delirious state . Zhang Ski Yi Tung : Shen Zki Men ((5MlhA :

Section

1

Clocks

A General

Survey

of

Biological Clocks

t I'd)) says, "Insanity being

the case, one makes delirious, confused, or indiscreet speech . This is caused by phlegm blocking the pericardium so that the sufferer is

The terns biological clocks refers to the pile iiuttuenurt of the behavior of life cycles . Nature's rhythm exists III the universe and biu-

healthy environmental influence causing disease without the actual form, having the bad result of blocking as phlegm)

gradually formed during its course of evolution . The biological clock is a common phenomenon . The biological rhythm exists in every kind of life form no matter how poor and simple, how advanced and complicated they are . Even the utiicell,

distracted . This case is commonly called "phlegm blocking the heart" . ("phlegm" is a term commonly used in TCM, a kind of un-

In conclusion, Bouk of Changes and acoustics are closely related . It is especially worth mentioning that Book uf' Changes is the earliest source of incantations and prayers . If modern acoustics would like to findd out the key incantations, a study of proach .

to

Book of

the profound meanings of speech Changes would be an important ap-

logical clocks are one of nature's cyclical rhythms, which is a reflection of life's adaptability . It is also life's instinct which has been

the simplest form, has its cyclical behavior which is funned by its physical and chemical actions . Fur instance, plants bloom at a fixed time and change their colors with changes of time . Human beings' and mammals'

(Translated by Wang Yongxiang)

cyclical behavior is inure evident . I t can be clearly

seen when they feed, sleep, cry, migrate, and come into the oestrus and mating season . Circadian rhythms also exist in a human beings' body temperature, blood pressure, blood glucose, breath, pulse,

16

f

hormones, enzymes and it even in leukocytes .

cates that biological clocks are verse .

Chapter

Btxh of Changes and Trujitioruai Chinese Medicine

a

Thus,

the above indi-

common phenomenon of the

uni-

When man and animals are placed in constant darkness, the resuit proves that the circadian rhythm can be found easily, this indicating that the biological clock is the innate device which was formed for billions of years ago and can not be easily changed .

Section 2 Information of Periodic Rhythm Existing in the

Universe

Periodic rhythm exists in each object's motion . The motion of the macrocosm arid microcosm reflects nature's rhythm, such as the expansion and contraction of celestial bodies, and the circular motion of the planets .

We call find the daily rhythm, monthly rhythm and annual rhythm on the earth because of the movement of the celestial bodies

Twenty-seven

$txA of Changes and Biological Clucks 4 1 7

tation . The period of sunspots is I1 years, which proves that there is a periodic rhythm in the movement of the planets in the solar sys. The periodic rhythm is the astronomical background that inllu tem ences the biological clocks .

The periods in the universe can be both infinite and infinitesimal . The combinations of periods revolve without stop . The periods in the universe can be hundreds of billion years in length, such as the swelling and contraction of the universe . The period of the sera ton(rJ -{- ) is very short . The above shows that the periodic rhythm of the universe is all encompassing .

Section 3 The Formation Mechanism of the Biological Clock I . The Originating Mechanism of the Biological (:lock There are two originating mechanisms of the biological cluck . One is the genetic biological clock, the other is the irritable biolugical clock . rile genetic biological clock inherits the adaptability law of

the solar system . Annual rhythm refers to the seasonal variations through the year which happen during the earth's' revolution around

the environment through genes which weree f - rmted duringg life's billions of years of evolution . It is inherited by generations . It has a

the sun . Monthly rhythm refers to the changes of the phases of the nwort during its revolution around the sun . At present, scxne as • truriomers believe that the moon is not the satellite of the earth ; ore

changed. The irritable biological clock is acquired in the environntent and reflects life's adaptability .

in

the contrary, it's the tenth planet of the solar system and it also runs around the sun . The rncs .n and earth nicely run in a double-orbit Systetrt . However, changes in the phase:, of the atoun still exist dur ing the movement of the tnuun around the earth_ 'The daily rhythm refers to the circadian rhythm which is formed during the earth's to .

long and deep influence on the offsprings arid cannot be easily

Nowadays, biologists at Harvard University have found that the biological clock of human body lies in the superior area of the up tic chiasm . The pineal body secretes a kind of hormone named ntcla-

tonin . It controls the superior area the period of sleep and awakening

of

the optic chiasin and adjusts

4 18

ljyk of Changes and Traulitional Chinese Medicine

lI . The Formation Mechanism of the Biological Clock

The Formation of the biological Clock -Influenced by Nat

and Social Factors i . The Universal "Pulse" and the Biological Clock Man is constructed by the universe . Since he lives in it, man is closely related to the universe . The universe influences lives on the earth through various peri-

ods, such as seasons, day and night, the new moon and the full moon, etc . Lives oil the earth are influenced by the movement of the celestial bodies including gravity, magnetic forces, electric pow-

er, radiation and even pulses . No life can escape its influence . Life develops its adaptability in a harsh environment . It consistently adjusts its rhythm to the vile environment . All this proves that it is the universe that influences life's periodic rhythms . The human body's periods may be in step with the universal pulse . Moreover, the longer the period is, the farther the source of

the pulse and vice versa . The wave amplitude of the heart's throb and EEG frequency may be automatic or in step with a certain celestial body . Once the isolated heart starts, it palpitates on end . Thus, the source of life's period on earth may have something to do with

the "pulse" movement of a celestial body . Long ago, people in ancient China began to recognize biological clocks . Book of Changes ; written 3, 000 years ago, expounds on the

relationship between life and nature . For instance, The Great Treatise on Yi says, "The sun goes and the moon conies ; the moon goes and the sun comes ; - the sun and the moon have taken the place of each other, and their shining is the result . The cold goes and the heat comes ; . •• when a looper coils itself up, it straightens itself again ; when worms and snakes go into the state of hibernation, they

Chapter Twenty-seven

AAA 4 '0-149- -Id Biological Ci :ks 419

keep themselves alive- the sun and the croon continually emit their light ." The above shows that Book of Changes emphasizes the fact that the

and the moon greatly influence the earth . Nature is a big universe and human beings are a small one . The big and the small universe are in step with each other . The Emperor's Canon of Medicine expounds this theory . For itistatcce, Plain Questions : BuwMing Quan Xing Pian (( IA : V 6 ~k)f' sun

)) says, "Man is influenced by nature's rhythm . " Plain Q u e s -

IA : l i 111144 '" ~% ia)) says, "The vital energy of spring exists in the passages . The vital energy of summer exists in muscles . The vital energy of autumn exists in the skin and the vital energy of winter exists in the marrows . " That

tions : Si Slit Ci Ni Gong Lun ((

is nearly the annual rhythm . Spiritual Pivot : Sui Lu ((V ) ) says, " when the moon is full, the sea tide is at the flood . Then man's blood and energy are accumulated . The muscles are strong and the skin is delicate •. . . when the moon is new, the sea tide is on the ebb . Then man's blood and energy are deficient . Man's Protecting Qi is away . The body is empty . The muscles become feeble and the skin becomes wrinkled ." That is a monthly rhythm . Plain

Questions : Sheng Qi Tong Tian Lan (M-91 : tqA) )) says, "the vital energy rises in the morning, becomes vigorous at noun, becomes weak in the evening and then the inhaling and exhaling of

Qi can be stopped . This is nearly a circadian rhythm . In addition, the flow of vital energy ebbs and flows like the tide . That is the rhythm of the tide" (quoted from Spiritual Pivot : Nourishing Qi OJUK : #`0) . We can draw a conclusion from the fact that the

Emperor's Canon of Medicine greatly emphasizes the influence of the sun and the moon on the human body . It also indicates that the Emperor's Canon of Medicine written 2, 500 years ago, pays close

a 420

$wk of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

attention to the relationship between he astronomical background and the biological clock . lildeed, life oil earth is ill the same boat with the universe . Several dozen elements in the human body are closely related to na-

ture . Lives have existed in the same world for hundreds of millions of years . Can they not be influenced by the universe? ii . Social Psychology and the biological Clock Potentially, the biological clock is greatly influenced by psycho-

logical factors . The psychological clock means the rhythm of the biological clock formed under the influence of psychological factors . For instance, the menstrual period of a woman living in the same place will be gradually become synchronous . Some researchers have shown that hormones emitted by perspiration can influence each other . The

mechanismi is one in which the hormones are absorbed into the body by nasal mucosa and the ovaries are influenced by them . But we

should not underestimate the fact that psychological factors are potential factors influencing the periodic rhythm . The period of the daily lives of people living in the sarrte surroundings will be gradually become synchronous without being noticed .

'file biological cluck iri a human body is greatly influenced by social psychological factors . For instance, Spiritual Pivot : Wu Shi Yang (C : fit*)) says, "The human body can be divided into 28 constellations . Each constellation can also be divided into 56

parts . The vital energy circulates through 1, 800 parts altogether . The sun moves through the 28 constellations . The vital energy runs through 28 passages . The length of the passages is about 16 .8m,

and this is in accordance with the 28 constellations . " It also says, "'flit must proper frequency of breathing is 14, 500 times fur each 24 hours, which is much slower than that for modern people . The

Chapter Twenty-seven $vi 4 of Uurnges and

kMolugical

Clucks 421

universe breathes once every thousands of years . Thus, the speed of the movement of celestial bodies doesn't change greatly . But why is the daily breathing frequency of modern people higher than that of ancient people'? Mail has to speed up his breathing rhythm to adjust

himself to a world which develops fast and is full of corttpetitiot . . In this world, people have to work hard and the relationship between people is more complicated . Indeed, the breathing rhythm of people living in cities is much faster than that of those who have comfortable jobs, especially for those who take a mental and hard job, or work in certain important departments . This also tells us that the biological clock is influenced trot only by celestial bodies but also by social psychological factors .

Section 4

Taiji Clock and Its

Important Enlightenment

Periodic rhythm exists everywhere in nature, and it is in essence the rhythru of a the growth and decline of Taiji Yiti and Yang, whether it is the rhythm of a macrocosm or of a tnicrucosnt . Taiji, as the representative .of the growth and decline of Yin and Yang, is the foundation of the universal periodic rhythms, which are different only in length . Both the period when the universe expands and contracts and the rhythm of brain waves which are counted in milliseconds are based upon the growth and decline of Yin and Yang . Therefore, the biological clock is substantially a sort of Taiji clock . This is a universal law . (see figure 25-1) The periodic rhythm of all the things in the universe,

from lower forms to higher Ones, or front simple stages to complicated

422

t

k of Changes artd Truth

ww4

Chimm AoWicirw

stages, is the rhythm of the growth and decline of Taiji Yin and Yang . From a macrocosmic point of view, the cycle of universe's swelling and contraction, the moon's waxing and waning in the solar

system, the 11-year rhythm of solar flares, as well as the earth's revolution around the sun, are rhythms of the growth and decline of Yin and Yang ; from a microcosmic point of view, the cell molecules of a human body present the round-the-clock-vibration of cAMP and cGMP, which sets a material foundation for the growth and decline of human body's Yin and Yang . In the daytime the constancy of cAMP (positive) is larger than that of cGMP (negative) ; while at night the constancy of cGMP (negative) is larger than that of CAMP (positive) . The human body represents the changes in the growth aid decline of Yin and Yang .

Let's see some other examples . The cycle of one's state of mood presents, the cycle of excitement (positive) and restraint (negative) . Physical strength shows the cycle of exuberance and reduction, not to mention the intelligence cycle in which quickness (positive) and stagnancy (negative) arrive in turn . In fact, these are the period of growth and decline of Yin and Yang . Meanwhile the color changes in sonic aniirnals, the openingand folding up of flowers, the prosperin spring and falling in autumn of tree leaves, and some animals seeking food in the daytime while curling up to rest at night, are all similar examples . All these behaviors are cyclic ones and embody the ity

Taiji biological clock . Thus, we know that the foundation of all things' engendering of rhythm lies in the growth and decline of Yin and Yang, as well as Yin and Yang's alternation .

CChapter Twenty-seven

.d wk of Ckunges told $ivlugical Clucks 423

obviously represents this change . At the stage of post-menstruation female hormones increase gradually, so Yin grows . because Yin controls the static' state, and is sluggish, heavy and slow in tnnutio n, it makes one feels that their body is heavy and feels spiritless, whereas during the-pre-menstruation stage, female hormones de-

crease in the blood and progesterone rises up . Because Yang controls the dynamic state and is light and quick in motion, one usually feels that their body is light and he becomes agile and exciting . "These phenomena well illustrate that growth and decline and the alterna-tiun of Yin and Yang are the foundation of the biological cluck . All things' engendering rhythm root in the growth and decline of Yin arid Yang, The biological cluck is in essence the alternation of Yin and Yang . Therefore, the crux of the biological cluck lies In maintaining a certain cycle of growth and decline of Yin and Yang . The biological clock isable to work according to its own rhythm, but riot necessarily in step with the universe . The biological rhythm has been formed gradually as living beings adapting themselves to the grim environment during billions of years of evolution . In competition with nature, sonic living beings

adjust their biological rhythms in step with or .contrary to those of the celestial bodies in vide to survive, Let's take the suit for cxain pie . Most living beings' biological rhythm is in harmony with the

circadian rhythm which depends on the suit (caused by the rotation of the earth), i . e . they behave excitedly, move about and take food in the daytime, but turn laggard and sleep or rest at night . There

Yang controls the dynamic state while Yin dominates the static

still exist sonic creatures presenting a contrary rhythm, i . V . , they move around at night but sleep during the daytime . Animals such as

state; the biological clock is strictly influenced by the growth and decline of Yin and Yang . For instance, the female's biological clock

holds true for plants as well ; most plants bloom in the day tune and

cats, trice, owls, and mosquitoes belong to this category . This

Chapter Twenty-seven

B(xA of changes and Biological Clucks 425

fold at night with a most typical example being the - cordate telosma .

Antarctic Sea there spreads a-multicolored world : Sea anemones of all colors, all kinds of mosses, awfully-long alga, fishes and vertebrates reproduce prodigiously . All proves that not all living things

against the universe, it always is based on the growth and decline of

need sunlight . An American scholar's discovery of the acute position of the bi

A few plants do the opposite. For instance, bloomer tobacco always blooms at night . In a word, whether life's rhythm is in step with or Taiji Yin and Yang . In fact, all the biological rhythms do not necessarily accord with the universe . There is enough evidence to prove the existence of an automatic rhythm from within . For example, a cat often

ological clock in one's body shows there does exist an installation in one's body controlling the biological clock, and this show-, that living things may have automatic rhythm . Through' Lite lung period of

the human body, the viscera do not work in step with each other . For example, the liver works most laboriously at night ; it is busy in detoxifying and storing, while it rests at noon . Therefore, one had

the "pulse" of the universe on one hand, and oil the other hand, they have the automatic-rhythmed vibration . Nowadays, sonic scientists have abstracted (3-endorphin and anti-(3-endorphin front hiber-

sleeps soundly in the daytime and turns agile at night . Even within

evolution, living things have acquired the periodic rhythm fitting for

better riot take alcohol at lunch time in case it makes the liver over-

nating animals . The former is used to save and store up energy urging the animal to hibernate ; on the contrary, the latter is anti-hiber-

burdened . This shows that living things, have automatic rhythm . An ex-

perintent has been done to prove this conclusion . Some persons with approximate circadian rhythm were placed in constant darkness . At first they maintained their regular life, although there was no stimulation from light, for the circadian rhythm had been finalized

nating . This states there is a material foundation controlling the periodic rhythin within the body of living beings, thus makes the binlogical circle changeable . Living things can live on their own rhythiu but not necessarily in correspondence with the movement of the ce-

through the evolution of billions of years and was rooted deep in the body through the function of genes . It works according to its own

lestial bodies . lit brief, although the micro-universe has keen relationship with the universe, each one in it is an independent individual, and has its own biological rhythm .

have found many districts densely populated with living things at the

upon a certain circle of Yin and Yang's growth and decline . Therefore, human beings' biological clocks do not necessarily go along

vibration frequency . A French scholar, Michael, set himself in a lab separated froth light and found his daily rhythm was 25 hours . Apart from this, it is reported that recently American oceanologists sea bottom near Archipelago de Colon . On the seabed which is far from the surface there is no sunlight at all, but these living things do live luxuriantly . It is found from some pictures taken at the Antarctic Continent by a British scientist that beneath the ice-covered

The Taiji cluck theory indicates that living beings can choose the rhythm catering fur their own needs, whereas it must be based

with the earth's alternation of day and night . As we know, the earth is withstattdittg all radiation and gravity front the sun with an atmosphere layer (the ozonosphere, which is found starting to have

a leak above the Antarctic Continent, which gives all alarm to the

426

1

of change.,

and Trwiitiunal Oiinew. 1lwdieine

protection of the balance of nature) . The sun affects living things uu the earth greatly because it's near the earth and especially because it

is undergoing a climax, of second sunspots during the recent years . While at night when the earth is turning against the sun, it is sheltered from some radiation and other interference from the sun . As a

result, man's mood correspondingly calms down and becomes concentrated . Thus the efficiency of the mental work at night gets doubled . Actually, many significant decisions and discoveries are made late at night . During the night, when the bright moon is high in the sky, one will be very energetic, especially when there is a full moon .

This is because moonlight is the refraction of sunlight; it is suitable and much milder than the direct radiation of the sun . In hot summer, it is especially fit for us to work in moonlight . Nowadays, some foreign scholars emphasize that moonlight is more important to

human beings than sunlight, and they state if there were no moon's

attraction for the sea, which leads to the violent undulation and to the change in terrestrial gravity which causes powerful magnetic field resistance, innumerable living things would be killed by the

outer radiation . Therefore, to some degree, the mown is more significant than the sun to lives on the earth .

Apart from this, many of man's cycles root in the moon's cycle of wax and wane . For instance, the menstrual cycle is 28 days ; the mood cycle is also 28 days, intelligence and physical strength cycle

are separately 23 days and 33 days, which are all similar to the moon's cycle of wax and wane . What's more, must people's cycles coincide with it, which indicates the keen relationship between man and the moon .

Working at night greatly reduces not only the interference from

Chapter Twenty-seven 13rxak

of urges

and tMological (lucks 427

the social environment, but the unfavorable factors front the suit,

and thus achieves an effect that one Cannot get during the annoying daytime, but of course one needs some titre to get accustomed Lu the

new rhythm . After all, more than 95% of the people work vu the same rhythm which one should admit is really a big waste of space . Man has indeed the ability to abandon the circadian rhythm ub-

tained from genes . Some scholars have reached a conclusion from a test that the secretion of adrenucortical hormones of people who sleep at night reaches climax during 8-9a . in - and the trough at 2a . m . When they change to sleep in the daytime, the rhythm of hurmone secretion gets inverted very soon and life continues as usual .

This proves man has surprising adaptability . Enlightenment Obtained, From the Theory of Yin and Yang . Since Yin and Yang are growing and declining, as a whole, Yin and Yang are always in balance for an individual_ But the "S" curve of Taiji indicates that in each part of the whole, apart from some certain stages of identity of Yin and Yang, Yin and Yang are nut ideiitical fur must of thee time . One is of surplus while the other is of

deficit, which signifies the tidal form of the biological rhythin . That is to say, life vibrations present different wave amplitude and different cycles . From the picture of Taiji, we may see that except for the balanced state of Yin and Yang in the middle of the "S" curve any other spots of the line present different unidentical falls and rises : that is the wave amplitude of the Taiji clock which indicates the rhythm of the falls and rises of life vibrations . The "S" curve of Taiji cluck

is the steady state with no order, which indicates that the biological rhythm is not completely in step with the universe, but with its own

rhythm with no order .

428

i $ttk Qf Changes

and Traditional

Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-seven

&+(k of Chµnges and Biological CL n 429

Recently, a doctor at Harvard Medical School reported that they had observed the existence of a lot of rhythm with no order, and that only when death is imminent, one's cardiac rhythm sounds in unison which explains that there exists a steady state of rhythm with no order in one's brain and heart . Once the state is destroyed

and

the rhythm becomes regular, it will imply something abnormal . Therefore, they pointed out that to install a regulator for a person with heart diseases can bring greater danger to him . In addition, it has been confirmed by some scholars that the excitation cycle is 28 days, the intelligence cycle is 23 days and the physical strength cycle is 33 days .

In recent years, a former scientist in the Soviet Union put forth through experiments that time is a kind of substance, and all things in the universe consist of substance of time and time field . The sub-

stance of time emits a kind of particles, and the particles are transmitted like message media . A material's aging is in proportion to the time particles it receives . Besides, he believes that tithe can be regulated as we control temperature arid pressure . Thus the control of the rhythm of the biological time becomes possible .

'rile above illustrates that there is an automatic rhythm in living things arid all living beings have their own equipment to regulate the rhythm of life . The biological clock is substantially the Taiji clock .

Under the enlightenment obtained from Taiji Yin and Yang theory man's cognition of the biological clock must get transmission from the "realm of necessity" to the "realm of freedom" .

Section 5 The Application of the Taiji Clock I . Controlling the life-span Clock According to the Taiji clock theory of the growth and decline of Yin arid Yang, man's life-span clock experiences a very long cycle from the cradle to the tomb, and it's the biggest cycle of Yin and Yang's growth arid decline . The dialectical theory of Taiji Yin and Yang suggests that the former half of one's life is the period of the growth of Yang and the latter half is that of Yin . The growth of Yang is the beginning of life while the growth of Yin means the iin-

minence of aging . According to the theory that "extreme Yang begets Yin", the later extreme Yang appears, the later the growth of Yin arrives . This lays the foundation for the theory that the prolongation of the growing period may lead to the prolongation of life

span . If we could reduce the times of cell division and lengthen the cycle of cell division during one's growing period, we would be able to postpone the arrival of Yang climax . Feng Ingrain uj Yi says, " midday begets decline" . The sun at high noun is at Yang climax

which is the beginning of the decline . It holds true for a person in middle age-he is becoming old and feeble .

With the rapid development in biology, the time-controlling genes might be found among all biological genes . This would be applied to the regulation of the life-span clock . Could the cycle of cell division be prolonged, the maximum of life span would be cotrstarrtly rewritten . At the sane time, the cell division cycle of animals could

be controlled as well to speed up or prolong their growth, thus cater-

431

Oyo of Chum

wt4 'r

Chapter Twenty-seven JMk of Changes

C:Ai

tng to the needs of man .

In brief, the growth and decline of Yin and Y is the base of the periodic rhythm of nat ,4re . Therefore, the crµtt of the biological clock lies in the alternaticm of Yin and Yang's growth sad decline .

The clock is not necessarily in step with the cycle of seasons or of day arid night ; the autgniatic controlling system in living things should be put to full use . As a result, annual animal and plant growth could be shortened to be seasonal . We could also prolong their cycle of growth, turning them into biennial, ones or triennial ones. And it is not impossible for human beings to prolong the cycle of Yin and Yang's growth and decline to prolong man's life span . U Breaking the Circadian Rhythm

Since the biological clock is substantially the rhythm of Taiji, Yin and Yang's growth and decline, if only a certain rhythm of Yin

and Yang is set up, the usual circadian rhythm depending upon the sun can be rejected . The cAMP and cGMP (ribonucleic acid and deoxyribonucleic acid) in the cells of human body are separately positive and negative, and they affect human body's growth and decline

of Yin and Yang . If we could produce these two materials, we would be able to control the rhythm of Yin and Yang's falls and rises, which could either be applied to destroying the circadian rhythm or to time- therapeutics . Since man could prolong or shrten the cycle

of Yin and Yang's growth and decline, the efficiency of medicine would also be greatly improved, thus it's rather significant to timetherapeutics . Moreover, marl could make full useof all advantages at night, avoiding working together in the same small space in the daytime according to the same rhythm . In many places, man-controlled light has been used to alter the

and lbuiugi.al C&.

hythm of Yin and Yang's growth arid decline, of plants and anin,dla . If we are to advance the arrival of the cycle of Yang, we should Illu-

minate the things in advance ; if we are to prolong the cycle of Yang, we could lengthen the time of illumination . Nowadays, this has been widely used in the field of raising animals and plants . For instance, man prolongs the time of illumination in order to nuke

hens lay inure eggs . This states that it is significant to productionl to break the approximate circadian rhythm . 'rile Taiji clock indicates that Walk teriiporarily cannot migrate to other planets, but it is possible for us to live underground . Tu live underground will greatly reduce the injury from sunradiatiun . It is observed by some foreign scholars that when one is living in a cave, the biological clock slows down by half ; one continues working in

the cave for 20- 24 hours but he feels he has worked 8 --10 hours only ; after sleeping for 7 --14 hours, he feels that only 7 hours have passed . Living underground gives full play to plant's conscious stage

and makes it possible to shorten a noun's sleep, thus lengthening the effective life and making more room for plants . In brief, this holds great significance for the ecological balance of nature' and fur lives un earth .

Section 6 The Calculation of the Biological Clock .

Calculating since the Winter Solstice Man's biological clocks are various and yet there are some rules

they obey . Somebody's' cycle is in step with the moon's wax and wane ; others are sensitive to the 1st, 4th, 7th and 10th of the 12th

432

*0 of Changes and

Traditional Qhinere

Msdicine

Earthly Branches of the solar day and the seasons . Therefore, a special lunar calendar combined by the solar and lunar calendar should

be adopted to calculate one's biological clock because this calendar includes not only the yearly visual movement of the sun but that of the moon, through which we can be well aware of all the effects on

man's biological clock. The reason we calculate from the Winter Solstice lies in the fact that according to Taiji theory of the growth and decline of Yin and Yang, the Winter Solstice is the extreme of Yin and the beginning of Yang at the same time, i . e . , it is the beginning of a new year . First, we should count the days from the Winter Solstice to the day under research, and then have this number divided by 28, 2, and 33, the remainders' are the days within one's cycle of mood, of physical strength and of intelligence separately . In this way, we can learn in a day whether the person is in the peak period or in the trough period . Let's take March 12th, 1990 for an example . First, the number of days from Dec . 22nd, 1989 to Mar, 12th,

1990 is 80, then we divide 80 by 28, 23 and 33 separately and we get the reminders 24, 1t and 14, which are separately the exact

dates within one's cycles . Thus we can learn that one is at the uprising stage of mood from low tide, and at the turning stage of physical strength; and he is at the high tide of intelligence . (see figure 27I) . Between the stage of high tide and low tide there are critical

days or months, i . e. , there is always a period of transition from high tide to low tide no matter within a year, a month, or a day an during this period it is not suitable to perform operations or strongmedicine treatments . There is about 1/5 of one's life at the stage of transition according to some statistics . U . Calculating from One's Birth At one's birth, one's biological rhythm begins to work, there

Chapter Twe ty-seven ,

of Changes

and Biological clocks 433

fore we ought to count from his birth . The calculation can be divided into two steps as follows (on the solar calendar) A : First Counting up the Total Days One Has Experienced (the year under research-the year of birth) X 305 the number of leap years (the total number of years ; 4 ± (the date of birth till the date under research) . In this formula, when the date under research is bigger than the date of birth, we should use addition ; when the situation is to the contrary, subtraction should be employed .

B : Calculating the Remainder of Each Cycle

Divide the total number of days by 23 (physical strength cycle), 28 (mood cycle) and 33 (intelligence cycle), and compare the remainders to figure 27-1, then you will learn the state of biological clock in that day . e. g . 1 . To foretell someone's state of the biological cluck on June 9th, 1990(birth date : June 5th, 1989) . total number of days one has lived : 90 - 89 = I (total number of years) number of leap year is zero

I x 365 = 365

Because the date under research is bigger than that of birth, "addition" should be used 365 + (9'- 5) = 369 (total days) remainders in each cycle physical strength cycle : 369 23 = 1 (remainder) at the first day of the uprising stage

nwod cycle : 369 : 28= 5 (remainder) at uprising stage near to the high tide

Chapter Twenty-seven

of (hones and Biological Clucks 435

tractign should be y

365 - (5 - 1) = 361 (total' days) remainders in each cycle

physical strength cycle : 361= 23 =16 (remainder) at low tide mood cycle : 361 = 28 = 25 (remainder) at the uprising stage from the low tide intelligence cycle : 361 = 33 = 31 (remainder) at the uprising stage from the low tide

e. g_. 3 . To calculate one's state of the biological clock on Dec . 23rd, 1990 (birth date : Nov . 24th,-1946) . Total number of days one has lived 90 - 46 = 44 (total years)

44 x 365 =16060

16060 + 44/4 (leap years) =16071 Because the date under research is bigger that that of birth date, "addition"should be used :

16071 + (Dec . 23rd -- Nov. 24th) = 16071

Figure 27-1 : Illustration to the Numerical Value of the Peak Cycle of the Biological clock 05 high A low . intelligence cycle : 369 33=6 (remainder) at high tide e . g . 2 . To foretell someone's state of biological clock on June 1st, 1990 (birth date : June 5th, 1989) . total number of days one has lived 90 - 89 =1 (total number of years) number of leap year is zero

x 365 - 365

Because the date under research is smaller than that of birth, "sub-

days)

t

29 =,16100 (total

remainders in each cycle physical strength cycle : 16100 = 23=0 (remainder) at the critical day which is from high tide to the low mood cycle: 16100 28 = 24 (remainder) at uprising stage front low

tide intelligence cycle 16100 -: 33 = 26 (remainder) at uprising stage from low tide e . g . 4 . To calculate someone's state of the biological clock on Mar . 25th, 1990 (birth date : Apr.26th, 1958) . Total number of days one has lived

430-

urges and TradititaW Chinese Midicine

9Q - 5$ = 32 (total years) 32 X 365 = 11680 1168Q + 32/4 (leap years) =11688 Because the date under research is smaller that that of birth date, "subtraction" should be used : 116ts8 - (Apr . 26th - Mar . 25th) = 11688 - 31 = 11657 (total days) remainders in each cycle physical strength cycle : 11657 = 23 = 19 (remainder) at uprising stage from low tide mood cycle 11657 28 = 9 (remainder) , at the high tide intelligence cycle : 11657 33 = 8 (remainder) at the climax

-Some occasions should be noticed 1 . When the remainder is 0, it is on the critical day which is from high tide to the low . 2 . When the two low tides meet, it is a dangerous day . 3 . When three low tides meet, it is at the low tide of the bio-

logical clock . 4 . When three high tides meet, it is at a high tide period of one's biological clock .

T o master man's biological rhythm of mood, physical strength and intelligence ; to make full use of the stage at high tide and pay attention to the period at the low tide, especially, the critical day,

$u4 of Changes said l iuiugical Clocks 437 According to the cyclic theory of the growth and decline of Taiji Yin and Yang, midnight is the extreme of Yin and noon is the extreme of Yang . These two periods are at the two climaxes of the Taiji picture . During these periods, Yin and Yang go to the extremes, thus, the vital energy and blond become insufficient . Therefore, heart failure, renal failure, often get worsened at mid-

night because at that time Yin goes to the extreme and Yang is hard to reach, thus, the Yin syndrome becomes evident ; illness such as hypertension, vertigo, headache, nosebleed and sores get worsened at noon because Yang goes to the extreme and Yin is difficult to rise . Thus, Yin deficiency leading to hyperactivity of Yang is worsened . The morning and dawn are at the center of the Taiji picture, and Yin and Yang are at balance on the point . 1n the morning, the

growing Yang and the declining Yin are equal to each other . When a person's Yang is deficient, his Yang can not match with Yin thus illnesses caused by the Yang deficiency often show off, such as cockcrowing diarrhea . At dawn, the growing Yin is equal to the declining Yang, thus people with the Yin deficiency can not balance his Yin and Yang, Therefore, illnesses caused by the Yin deficiency such as tuberculosis often occurs at dawn . In addition, the five viscera belong separately to the categories of Yin and Yang . According to Plain Questiuns : Jin Gui Zhen You

dents .

the heart is the king of all viscera of Yin . Therefore heart-fire diseases usually occur at noon in summer ; while edema with impairment of the kidneys is often aggravated at midnight in winter .

nostics .

and man is especially sensitive to the anaphylactia as well as illness of the respiratory system . Therefore it is advantageous to diagnose the

can be of great significance in enhancing efficiency and avoiding acci-

Hi . The Application of Human Body's Perspective Clock There exists the clock phenomenon in one's sensitivity of his five viscera and surface tissue, which is of great importance to diag-

lun

Modern medical science holds that in one cycle of day, and night, the human body's ability to tolerate diseases is weak at night

4w4 T

Chapter Twenty-seven Soak of Changes and tfiological Clucks 439

06

anaphylactic . Some doctors have action at night to histamine ink by 60 % ov

'a re-

. the morn-

Since there is a difference in time bet eea one's sensitivity to medicine, the biological crack opens a vast vista for time therapeutics, For instance we can adroitly adjust the proportion of Yin and Yang to certain circumstances according to the law of Yin and Yang's growth and decline within a circle of a day and night . Be-

do with the biological clock rhythm and it represents the relationship between' the cycle of the occurrence of diseases and 'I'aiji Yin and Yang's growth And decline . For instance, Plain Questions : Jin Gut' Zhen Yan Lun says, "It is easy to suffer from the rhinallergosis and

apostaxis in spring, diseases in the sternocostal part in midsummer and diarrhea in late summer, the wind type malaria in autumn as well as numbness syncope in winter ." These seasonal diseases sub. stantially belong to biological clock pathology

sides, a prescription should cope with the functions and rhythm of n;tan's viscera . Since livers are mostly heavily burdened at night, medicine reinforcing livers could be taken before sleep ; and the heart

Moreover, many other diseases are cyclic, such as the periodic fever, cyclic hemorrhage, periodic diarrhea, periodic urticaria, etc . , even the increasing speed of cancer is cyclic . Therefore, giving

the heart should be taken during the daytime ; anti-cancer medicines are more efficient when used as the viscera tolerance to the anti toxicity are the strongest . After a whole night's rest a man's adretiocor-

Besides, in the field of eugenics, TCM emphasizes the state of sexual intercourse . It is significant for man and woman to enhance

is burdened the most in the daytime, therefore medicine toadying

tical hormones and adrenucortical steroids secrets the must vigorously

during 8-9a . in . and they help to improve the functions of man's viscera . Therefore during 9-11 a, in . when man is at high tide of his biological function, it is proper for us to give the strong medicines, anti-cancer medicines or perform operations, for man's endurance at

that time is strong, and the detoxifation ability of the kidneys is more powerful . In the human body, there is not only the physiological cycle but also the pathological rhythm on which the Emperor's Canon of Medicine holds many records . For example, Spiritual ,Pivot ; Shun

Qi : a Day Consists of Four Sections says, "Most of the diseases are in the daytime and serious at night . " Here it points out one's

illness changes on certain rhythms . In the field of phathogenesis, the occurrence of diseases has long been found to have something to

prescriptions and performing medical treatment to patients according to the rhythm of diseases can prove to be efficient .

their offspring's physique and intelligence if a wan or woman selects the best stage of the biological clock to have sex . Un the contrary,

the foetus formed on a critical day of a nian and wuntatt's biological clock cannot be an ideal one . To sum up all the above, $oak, of Changes is the guiding law to

the biological clock . It is especially worth noticing that the theory of

the growth and decline and alternation of Yin and Yang implied by the Map of Taiji sets theoretical foundations for the biological rhythm . The biological clock presents substantially the Taiji cluck

and it provides evidence for the existence of the biological rhythm from within . The theory of Taiji clock has opened up a broad area for the development of the biological clock . (Translated by Qin Yongsheug)

Chapter Twenty-eight the Law of Reverse Motiqu in :Book of Changes and the Life Science

Chapter Twenty-eight

The Law of Reverse Motion in Book off Changes and the Life Science

Section 1 The Law of Reverse Motion and the Law of Recapitulation As a principle, - things must have a reverse motion if they have a straightforward (positive) motion . These two kinds of motion form a cycle which exists both in the macroworld and in the microworld . Macroscopically speaking, a cosmic explosion has alternate swellings and contractions . Microscopically speaking, electrons have shuttle as usual undulate forms ; in genetics, genetic transcription is either . in 1975, H . (DNA-RNA) or in reverse motion (RNA---DNA) ; reverse transcription, and they Temin and R . Dulbecco discovered transcribed have proved that the genetic information of RNA can be principle of in reverse order . This discovery broke the traditional unilateral heredity (central principle) and won them the Nobel Prize . Therefore, reverse motion also in Medicine and Physiology in 1975

441

exists in the microworld in physics, there are attracting forces and repelling forces, matter and space, the magnetic force of the North Pole and that of the South Pole ; in chemistry, there are attraction and repulsion ; in mathematics, there are positive numbers and negative numbers, real numbers and imaginary numbers . As for other realms, there is positive matter and negative Matter, real motion

and imaginary motion, a fast universe and slow universe, real space dud imaginary space . All these are a unification of positive tttutiuu and reverse motion . Book of Changes pays special attention to the real and imaginary phenomena in the universe . It says, "Diminution and increase, overflowing and emptiness, - these take place in harmony with the conditions of the time . "( Tuan in Xun trigruni of Yi) . Due to the existence of positive motion and reverse motion, there must be the

motion of Yin and Yang or real matter and imaginary matter . "hl .e black-and-white fish in the Taiji Map actually symbolizes positive motion and reverse motion . The Eight Trigrams and the Hexagrams Exhibited Circularly and in a Square also have the half of black (real) arrangement and half of white (imaginary) arrangement . As the study of the reverse motion theory continued, the tmys-

tery of the black spot and white spot in the He Map and Luo Writing was finally decoded . The black spot and white spot in Luo Writing symbolize not only Yin and Yang but an imaginary number and a

Yang number as well . Except the five numbers at the center, the remaining two, four, six and eight are all imaginary numbers, while one, three, nine and seven are real numbers . In this way, there are real numbers in four directions, and there are imaginary numbers at four corners . The two kinds of numbers are half to half . This phenomenon is also true of the He Map . All this shows that positive

442

Chapter Twenty-eight the

Law of Reverse Motion in Book of Changes and the Life Science

8vk of Changes an4 Trrdisi noel CAi * Wicing

motion and reverse motion is a unification, a motion cycle . Rev rse motion presupposes and improves the positive motion . $oak of Changes discovered reverse motion and its significance

three thousand years ago . Tai trigrarn of Yi says, "There is no departure (of , evil men) so that they shall not return . " The Great Treatise on Yi says, "The sun goes and the moon comes ; the moon goes and the sun comes ; the cold goes and the heat comes ; the heat

goes and the cold comes . " In other words, things in motion must have two opposite directions . Then, does reverse motion mean retreat or repetition, since positive motion drives things forward? The answer is "No" . As another form of motion, reverse motion is also

progressive . Lwazi says, "Reverse motion is one of the principles for matter's motion ."The universe

is

divided

world of negative matter .

of positive matter and a Chuankang, a professor of geogra-

into a world

Chen

phy at Beijing University, has said the following : "There should be negative matter and positive matter in the universe . The positive

world is made up of positive protons and negative electrons . The

earth we live on at present belongs to the positive, world . The nega-

443

them . Man-and-alien contact will be possible only at the third stage

when the transforming equipment for the positive world and uegaLive world is invented . At present, the aliens are possibly at the sec c d stage ( Source : the Lift Sciences Jan, 223, 1990, Book uj

Changes and the Aliens) .

All in all, there should exist positive (real) matter and negative (imaginary) matter . Since man exists on earth as a form of positive matter, there may possibly exist other forms of life . For example, there may be life that takes the form of energy . In 1932, the American physicist Anderson unexpectedly dis-

covered positive electrons in the cosmic rays that carne from the outer space . After that, other scientists found negative protons and

negative, neutrons' in the decaying process of some elements . Negative neutrons spin rightward, which is opposite to the spinning direction of neutrons . This shows that the existence of negative particles and elements is possible . Therefore, the existence of negative nuclei, negative matter, negative man, and a negative world is also possible . However, negative matter will immediately bind with pos-

tive world is made up of negative protons and positive electrons . The collision between positive matter and negative matter will trigger an

itive matter as soon as it appears . It is hard for negative matter to exist on earth . Negative matter may possibly exist only in outer space because it can then be extremely far from positive matter .

undergo three stages . The first one was in ancient times when $ook

a negative world exists, because positive matter and negative matter

explosion and light radiation . " He proposes that aliens in outer space might come from the negative world . Man-and-alien contact might of Changes was completed . The aliens only invented the transparent

and solid equipment for isolation, i . e . , the "canopy-covered car"

from the UFO . At the second stage, the aliens have invented the

simple' membrane for isolation and can move about easily . At these two

stages, man

can

see the aliens but cannot keep in touch

with

This long distance will keep these two kinds of matter from binding to each other . But it is hard to locate any remote constellation where are electromagnetically repelled, they will gather in opposite directions with characteristics similar to those of the earth's magnetic field . As a result, negative matter could exist only in some extreme-

ly remote outer space . (Source: Mystery of Physics compiled by Yang Zongshu) .

444

$uAA

i

of Changes

aril Trwlitional Chic Medicine

In 1866 . Haeckel, a German biologist, put forth the law of recapitulation. He said, "an individual development is the short and quick recapitulation of its species' evolution . " Individual develop-

ment refers to the time from fertilization to maturity . (Source : General Bioecology) . In this sense, the law of recapitulation is the law of reverse motion . Life recapitulation is a reverse motion . Recapitulation is seem-

ingly retrogressive . Actually, life recapitulation obtains all the evolutionary information and drives development forward . A human fe-

tus develops into a man's form after having obtained all the evolutionary information which has accumulated over one billion and three hundred million years . Therefore, its reverse motion is active and progressive, and its aim is to develop what is useful and to discard what is useless within a short period of nine months . It pushes human evolution forward . This is the significance of the fetal reverse nttotton .

Section 2

The Reverse Motion of

Consciousness and its Significance The reverse motion of consciousness is an important part of the reverse motion of the body . It hastens the development of conscious-

ness, As for its significance, it can stimulate and call forth man's

sub-conscious, which has been long repressed . Evolution is a process

of fierce competition . "Natural selection" exists not only in the fatal struggles among various species, but also in the organs of an individ-

ual life, In the process of evolution, the subconscious controlled the brain's' function before language appeared . After that, consciousness

Law of Reverse Motion in and the Life Science

Chapter Twenty-eight the Buck

of Changes

445

has had a dominant place and the sub-conscious has been repressed . The reverse motion of consciousness can restimulate the funnctions of the sub-conscious and release its power . In this way, the brain can

perform its functions completely . The reverse motion of consciousness leads to the sub-conscious . Modern medical research has discovered that consciousness is coiltrolled by the left brain, and the sub-conscious is controlled by the

right brain . The reverse motion front consciousness to the sub-cunscious can restore many primitive functions of sub-consciousness, or

even further, the sixth sensory function . ' For example, a kind of unicellular animal called a paramecium is able to, dodge harm although it does not have a "brain Plants also have "feelings" although they do not have cerebral nerve cells .

The sub-conscious not only exists in the right brain but also it the 80% of unused brain cells in the left brain . These dormant cells must possess the information of the brain's primitive unusual functions . The mental state in Qigong practice is subconscious and call speed up the reverse motion of consciousness . b y practising Qigong, it is possible to restore a man's early or even primitive sub-conscious . Consciousness has been derived from the sub-conscious and then has repressed the sub-conscious at an advanced evolutionary stage . Therefore, Qigong is needed to repress consciousness and to release the functions of the sub-conscious .

That is the reason why

sonic

people have gradually developed unusual faculties it Qigong practine . The repression of consciousness and the activation of brain's functions under the subconscious Qigong state form the basis of man's unusual faculties . Objectively, man's unusual faculties really exist ; however, their scientific basis has not been fully illustrated due to the limita-

446

of Qta

ea

and Tradiaivnal phi

Lions of progress in science . At present, some important unusual faculties consist of moving things by meditation, relaying feelings and remote sensing . Due to consanguine ties, people who are twins, brothers, sisters, another

and daughter or father and son may possess certain information in their genes . At a time of emergency, this information will be relayed between one and another by strong meditative ideas . Remote sensing occurs this way . " It has been frequently reported both at home and abroad that persons even sensed a danger which one of

ha

T

ty-eight the law of Reveer-Mouu)u iii .;ha ( ors and the Life *tenc

447

velopment will leave certain marks of information on its species' evolution . At a certain time, these marks of information will reoccur through genetic codes . On the other hand, it has been proved that intelligence dwells in genetic codes arid can be passed down to later generations . Some monks will suddenly become wise and sage-like after many years' cultivation . This suggests, once again, that subconsciousness can be restored and opened besides, it is recorded that a dying wan can release his sub-cun-

scious . For example, an American, Torn Sawyer, has mastered all the knowledge of physics, especially, the knowledge of quantum

their consanguine ties was undertaking . In addition, any life must have its own gravitational circle according to the law of universal gravitation . Therefore, the informa-

mechanics after his rebirth in the fifth stage of death. (Source : Experience &jiire Death and Qigung Research quoted by Doug bill on

More frequent due to the close relationships . So at the time of an ent ergeucy', one's strong meditative ideas will send off the restored

the harmony between a dying man and cosmic circles . The discussion above shows that the active restoration of man's

tion exchange among couples, friends, neighbors and workmates is

Qigvng and Science April, 1990) . The so-called fifth stage refers to

information to connectthe information media of his blood ties . The restored information can also be relayed through dreams . Thus the reverse motion of consciousness is rather powerful . Since man can

sub-conscious by Qigong will help human wisdom develop faster.

the point the reverse motion of consciousness hits . III individual development, both mail's body and his consciousness recapitulate human evolution . Intelligence recapitulation takes

innocence, it means the impeccable consciousness of primitive liuman beings .

develop this power at the time of an emergency, man can also develup it at normal times through training . The brain's potency can be highly developed if those mysterious unused cells are opened . This is

place when the sub-conscious is opened . b y Qigong . For example, someone once spoke, in a kind of cosmic language which no modern

person could understand an ill-educated person suddenly mentioned some knowledge she had never learned ; others became thoroughly knowledgeable all of a sudden . On the one hand, each individual de-

ffaeckel only mentioned the law of physiological recapitulation . However, Laozi put forward the law of conscious recapitulation sev-

eral thousand years ago. This says, "Man should abandon evil desires and go back to his babyhood under mild and healthy meditation . " The return to babyhood does riot mean the return of childish

Man ' s education (from the primary school to niversity) is also a cultural recapitulation . It aims at future development on the basis

of obtaining man's previous achievements . The future progress after graduation cannot be made without going back, or without a reverse

motion of consciousness . Therefore, the individual retreat is just temporary ; it will push its species' evolution forward .

?oak of Granges a 1 Tra4itwnal (;Nines il4edicine

Just

like man's fetal development, Book of Changes recasts the evolution of ancient Chinese history . It absorbs the achievements at

various stages and discards what is undesirable . Book of Changes has done much in developing and reforming Chinese culture . It has laid important foundations of future progress in Chinese culture as well .

Chapter Twenty-eight the Law of Reverse Motion in B(AA of Changes and the Life Science

449

all the vertebrate animals such as the fish, mammals, and primates share consanguine ties . 'In this sense, man's ancestors should include the fish in the Devonian Period, the reptiles in the Permian Period . The birds in the Jurassic Period, the mammals in the Cretaceous Period, the monkeys in the Teritiary Period and the apes in the Qua-

The study of & .'ok of Changes is also a reverse motion in Chinese culture ., It will yield more fruitful discoveries .

ternary Period . This is evolutionary autoploidy . Analogy and autoploidy are evolutionary phenomena . As far as modern biology is concerned, homologous organs are similar in ori-

The Repression Releasing Effects on Homologous Organs Left by Reverse Motion

gin, structure and location, but different in form and function . The four limbs of the vertebrate animal may be an example . Analogous

Section 3

Human evolution covers a long history of three million years . The fetal' stage is a recapitulation of human evolution . It has been proved that man and one million five hundred thousand creatures on the earth have derived from the same ancestor . An ancient scholar once said, "All kinds of life have come from the sea'. (Now some people believe that the evolution from minerals to organic substance

is connected with the collision between the earth and other heavenly

bodies) . Human evolution has undergone many significant leaps, such as

organs are similar in function, but different in origin and structure . For example, the wings of birds are derived from their forefeet, the

wings of insects are derived from their sternal plates and one side of the lateral plates . Some organs are both homologous and analogous .

Human arms are similar to the forelegs of horses ; the wings of birds are similar to the wings of bats . ( Source : li olugical Evolution compiled by Li Nan) .

Autoploidy consists of evolutionary autoploidy and fetal autoploidy . Many homologous or analogous forms have degenerated in human evolution, For instance, human skin can be compared to the cell membranes of unicellular animals ; however, the respiratory and excretory functions of human skin are not as important as they are

the leap from minerals to organic substance, the leap front unicellu-

for the cell membranes of unicellular animals . Especially, the respi-

lar animals to multicellular animals and the leap from invertebrate animals to vertebrate animals . Man has experienced the procaryote

opment of the lungs .

stage, the gastrocoel stage, the vermiform stage, the notochord stage, the fish stage, the amphibious stage, the reptiles stage and the ape stage . This suggests man and all the other creatures share the same origin . Man's fetal development also proves that man and

ratory functions has greatly degenerated due to the advanced develFetal-breath Qigong is a kind of reverse motion to restore the skin's respiratory function . Its principles are to reduce lung respiration, to increase skin respiration, to open the numerous spiracles of the skin and finally to increase the body's respiration reserve . Thin

Chapter Twenty-eight the Law of Reverse Motion in $ovk of Changes and the Life Science kind of Qigong is one Qf the highlights of the Taoist cultivation . Deep breathing is needed in order to practise it well, Zhwtngzi:

Great Masters says, "Common people's breath only reaches the

throat, but the masters of fetal-breath Qigong can guide their breath o the lower Dantian, which is the gate of life ; then they adopt ab-

dominal breathing and guide the breath out of all the spiracles ; at this time, the breath from the nostrils is reduced so much that it is even unable to move a feather . Bao Pu Zi, written by Qe Hong, ham similar words . After long-time practice, one will exhale Qi from the spiracles with a comfortable feeling . A person will have mastered fetal-breath Qigong if he can meditatively guide Qi front the skin to

the lower Dantian and can guide Qi upward for exhalation through the skin . This mastery will give full play to the skin's respiratory

function at the unicellular stage and increase the body's respiration

e.

Therefore, Qigong is capable of stimulating and restoring man's

primitive unusual faculties including the sixth sensory function which has degenerated due to the brain's advanced development . This is a reverse motion from consciousness to sub-consciousness .

In human evolution, part of an organ's functions may have advanced development which represses and degenerates the remaining

functions of this organ . For example, man's consciousness has undergone a rapid development and has repressed man's subconscious-ness after language appeared ; the abdomen's functions have degener-

ated since the time when man gave up crawling and began to stand

on two legs . Furthermore, some people become pot-bellied as years . go by and are likely to catch many diseases due to abdominal degeneration . The skin's respiratory function has also been reduced because of the lungs' advanced development since the terrestrial stage

451

replaced the aquatic stage . These phenomena have resulted front the free competition in biological evolution . In conclusion, these degenerated functions are not useless, they are only repressed by evulutionary competition . Reverse motion just aims at releasing the long -

repressed functions man once had . The restoration of these functions will be important in making use of human potential, delaying senility and prolonging life .

Section 4

Theory

The Application of the

of Homologous Organs to Medical Science

Autoploidy consists of evolutionary autuploidy and fetal autoploidy . Homologous organs have resulted from the law of recapitulation and are united by ties of consanguinity . Human organs have originated from the triderm of the fetus .

The ties between the organs will be stronger if their origins are tuore similar . The fetal development is the recapitulation of biological evolu-

tion . Human genesis starts at the time of fertilization and undergoes a blastula stage, a gastrula stage and a triderm stage . Through these stages runs the evolution ;of vertebrate animals . Human triderni is composed of the entoderm, mesoderm and ectoderm, and all the other systems and organs will be derived form these three germinal layers . (Source : Human (;enesis) The autoploidy in the development of a human fetus is shown in illustration 28-1 .

Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

4$2

Illustration 28-1 The Pattern of Origin and Evolution from Triderm Entoderm Trachea, bronchus, lung epithelium Stomach

amid

intestine, liver, pancreas, bladder epithelium,

umbilicus urethra epithelium

Pharynx, thyroid gland, tympanic cavity, tympanic tube, ton -

sit parathyroid epithelium Mesoderm Head : skull, tooth, connective tissue, muscle Around the axis : truncal muscle, truncal skeleton, connective tissue, dermis Mescuneric part : urogenital system, genital gland, tubes and accessory gland Lateral plate : The connective tissue of internal organs The serous coat of pleural cavity, peritoneal cavity and pericardial cavity Blood and lymphocyte, heart, blood vessel, spleen Adrenal cortex, lymph system Ectoderm : Superfacial ectoderni : epiderm, hair, fingernail, dermal gland, mammary gland, lobus anterior hypophyseos, enamel, inner ear, lens Neural ectoderm : Neural crest : nteningeal neugoganglion Cranial nerves and spinal nerves Adrenal medulla Pigment cell

Chapter Twenty-eight the Law of Reverse Motion in Qugk Qf Changes and the Life Science Neural

453

tube : QNS (Cent"I nervous system) Retina Pineal body

Lobus posterior hypophyseos (Source : Canada K .1 . . Muir Human Genesis People's Hygiene Press . P52) Man's homologous organs are different both in form an iit func-tion ; however, they still share special ties of consanguinity and hid-

den pathological relations . Therefore, the theory of homologous organs is valuable in tracing hidden diseases and then making all early diagnosis . Biological evolution is going all the time . A fetus' develupmtent is a recapitulation of its species' evolution . This was called the bit, genetic law or the recapitulation theory by Gentian biologist t lueckei, Recapitulation actually' refers to a higher-leveled repetition cacti time a new generation develops . Fetal autupluidy has provided is mew

theoretical basis for the relations between human organs . Meanwhile, it enriches the TCM theory of the viscera and drives Lite TCM study forward . 1 . The pathological significance of the autopluidy between the adrenal and the gonad rite adrenal and gonad are homologous organs at the fetal

stage . Both of them originate front the mesoderm and share a coii sanguine tie . They complement ; each other physiologically . FFor ex-

ample, both of them secrete sexuall hormones and share a pathological cause-and-effect connection . In clinical practice, the secretion of sexual hormones will decrease if Addison's disease occurs, and

it

will

increase if Cushing's disease takes place . Ensuingly, renal endocrine irregulation is triggered by a metabolic disorder of the gonad . There

454-

k qj`' Changes and Trgditivnal Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-eight the Law of Reverse Motion in &pk of Clianges and the Life Science

455

fore, some hidden disease may possibly exist between the adrenal

release neurohormones to influence' the pituitary . In this way, en-

and the gonad . U . The pathological significance of the autoploidy between the

docrine regulation is achieved . On the other hand, endocrine regulation influences the nervous system as well . "There is a cause-and-ef-

skin, lungs and hair According to biological evolution, the lungs, skin and hair are homologous and analogous at the stage of the unicellular animals who are the ancestors of invertebrate animals . For instance, the protozoa respire through their body surfaces . The lungs' respiration begins to dominate when the reptile stage replaces the amphibious stage . Meanwhile, the skin retreats to a complementary position . TCM has already noticed that the lungs are specially related to the skirt

and hair . It says, "The lungss correspond to the skin and hair, they will surely beaffected if the skin and hair catch some cold evils . " Clinically,, the lung s may be endangered by a latent malignant tumor if the skin suffers from itches, acanthosis nigricans or dermato myositis .

U1 . The pathological significance of the autoploidy between the endocrine system and the nervous system

According to biological evolution, the endocrine system and the nervous system are hotnulogous . The nerve gland of an adult ascidi-

an can be regarded as the primitive structure of the pituitary . (Source : The Bud ~+y - Vertebrate Animals) . ; It suggests that the

consanguine ties between these systems can be traced back to invertebrate animals . Neurosecretion, the primitive cooperation of the two systems, is carried out by the substance secreted from the neu-

to-endocrine system . The hypothalamencephalon also controls the pituitary which is an important endocrine gland . The neuroendocrine cells in the hypothalamencephalon are capable of both nervous functions and endocrine functions . They can

fect connection between these two systems due to physiological cullsanguinity . The endocrine system will be in disorder if the iiervuus system loses its control ; and endocrine disorder will cause nerve

problems at the same time . For example, a change in the endocrine system during one's adolescence or menopause is most likely to cause psychosis . Therefore, the two systems are pathologically connected by ties of consanguinity . IV . The pathological significance of the autopluidy between the meridian system and the nervous system

The meridian system contributes a special part to TCM . A twothousand-year practice in China has proved that the meridian system

has a conducting function although it is not involved in biological evolution. According to TCM, it connects the viscera and limbs by serving as a channel for energy circulation . The nervous system controls and regulates all the other systeu'is in the body . It plays a decisive role in accepting, transmitting, processing and restoring information . It is derived from neurogangliuns in the ectoderm . At present, the genesis of the meridian system still

remains unproved; however, these two systems are similar in structure and function . They are possibly homologous on the basis of evolutionary autoploidy . From the viewpoint of structural theory, it can be concluded that the meridian system and neuroganglions are ho-

mologous at the fetal stage before differentiation takes place . As far as function is concerned, the meridian system is also conductive and complements the nervous system . They also influence each other pathologically . For instance, the meridian system will be slow

to

450

Owk of tt .lutnger and Traditieral Chinas Medicine

stimulation if the nervous system goes wrong ; on the contrary, the response of the meridian system also foretells the performance of the

nervous system, This is the possible autoploidy between these two systems . V The pathological significance of the autoploidy between the mammary gland and the sweat gland

The mammary gland has been derived from the sweat gland, In a sense, it is a special sweat gland . Both of them originate from the ectoderm at the fetal stage and share a consanguine tie . Ira clinical practice, the skin and rnatnnnary cancer are pathologically related . A

woman will be possibly threatened with mammary cancer if she suf fers repeated itches in the skin, skin rash, herpes zoster, acanthosis nigricans, dermatomyositis or peripheral neuritis, According to the autoploidy between these two systems, an early mammary abcess can be cured by Ephedra Decoction, which is capable of inducing di-

aphoresis ; and a mammary abcess with sweating due to debility can be cured by Cinnamon Lecuction . All this suggests that their auto ploidy has a theoretical value in clinical practice . VI The pathological significance of the autoploidy between the bones and the kidneys Both the bones and the kidneys are homologous in genesis .

They originate from the ectoderm of the fetus . Therefore, they are biologically and pathologically related . The "1CM doctrine of viscerastate greatly emphasizes this relation . It says, "The bones depend on the kidneys, bone marrow generates from the kidneys .

In clinical practice, bone diseases are often cured from the kidneys ; whether the bones are strong or not foretells the kidney condition . Plain Questions : On the Ancient Truth says, "At the age of twenty -eight,

a woman . boasts of sturdy bones, long hair and good

Chapter Twenty-eight the Law of Reverse Motion in Book of Changes and the Life Science

457

health. At the age of sixty-four, a than suffers white hair, overweight, unsteady footsteps and sterility. This is because his bones have gone loose and his sexual hormones have been drained up . W . The pathological significance of the autoploidy between the reproductive system and the urinary system These two systems are homologous and originate from the

mesoderm of the fetus . Apart from the gonad and the adrenal, both of which secrete steroid hormones, Bartholirr's gland and Cowper's gland are also homologous . Furthermore, the anatomic sites of these two glands are much tuser, w hich tightens their relations . I'herefore, they share a cause-and-effect relationship . For instance, a per-

son who suffers vestibulitis often suffers impotence and sterility as well. On the other hand, infection, in the urinary system always leads to vestibulitis .

1' . The pathological significance of the autoploidy between the blood and lymph fluids The evolution of the vascular system is a gradual process hum what is simple to what is complex . The earliest unicellular animal

completes its humoral transmission through cyclosis, and animals blood circulation has been derived from the open_ circulatory, system to the close circulatory system . In the earliest open circulatory system, the blood, lymph and tissue fluids are not separated . Therefore, the blood and body fluids are homologous and analogous at the

very beginning . This shows that the blood arid body fluid share ties of consanguinity at the primitive stage . This also proves the TCM proposition that the blood and body fluids are derived from the -same

source . The blood vessels and the lymphatic vessels are homologous at the fetal stage . They originate from the mesoderm . The vascular

458

t E3vok of CAanges and Traditional CAinese Medicine

'system is the first system that originates in the fetus, and the genesis of the lymphatic vessels occurs two weeks later . Besides, all the lymphocytes are derived from the hemapoietic stemcells in the vitelline . Now, another opinion holds that the earliest lymphatic vessels are derived from the capillaries of the venous endothelium .

(Source : Hunan Genesis . Canada . K . L. Muir, translated by He

Zeyong, P266 . People's Hygiene Press, 1982) . Therefore, there is a close tie of consanguinity between the vascular system and the lym-

phatic system . Biologically, lymph fluids cone from the tissue fluid in plasma, it enters the capillaries through the tissue fluid filtered from the capillaries and flows back to the veins by way of the lymphatic vessels . Lyrnphokinesis is a branch of the systemic circula-

tion . In this sense, the lymphatic system extends and complements the vascular, system ; it also keeps blood and interstitial fluid in balance apart from its defensive connection due to evolutionary consanguinity . For example, an obstruction of lymphatic return will cause hydrops-because it creates problems for blood circulation and systemic circulation . At the same time, if blood circulation goes wrong, lymphatic circulation and systemic circulation will be in disorder, and the dynamic equilibrium of body fluids will be out of control . As a result, marry illnesses may arise .

IX . The pathological significance of the autoploidy between the liver, stomach and intestines The liver of vertebrate animals is a large protuberance on the

surface of the alimentary canal . It has restoring and transforming functions. Therefore, it is homologous with the stomach and intestines in fetal genesis . All of them originate from the entoderm . TCM holds that the liver and spleen are not only mutually inhibiting but mutually generating as well . Pathologically, they have a cause-

Chapter Twenty-eight the Law Pf Reverse Motion in &xiuk of Changes' and the Life Science

459

and-effect connection. For instance, the spleen may be first affected by liver diseases . Synopsis of Prescriptions of the Golden Chamber says, "Liver diseases affect the spleen, therefore, the spleen should be first reinforced in order to cure liver diseases . " These words show the consanguine connection between the liver and the spleen .

X . The pathological significance of the autoploidy between the bladder and the lungs _ The bladder and lungs are homologous atthe fetal stage . Both of them originate from the mesoderm . According to biological evolution, the allantois has respiratory function in reptiles, birds, and even some mammals . The contractile vacuole of protozoa is the earliest excretory system . For example, the amoeba's contractile vacuoleis is capable of both respiration and excretion . This proves that the lungs and the kidneys are derived from the same source . 'I'hc

Emperor's Ganonof Medicine

also says, "The bladder is one of the

six Fu organs . It corresponds to the skin and the hair in function ." (Spiritual Pivot) . Therefore, the urinary system and tile respira-

tory system complement each other and share a consanguine connection . This accords with the TCM proposition that the kidneys are closely related to the functions of body fluid . "TCM holds that the lungs are the upper source of body fluid, and that the kidneys are the lower source of body fluid . The lower source will go dry if the upper source has no water . Thus they are closely related . The human urinary, system has lost

its respiratory

function, but

it still complements the lungs, skin and hair in the functions of body fluid . For instance, man's skin and hair still have respiratory and excretory functions, which copes with the urinary system harmoniously ; so the skin is an important complementary organ for tile lungs and kidneys . Pathologically, the skin influences the lungs and

46Q

13ouk of Cbsngea and Truditiwwl Chinese Medicine

the kidneys, and vice versa . This phenomenon is significant in discovering latent illnesses . On the basis of biological evolution, the analysis above shows

that human organs are characterized by fetal autoploidy as well as with evolutionary autoploidy and analogy . This consanguinity is im-

portant to clinical practice in TCM . In conclusion, the law of reverse motion stressed by Bvok of

Changes means a great deal to the science of human life . Especially, the reverse motion of consciousttess is the reacting force of the mo-

tion of water ; it may greatly activate and release man's long-repressed sub-conscious . (Translated by Zhang Shanglian)

Chapter Twenty-nine Book of Changes and Bionics Section

The Bionic Idea in Bo of Changes

Although the history of human evolution covers thousands of

years, the evolution of living things has been millions of years . All living things in the world must follow the most basic universal law,

even human beings, the paragon of animals, cannot br excreted . In the course of evolution over millions of years, living things have ex-

ercised strong adaptability in a grim environment and survived of ter conquering many disasters . Thousands upon thousands kinds of living things compete to survive . To avoid harsh natural elimination, they have to develop desperately their adaptable instruments show their respective special prowess in the long process of evolution . All living things now have their own unique :skills . Although man is the highest of all living things, he is one of the million kinds of them, just like a drop of

water in the sea . Man has many superb skills - which other living'

things have not ; however, he is often deficient in some special skills which others have, and some of these are just what man needs . That shows that bionics is a vast field, a resource inexhaustible to

i

462

ofChanges anal Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty~nine

-'man .

is the application of biological principles to production . The science of living practice is a science both old and young . Bionics

Ancient bionics began in the early period of our civilized history . The figure of a fish can be seen in the colored picture made more than six thousand years ago and unearthed in our country : ure 29-1 .

a

See- Fig-

n

Figure 29-1 Yin Yang Fish of the Yangshao Culture

pays

Book

of Changes

written more than three thousand years ago great attention to bionics . For example, the Great Treatise on

the crackle

&ok of Changes and

the tortoise shell ; the divination in Book of Changes also originated from the portent veins of the efficacious tortoise .

This has been recorded explicitly in Book of Changes , for example, it is said in Yi : Yi the First Line, Undivided ((A : 01 : WIJ JL) ) that "you leave your efficacious tortoise, arid look at me till your lower jaw hangs down . There will be evil All this shows that

of Changes

is closely related to bionics . In the unearthed inscriptions on bones and tortoise shells of the Yin Period (about 1600B . C . 1Q00B . C .) and Zhou Period (about 1000B . C . -256B . C .) there are many words from bionics . Most of

Book

the inscriptions on bones and tortoise shells were pictographs, for example, in the characters of the Celestial Stems and Twelve

Branches, the word "l:" (si) is like the figure of a snake . The figure for the word -" T" (zi) is like a arouse ; "A" (chuu), like as

ox ;"

" (yin),

like the upright face of a tiger,, etc . Shan flat Jtng ((111 4XA)) in the Warring States period also records the bionic achievements of our country, which is an important reference tnate-

rialfor bionic studies .

rule all under heaven, looking up, he contemplated the brilliant forms exhibited in the sky, and looking down he surveyed the patterns shown on the earth . He contemplated the ornamental appear-

into many subjects such as medicine, genetic

ances of the birds arid beasts and different suitability of the soil . Near at hand, in his own person, he found things for consideration,

and at a distance, things in general . On this he devised the Eight Trigrams . " Among them, "contemplating the ornamental appearances of birds and beasts" shows that the origin of the Eight Trigrams has something to do with bionics . For example, the origin of the Yin Yang lines of the Eight Trigrams has something to do with

463

of

Yi points out clearly that we should contemplate the birds and beasts and thus learn from bionics how to guide our practice . So it

emphatically points out that "anciently, when Bao-xi had come to

Bionics

Bionics in our country has a distant source arid lung history . For a long period, it made outstanding contributions to the productive arid social practices of our people . Nowadays it has infiltrated engineering,

astrunu-

my, agriculture, animal husbandry, , physical culture art, literatuie , industry and national defence, etc, which, is playing an advancing role in the scientific development of our country . Modern bionics was formally founded in 1960 . It

Is

a new arid

developing borderline science, a science in which biological principles are combined with modern engineering techniques . It has far-reaching significance to the development of every subject .

2

Chapter-Twenty-nine Bouk of Changes and Bionics

of Qwnges and TraaditivnaiQunee Medicine

464

Section 2

neering, micrq-organism engineering, cell engineering, etc . The ..fast development, of bionics will certainly forcefully push forward the pace of the medical science .

Bionic Medical Science

Bionic medical science is a borderline field in which biology is

applied to medical science . The earliest bionic medicine in our country was wine-making . It began during the Xia Period (abut 2000B . C . -1600B . C .) and

w:

was recorded in Tactics of Warring States : Wei Tactics ((*W In Valuable Prescriptions ((°fk ) )) : of the Tang I)ynasty it is said that one can treat gall disease (the disease of purely

*)) .

405

Section 3 Bionic Qigong Bionic Qigong is a great achievement of Chinese bionics . It has played a great promoting rule in the development of Chinese

thyroid enlargement) with the thyroid gland of a sheep . I3esides,

Qigong . Book of £hanger puts great emphasis on biutucs . I3esides the emphasis of the efficacious tortoise in The Text of Yi 10), bionics is also greatly emphasized in Tare (..ornmentaries on Yi

is imitated to nourish the brain ; a pangolin and art earth-

earth . fie contemplated the ornamental appearances of birds and

TCM uses the pancreas to treat diabetes . The pictorial treatment in TCM is a concrete application of bionic pharmacology . For example, the ditches of a walnut are very like the two hemispheres of the brain, so

it

worm' are active by nature, and so they are used to unblock the channels. The tortoise is quiet' by nature, so it is used to cultivate Yin . The cicada' is skilled in chirping, so it is obtained to open the voice, etc . All the above have played an active role in traditional Chinese pharmacology . Modern bionics in our country has developed quickly, including the production of various kinds of medical vaccines and antibiotics .

What people's eyes are especially focused upon is the fact that our country initiated the artificial synthesis of insulin, which set a precedent for the world's production of artificial synthetic proteins, brought hope to the field of artificial synthesis and showed the vast prospects of bionic medicine . At present, every kind of bionic frontier of science has been developing vigorously such as genetic engi

((A*)) For example, it is said in the Great Treatise on Yi that "looking up, he (Bao Xi) contemplated the brilliant forms exhibited in the sky, and looking down he surveyed the patterns shown -on the beasts and the different suitabilities of the soil . Near at hand, in his

own person, he found things for consideration, and at a distance, things- in general ." in these words "contemplating tin ornatnt.ntal appearances of birds and beasts" emphasizes the importance of bionics . Bionic Qigong began in the ancient tithes in China . Fur instance, there is the record of the snake Qigong in Shun Hai Jirig , which says that "Outside the northwest sea, there is a god . It is red with a man's face and a snake's body . The length of its body is about a thousand ii . Its two eyes are narrowed into slits . When they are closed, the sky is dark ; when they are open, the sky is' light . It does not eat, sleep or breathe . Wind and rain are its food, It lightens the extremely dark place . It's called Zhulong(candle dragon) _

466

t

Chapter Twenty-nine

$oak of Changes an4 Trgditioswl Chinede,l4edicine

JM) . besides, the snake Qigong is also recorded in Hai Wai Bei Jing ((*#F It i~)) . For example, (Da Huang $ei Jing (t

"there is a god at Zhongshan Mountain . It is named Zhu Yin . When its eyes open, day conies ; when they close, night comes; when it blows, winter comes ; when it breathes in, summer comes . It does not drink or eat, and seldom breathes . Once it breathes, wind

of Changes and f3iorucs

467

Then yot} will feel comfortable and will sweat . Your face will glow, your body will become relaxedarid you will have the desire to eat . '" The details are as follows :

Irritating the tiger : imitate the tiger's boldness, powerfulness

and rapidness, such as its action of pouncing and pressing, sudden

comes . Its body stretches about a thousand li . It is to the east' of

turning and violent' dashing, etc, so as to increase the violence of the body and to make for easy blood circulation .

Wuqi (name of a place) . It is an animal having a man's face and a snake's body with red color . It lives at the foot of Zhongshan Moun-

Imitating the deer : imitate' its meekness and extensiveness, for example, its stretching of the neck, its forward-stretching of the

tain .

A record of imitating the tortoise Qigong is found in Xing Qi

body, its back-turning of the head, its raising of the head and its

unearthed in Ma Wang Din in

running, 'etc, so as to stretch the muscles arid bones and to exercise the limbs and trunk .

Changsha, 1973 . It says, "in directing strength, swallow it first .

Learning front the monkey learn front the monkey its agility

Then it is stored . At this time, stretch your neck and the strength goes down . -Arid then it is fixed'; next it becomes firm ; and then

and activeness, such as its jumping, climbing and stretching, etc, so as to improve nimbleness arid to invigorate the body .

Yu Pei Ming ( (17 -c(

t A U t ) )

germinates ; and dies at last ." This shows that the Qigong of imitating the tortoise was very popular in the Warring States Period . In : there is a record that "to the Lhuungzi : Ke Yi ((if stretch the neck like a bear arid stretch the body like birds is for longevity" . In the Period of Three Kingdoms (about 220 - 280), a famous doctor named Hua Tuo created the Dao Yin Gong - Five Beasts' Play by imitating the behavior of five kinds of beasts . In the Writings of Late Han Dynasty : Commentaries on Hua Tuo (()AiY 4 : *'%)), it is written that "Hua Tuo told his student Wu Pu that ' I have an art called Five Beasts' Play . The first is the tiger ; the second, the deer ; the third, the bear ; the fourth, the monkey ; the fifth, birds . These can be used to eliminate disease and are help-

ful to the legs and feet . We use them to guide our actions . If you feel uncomfortable in your body, try to imitate one beast's play .

Getting from the bear : get froni the bear its steadiness and vig-

orousness such as its stepping, crouching and stretching of the paws to strengthen the waist, and buttocks . Practising like the crane . practise the crane's carefree manner arid stiffness such as spreading the wings, flying and flapping the wings so as to expand the chest and strengthen the heart and lungs . The most prominent achievements of Bionic Qigorag are as follows : -

The hibernation o he tortoise and snake and the yu et

Qigong In the, long course of the evolution of living things, many animals, in order to adapt themselves to environment, have had to adopt the way of hibernation so as to save their energy arid preserve their strength during the cold winter . At present, scientists are

468

469

Gook of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-nine lkwuk of Changes and $wrues

preparing to install a, sleeping freezer in imitation of an animals' hibernation . If a man can be thus frozen, he can live 20Q years . That

including the upper Jiav, the middle Jiao and the lower Jiao . The

is, if a man sleeps in a freezing house at night and decreases his body

temperature to 15° in the state of hibernation, he will live to be 200 years old The oxygen consumption of a hibernating snake is only 10% of normal . Man can not change his body temperature because he is a homoiothermal animal, but he can adopt the way of slowing down breathing to save his energy . Hence, the quiet Qigong with outside quietness and, inside activeness is created to save energy and constantly develop the preserving ability . loping the preserving ability is one of the important links in prolonging life . The reason why TCM puts strong emphasis on the relationship between the kidneys t.nd decrepitude and death is that " the kidneys are responsible

for storing The quiet Qigong can decrease the consumption of energy, protect the vitality effectively and prolong life . Thus it is worth high praise .

11 . Foundation of the Foetus' Breathing Gong The foetus' breathing Gong was founded by imitating the slow breathing of a' tortoise, the nonbreathing of "Zhulong" • and the breathing of a human foetus . The characteristic of the foetus' breathing Gong is to breathe deeply and slowly, inhaling directly to the pubic region, then exhaling from the pores of the whole body . It

upper Jiao refers to the part from the upper mouth of the stomach to the part below the tongue ; the middle Jiao refers to the part between the upper mouth and the lower mouth of the stomach ; the lower Jiao refers to the part from the lower mouth of the stomach to the pelvic cavity) . This sentence points out that there exists a corresponding relation between the pores and the vitality of the three Jiao . The thirty-first difficulty in The Clussk of Difficulty ((i%k~)) also points out that "the three Jiao are the beginning and the end of ener i ty -ei'gh ft difficulty y says that "the three Jiao are the gy 11 ,. , . The thu o e a all the energy" . The Synopsis envoy . of vitality, toattsg They J Golden Chamber (W***)) says "the pores are the places for energy to go to the three Jiao" . (Zang Fu Channels and Pulse Conditions (PAIN N 4AJI+/Rm**if), the first) . This stresses that tike pores are the places for energy to go in and out . It shows that TCM has always attached importance to the functions of the pores' breath-

ing . Billions of pores, like small windows of human body, assist III the breathing of the heart, lungs, mouth and nose . So it is Very Sig .

foetus' breathing and the ab-

sorbing biotucQigong to emphasize sorbing of breath through thought to improve the breathing of the pores on the skin . It is also a practical example of imitating the an-

said to be a simulation of the cell membrane of ancient unicellular organisms . TGM has long noticed the significance of the pores in

cient organisms . 111 . The significance of Bionic Pi Gu and Shi Qi Pi Gu means to stop eating . There is a record of the Zhuluug's not eating in the above-mentioned Shan Hui Jing . The hibernating animals can still pass winter without eating for a long time . Why

the pores" . (the three Jiao refers to the three parts in human body

animal's eating, the food's digestion, absorption, transformation and preservation all need to consume a great deal of energy . Not on-

is very significant to train the ability of "sub-breathing" and to exploit the potentialities of pores'' breathing as a reserve . It may be

breathing . For example, it is said in the Emperor's Canon of Medicine that "the' three Jiao and the urinary bladder correspond to

can one keep in good health without eating'? Because after the

470

2

Beak of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

Chapter Twenty-nine

$vok of

Changes

and Bionics

471

ly is the load on the digestive system quite heavy, but it also is a burden of the heart and lungs . For instance, after eating, especially after a full meal, the heart beats faster, breathing is deeper, and the

with life? Because

system so that the supply of blood to the brain is reduced correspondingly, and one feels sleepy and cannot work any more . This is the so-called "stomach full but spirit hollow" . So in the prerequisite

man began to walk upright, he has been breathing mainly with his chest, and the way of breathing with his abdomen began to degenerate, then the movement of the abdomen was weakened . The result

all

the internal organs except the heart, brain aud

lung are contained in the abdomen . It includes the digestive system,

liver and other internal organs ans are also involved in a "fight" indirectly . A great deal of blood in the whole body supports the digestive

blood-making system, urinary and reproductive system and part o f the internal system and lymphatic system, and- it also has a lot of blood vessel nerves, So the abdomen is very important . But since

of unaffecting the reserve, the discretionary reduction of food has the significance of lightening the burden on the human body . The

is that wastes are liable to be accumulated, the blood is liable to stagnate, and when these are too serious, the supply of blood to the

burden on the spleen and stomach should be lightened at least once a

week so that they have a chance for adjustment . Shi Qi is a way of keeping good health by imitating the tortoise' swallowing air . In the ancient times the way of eating air including

eating light swallowing the cream of the sun and the moon-was known . For example, in Shan Hai Jing eating air for living is recorded: "There was a country called Wu Ji Min . Its people were named Reii who were offsprings of those without frame, who ate air and fish . " (1)a Huang Bei Jing (( -M 1U-0)

.

Why cart eating air

keep one in good healthy Some people think that in a human's intestine there is a kind of bacteria which can make the swallowed air perform nitrogen fixation and then change it into protein, just like the nitrogen fixation of root tuber plants . This is also an important content of bionic Qigong . N . The mystery of bionic abdomen Qigong

Most long-living animals breathe mainly with their abdomens

such as do the tortoise and the snake . The tortoise breathes with its abdomen and the snake crawls with its abdomen, so both of them live a: long life . Why' is breathing with abdomen so closely bound up

brain may be affected because of the narrow blood circulation in the abdomen . So it is very important to enhance the way of breathing with the abdomen, and thus

improve

its tirovement .

A big advantage of abdomen Qigong is that it can promote the peristalsis of the intestine, speed up the discharge of poisonous elements and decrease the chances so as to reach the

aim

being poisoned by one's own body of slowing down the process of senility . Beof

cause the intestinal system is the primary source of poison iii the hu-

man body, the amount of bacteria in the excrement is prodigious, the detainment of the excrement may not only speed up the reproduction of bacteria but also increase the absorption of poisonous

ele

merits, and abdomen Qigong is the most effective cathartic drug, having important significance in resisting senility . Besides, it is effective in preventing colon cancer and hemorrhoids . The method of abdomen Qigorrg

not complicated . A person creeds to draw back the abdomen and breathe in deeply, with his is

thoughts sending the breath down directly front the nose to the pubic region . Rest the breath fur a short while, dilate the abdomen and breathe out, and then draw back the abdomen and send the

472

Book of Changes

and

Tryditwnl Qiinese

Chapt

114 ,cine

breath' down from the abdominal cavity . If one can open p his veins of Ren and Du, it is better for the breath to go up from the vein of 1)u and then be breathed out . Repeat this several times till the pubic U

region in the abdomen feels hot . Then massage and pat the abdomen wall several times and press the Zhong Shu acupoint (the navel) lightly with the fingers, the Zu San Li acupoint (the point three

Chinese can " below the outside of the ankle), and the Hegu acupoint( the hollow part between the end of the index finger and the thumb of your hand) till' they feel searing heat . Furthermore, abdomen Qigong includes the movement of the pelvic cavity . That is, at the same time a person is breathing heavily

with the abdomen, he should take some concerted action to close and stretch the anus, draw back the abdomen and raise the hands . The

omit of this is to promote blood flow in the pelvic cavity . Because the organs in the pelvic cavity Involve man's internal system and reproductive' and urinary system, the pelvic cavity is that should a

part

not be neglected.

Abdomen Qigong can be done any time a person is running, walking, sitting, lying or at breaks . This Gong is very convenient and easy to do . If one keeps doing it every day, it will be helpful for eliuninating fat in the abdomen, removing wastes from the abdomen,

improving blood circulation and promoting the life activities of the internal organs in the abdomen and the pelvic cavity . Abdomen Qigong is a kind of massage Gong of the internal organs in the abdomen,' and is also a good activation for them . It can play a beneficial role in the breath of the internal organs . If possible , it will be greatly beneficial to the abdomen to crawl on the ground like animals for some time every day .

V . The long-living value of the bionic spinal column Gong

Twenty-nine B k

of C unge.~

uud Biuuics

:}7a

The spinal column apt only is the big column of the "k " 1 1 "' i body, but more importantly, it stores the spinal cord and its nervous rout . It is an important part of the nervous system . So to develop firmness and tenacity of the spinal column has great significance fur protecting the spinal cord and maintaining a human body's life activities . The tortoise and snake seen to have been aware of this prublem earlier than man, so the tortoise likes the muveuient of stretching its neck and the snake likes to wriggle its column. All these are important elements of longevity for these two animals . spinal

To imitate the tortoise' movement of stretching, and withdraw ing the neck can improve the blood circulation ill the neck and prevent the disease of the cervical vertebra and thrombosis of the carotid artery . Thrombus of the carotid artery is liable to lead to a dissatisfactory blood-supply of the cerebral artery and basal arteries, dizziness arid headache often appear . So rnoVemeut of the

hence, .crvical

vertebra can relieve old people of great sicknness A big snake has more than 400 vertebrae . It ulten does exercis es of its spinal column, so it can maintain its ability of con itng and

going quickly . But matt cannot do the smile . Before getting old, his back cecontes bent and hunched and his action is not agile . And it is easy for him to develop hyperplasia of inter-vertebral disc which cart affect the movement of the lower limbs . So man should mutilate the snake to learn to do spinal column Gong so as to tttaintain

his fuitc

tions . The practical method is as follows : Neck Gong : stretch and withdraw the neck and shrug the

shoulders, with the movement of expanding and drawing back the chest . This Gong is also coordinated with the revolving tuovemernt of the neck . Waist and Spine Gong : bend forward and stretch the legs back

474

Boas of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

ward and do revolving movement of the waist several times, being assisted by pulling a trunk or holding a horizontal bar with two hands and making stretching movement Or do the exercise of jump-

ing up after crouching . TCM holds that the waist is the hollow or-

gan of the kidneys . The function of the waist and spine makes the waist firm .' To strengthen the waist is to invigorate the kidneys .

The kidneys are the inborn essence of the human body . The prosperity and decline of the kidneys determines man's whole course of life-birth, growth, youth and death . So doing the waist and spine Gong frequently is an important link to strengthening the waist, invigorating the kidneys and preventing senility . V1 . Bionic crawling Gong

Crawling is a kind of overall movement of the whole body . Ex-

cept for the anthropoid and man, almost all the mammals ;and reptiles move with four limbs . The advantage of the crawling Gong lies in that the strength of the movement of the spinal column and the abduuten is relatively great, and man can move his waist and abdonien at the sanie titre . Moreover, the loads of both the breathing with chest and breathing with abdomen are comparatively balanced .

The movement of the neck is also strong . All this can make up for the movement of other parts of human body which have not been able to be exercised after man began to walk uprightly . If a person can persist in crawling for a certain length of time every day, it will be very beneficial to his health . The above-mentioned bionic Qigong adopts the advantages of some animals' movements, and replenishes and rectifies the deficiencies of the human body . It is very, beneficial in helping people to

keep fit . Besides, bionic sexual intercourse is also quite beneficial to the sexual health of human body (see Chapter Twenty-four Book of

Chapter Twenty-nine Bunk

of Changes

and

Bionics

475

Changes and Sexology of this book), which reflects fully the vast prospects of bionic medicine .

bionics originated from Book of ( ;hanger and up to now has become a subject both ancient and forward . I lie bionic idea in Book of Changes still has important value today . To suns up,

(Translated by Wang Buying)

chapter Thirty

of Changes

and Genetics

477

(186-1945) further proved the Mendel Law, founded the gene theory and attested that the source of heredity lies in the genes of the

Book

Chapter Thirty of Changes and genetics

chromosomes inside the cell nucleus . The period of micro-organism genetics developed mainly during the middle of the 19th century . At that period biogenetics entered an important, turning point - the micro--organisms era . The main achievement of this period was that Avery proved deoxyribunucleric

Section 1 Summary of Genetics

acid (DNA) is the main hereditary substance . The molecular genetics period developed front the end il to 19th century to the 20th century . This stage is a swift and violent

The origin of life, the continuity of life and the thinking of the brain are the three central comcerns of human body y science . Among these, biotic genetics is the key content for the continuity of life .

level . 1n 1967, the American scientist Nilouberg et al decudcd thegenetic code, disclosed tile mystery that the trinity of nucleotides

Genetics is the science of studying heredity and variation . It is one of the subjects for exploring the mystery of human life . Heredity and variation are necessary processes of life phertontenou . The study of heredity and the variation of living things is

called genetics . It mainly includes the three central contents of the e>aence and transmission of the hereditary substance and the accentplishment of the hereditary messages . The development of genetics has experienced three periods togettetics, micro-organism genetics and molecular genetics .

cy-

The period of cytogenetics developed mainly at the end of the 19th century and beginning of the 20th century . It solved the problem about the basis of cytology of genetics, or put another way, solved the problem of the material basis of genetics . This is an esst: utiul issue . The main achievements of thiss period were that Boveri and Stn ton found the function of the chromosome, and that Morgan

developing period for biology and genetics . A great breakthrough has been achieved . Biogenetics has entered another new turning pe riod, that is, it has leaped from the cytology level to the ruokeulai

was a group of codes, overcame the last difficulty of biogenetic eras i [leering and put forward the central law of the transmission of hexed itary messages . In the 1970s, the American named Terrain found the reverse trauscriptase", put forward the theory that "transcriptiotn . can be reversed", and opened a new world for genetic engineering In brief,

decoding of the genetic code, the definition of the central law, and the artificial creation of, protein and nucleic acid are the three great achievements in the development of modem nulecuthe

lar genetics.

1 The glad tidings brought by genetics to human beings The discovery of the genetic duplicating system has important significance to industry, agriculture, medical treatment, health and national defence . ll . Contributions of genetics to agriculture and stuck raising

478

of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine

The role of genetics in agriculture and stock raising lies first in breeding .. Genetics supplies the theoretical basis for the improvement of breeds . ' At present some ; achievements have been made in the breeding of rice, wheat, cotton, corn and Chinese sorghum . In the future, with the constant development of genetics, both agriculture and stock raising will make greater achievements in the improvement

Chapter Thirty $uok

of Changes aid Genetics

479

netic engineering, gene weapons can be used to resist aturnic weapons, chemical weapons and biological weapons . Contributions of genetics to medicine 1

First, the application of the genetic theories has brought hope for the treatment of more than 4, 000 kinds of hereditary disease . Through "gene therapy", the defective genes can be replaced by

of breeds . New breeds bred by sexual hybridization are not only faster in

normal genes to cure disease . Especially in resisting cancer, with the discovery of the cipher

growth but also higher in quality than the breeds by natural evolution . This is a challenge for natural selection . At present, the pro-

ut

cess made in the biological nitrogen-fixing engineering has brought about vast prospects for solving the problem of fertilizers in agriculture .

W . Contribution of genetics to industry The contribution of genetics to industry is medical industry at

first . With the application of the gene engineering, the artificial creation of human brain hormone, insulin and interferon have succeeded one after another . In 1976, the artificial creation of insulin succeed-

ed in China, which broughtt glad tidings to the sufferers of endocrine decease and diabetes . Arid with the application of genetic engineering, the productive level of antibiotics has been raised' constantly, which greatly improved man's resistance to all kinds of germs . In environmental protection, with the application of genetic engineer-

ing, micro-organisms can be used to dispose' of three sorts of trash . More inspiringly, through genetic engineering, industrial micro-organisnis call be applied to extract oil and open up mines and then to recover and treat them . Even artificial edible oils, and protein foods can be produced . The prospects are vast . In the national defense industry, with the development of ge

code of carcinogenic genes and the appearance of the cipher code

anticarcinogenic genes, a new discovery has been wade in the cancer system . The so-called theory of cancer genes was as put forward by the Americans Hvebner and Todaro in 1969 ( . Their view w is a hologram '

of cancer genes. That is, there exist carcinogenic genetic messages in all cells of the human body . Normal cancer genes are refrained and cannot be derailed . Cartceration will appear only when the regulating and controlling function is not normal, then the original can cer genes will be activated into cancer genes . The theory of cancer genes reveals that

it

is a difference of one basic group in the lNi of

cells that leads to changes of the cipher code in the trinit Y , hence the amino acid is changed and cancer appears . In 1976, the first cancer gene was found . According to the modern geneticists' findings in the cancer cell of the bladder, among about 6000bp, G is replaced by a basic group T . As a result, the ci-

pher code in the trinity is changed from . GGC to GTC and aminoacetic acid is replaced by valerian ammonia acid in amino acid, hence cartceration is brought about .

Chapter 'Thirty

Section 2 Life's Genetic System Modern medicine holds that heredity is a kind of duplicating engineering and is the most complicated event in life . Life is the exist-

ing way for protein . The realization of the continuity of life must- depend on protein . Therefore, the genetic engineering of life is conducted in protein . The chromosomes in a cell nucleus are the chief basis of genetics . Or chromosomes and genes are the decisive elements of heredity . They are the main ingredients of the cell nucleus .

Human chromosomes amount to 46 segments . They are divided

into two big groups . One half (23 segments) come front the sperm of the father, the other half comes from the ovum of mother . Chromosomes include autosomes and sexual chromosomes . Both men and

women have 22 pairs of auto comes . The other two segments are sexual chromosomes . The difference of sex between a male and female depends on the difference of the two segments of sexual chromosorties . Sexual chromosomes are divided into two kinds : X and Y . Chromosome X is female and chromosome Y is male . The difference

between male and female lies in the fact that all chromosomes in a female's cells are paired, among them, the two segments of sexual chromosomes (XX) are also paired ; however, there are two segments of chromosomes in male's cells that cannot be paired, one is chromosome X, the other is chromosome Y . Genetic engineering is conducted through the genes in chromosonies . Genes are the carriers of the message existing on specific

bwA

of Ch anges

and Genetics

points of a chromosome . Up to now, the minimum number of genes in a human body exceeds 1 800 . There are two paired genes at ev-

ery gene point of every pair of autosomes . The transmission of the genetic message stored in the genes is carried out by nucleic acid . That is to say, the heredity of living

things depends on nucleic acid, which is actually the duplication of nucleic acid . Nucleic acid is one of the ingredients of nucleoprotein .

The heredity of chromosome genes is conducted through nucleic acid . The molecular structure of nucleic acid stores all the genetic messages of living things .

Nucleic acid includes two primary types : deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA), with the former being the chief one . A molecule of DNA is composed of four paired basic groups of purine and pyrintidine . Concretely, amino puriue (A) pairs with thymus pyrimidine (T) guanine (( ;) pairs w i th cytosine (C) . The central law of molecular genetics is : DNA transcribe nmRNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) (message ribonucleic acid) rs cute /regulate metabolism ~ r polypeptidechaitt (conmposiug protein) control cell's structure that is, deoxyribonucleic acid transcribes the message it stores onto the messenger- ribonucleic acid, which is used as a template, and then the messenger, ribonucleic acid "translates'' the genetic message to the polypeptide chain

In modern times, Lao's sarcoma virus was studied to find the reverse transcriptase and prove that RNA can be transcribed in reverse order onto DNA . Then the central law was changed into DNA -- RNA,

482

Book

of Changes

Chapter Thirty

and Traditional Chinese Medicine

What is the genetic code?

The genetic code is the code translated into the amino acids by mRNA (messenger ribonucleic acid) . This coding is carried out by the basic group in the nucleotide . There are only four basic groups in RNA, while there are 28 in amino acid, so the key to the coding lies

in the arrangement of the basic groups . The mystery arises from the infinite arranging forms of the four kinds of basic group (A . T . C . G .) which contain boundless genetic messages . The molecule of nucleic acid (especially DNA) is very big, con-

taining millions of basic groups . If the arranging order of the basic groups is different, the DNA is different . That is, although the two basic groups are the same in kind and quantity, the problem lies in differences in the arranging order . The meaning and quality change with the difference in the arranging order . So the genetic message depends on the arranging order of the basic groups . 1967, the American scientists Nilonberg and Corena decoded the biogenetic code and found that the basic group of RNA was coded by 3, that is, coded with 3 letters ; (with neither overlapping' nor 111

separation of nucleotides between two codes) which is called a trinity, and they also published a genetic code chart . In 1984, a scholar in China, Qin Xinghua, found that the genetic code chart coincided with the sixty-four hexagrams in the Text of Yi, further recovering the significance of the Eight Tri-

gratns of The Text of Yi in genetics . (The Eight Trigranhs Map and DNA by Qin Xinghua, Subscience, 1984, First Issue,

Section 3

Book of Changes and Genetics

Theory

483

of Change and

the Genetic Principle

The theory of change is closely related to the genetic principle . Book of Changes emphasizes change and unchange, which concurs with the variation arid heredity principle in genetics . Change refers to the fact that all things are moving and changing constantly,, just like what is said in the Great Treatise on Yi, "the changes and transformations are the emblems of the advance and retrogression of the vital force in nature" . This implies that all things, including all

living things, are moving and changing constantly arid the aim of this lies in "advance arid retrogression", that is, continuing what should be developed and abolishing what should be discarded . Uiichange refers to tide relative stagnancy of things . There Would be

Lho

qualitative determination of things without their relative stagnancy . Heredity and variation together compose the genetic content of

living things . Both of them embody the movement and development of living things . In them, heredity, relatively speaking, embodies the facet of stagnancy, which is the gene's retaining development of the species of living things, just like the saying "as you sow, so will

Bunk of Chunges emphasizes "change", that is w say, all things are constantly changing . What heredity embodies is just this principle . The inherited individual is similar to its parental gelieration but it cannot be absolutely the same as it . Nature cannot duyou reap

plicate the same individual . So, inheritance can only be similar, but not be the same . That is to say, during the course of life there exist variations besides those of heredity . The inherited individual is at

484

Bvik

4 Uwnges

Chapter Thirty

and Traditional Chinese tt&adkine

Book of Changes said Genetics

485

ways a new thing, just like what is said in the Great Treatise on

genetic code is a great breakthrough in biogernetics .

Yi, "Production and reproduction is what is called the process of

How can the four basic groups in DNA correspond with the 21) annnrno acids, with no overlapping and separation of ttuelrotitles be-

change .

"

Variation' in the course of the heredity of living things is caused by difference in the genetic code . The variation stresses that in the genetic code disparity cat, appear according to need . The descendants produced only by vegetative propagation get their heredity from only one parental body, therefore, there is greater heredity between the filial generation and the pa ental generation ; while the adWinced animals' descendants produced by sexual propagation get their heredity from two parental bodies arid the complexity of heredity is increased, so they show greater variation . All in all, the result of heredity and variation is similarity ( heredity) and difference (variation) The relationship between heredity and variation is like the principle of the dialectical relationship between change and unchange in Book of Changes . They are the unity of one contradiction and they are inuerdepencknt and interactive . That is, we should both develop and retain, we can develop both in the previous way and in another way ; we can change both gradually and, suddenly . The general aim is to develop and to vary .

Section 4 The Eight Trigrams, the Grand Terminus and the Genetic Code With the swift and violent development of biogenetics, the genetic system of the gene has been revealed . Arid the decoding of the

tween two codes? This genetic code was revealed by the Ainericain scholars Nilongberg and Cgrena in 1967 . They found that the trinity composes 64 arranging orders . That is to say, there are 64 cipher codes altogether . These cipher codes coincide surprisingly with the round sketch map of the sixty-four 1 - fexagrams in Book of ('hinge . see figure 3U-1

Among these codes, the lour basic groups in DNA are divided into two kinds of different qualities that are opposite to each other .

That is, they are divided into the Yang purinne quid the Yin pyrinti dine like the two elementary forms of Yin and Yang of the Grand Terminus . The four basic groups are just like the four emblems ul Greater Yang, Greater Yin and Lesser Yang, Lesser Yin in Book o/ Changes and correspond with the form of the two hentispheres of Yin and Yang in the Eight Trigranns of the Grand 'fernoinus produc ing the four emblems, like the following : Purine

Yyrinridine

Yang

Yin G -C

amidopurine

thymus pyrimidine

guanine

cytosine

Yang in Yin

Yin in Yang

Lesser Yang

lesser Yin

Yang in Yang Greater Yang

Yin In Yin Greater Yin

11 has stronger generality and regularity to show the arrangement of the 64 cipher codes of the trinity in the heredity of living

Chapter Thirty 33vok of Changes and Genetics

things with the round sketch map of the sixty-four hexagrams in

IC G~ 'nnnn 4

~;

G

oc

Book of Changes . On the other hand, this shows the universal sigA n A ~ , C1 Q Q~ 7 7~,,j#

nificance of the Eight Trigrams principle of 'The Text of Yi . In 1984, Qin Xinghua published a paper putting forward the

Y

•t

question about the coincidence of the genetic code with the sixty-four

~I~ V_

qQC

Q . c tc . A . Ac. c *° NAACc.. N K-r UI CCU . P *Uucu . S ;~I' GCU • A "N ACU T

'

487,

hexagrams, which is a contribution to the study of The Text uf' Yi . M . Qin summarized that " the achievements made in modern

Y

physics and biology have given strortg,support to the general tendena~ov

x •Qrv #

I

cy-from simplicity to complexity, from low level to high level-in the development of matter as revealed by the map of the Eight Trigrams' . (Qin Xinghua The Eight Trigrains Map and DNA, Subscience, 1984, First Issue) .

W

3.v d• `-

G vJ' V J J' S #

t': o ie

In the same year, Cai Hengxi put forward the tnid-exuetnc

O

A-

theory regarding the genetic code and tile Eight Trigrams . That is,

4

the third cipher code of the trinity in the genetic code and the Eight Trigrams is neutral,' whose variation does not change the quality of the amino acids . This embodies' the theory in Laozi that .Tao gave

Figure 30-1 Sketch Map of the sixty-four Hexagrams and the genetic code

(According to Study on the Mysterious Relation And J .aw of the Genetic Code and the Eight Trigrauas in Bunt of Changes by Wang Qittgyun, Wei Chottggin) Nutes to this figure : $& Qian )f Ju,g J~ Jie

A Xuut tit Qian L Bi A Yi t' Ben

to Gun Jg Gu A Huao A Lu $ Pi

*1

R

Zhen

4 1)ing 3t Sheug i~4` Sung IX Ken * Meng 00 /W1 XiW' (;no 91 J" * Cui * Jin Kun

~I4

Z

Fu

Shi Ke IN Sui

WVF Ji Ji *A- Jig Ren $ Feng

01-k Tong Ren Kui

Bo

JlZ 1)a Ga .

Liu W Sua A Dui 14 Lu

'i' Xiau Chu

1 Jie

$ Tai

Xtt Da Zhuang

id Hertg ICJ kun Shi

NJ" * Yu 1A Yi

4

,4 M Wei Ji A Dun bA gait

l1 Guan It Tun

X0 Wu

1i Li

A Xun

Wang I9J

Ming Yi

* Ge

Zhuug Fu GG Gui Mei

l W Chu 0 Xu

)* W you #t guai

birth to the One ; the One gave birth successively to two things, three things, up to ten thousand . These ten thousand creatures can not turn their backs to the shade without having the sun ou their bellies, and it is on this blending of breaths that their harntony depends . (Cai Hengxi The Grand Terminus Map and the Getteti . (;ode, Natural Information, 1984, Third Issue) From the comparison between the round' sketch map of the sixty-four hexagrams and the chart of the genetic code, it can be seen that the round sketch map of the sixty-four hexagrams can really reflect the law of the genetic code, because the genetic message depends on the arranging order of the basic groups, and the arranging order of the codes of the trinity in the basic groups represents all dif-

488

Otiak

of Aange and

Trqditwnal C; sinew

Medicine

ferent kinds of genetic codes, and the trinity of the Eight Trigrams ; composed of the divided lines and undivided lines, stands for the natural arranging order of the genetic code . This shows the great and important value of the map of the Eight Trigrats in The 1e-1 .t

in improving the genetic law of living things . It 193$, Yang' Yushan produced the map of the Eight Trigrants of " commonly-used" codes . He used the undivided line to

of Y i

,

stand for the strong nucleosides C and G, and the divided line for the weak nucleosides U and A . The 64 codes could be exactly averI ~CCC~P ; CQC • P ;GCC • A : ;GGC • G.

CCG . P COG • K

GG~C

n~•~,?'ri

GGr y G,

GCG . A PV G(; i . G

rV.,--_ .9c~cs

' n~n~n~n

~ UJ

VO~ ., UV~VUV~~

I

~p ..] ,~ ~ N

'~

f1 (n

*ryna. ~~

O~'b bb~~~ ?I , V V V "3' 1-1 ~0 1 • v nv a v

'?

*

1

Eight Trigrarus Map of "conunon-wed" Codes

(According to Yaag Yushaii, Arranging and Expressing the Charuc eristic of the 44141

of Linear Particles of Some Mammals (i'eording to Yang Yustu+n, Arrungi)igand E:c'pessing the

CI ,ara,tcicaft a) the

Genetic Curie with rice Eight Tiigrums' Map uud lt ., Significance)

Notes , thus figure : A strung

ttl weak

)lC

waxed

Eight Trigrams' law, which further attested the universal signifi-

A

Genetic t_ix/e with the Eight Trigratns' Mop

Eight Trigrains Matt of the Codes in thr Body

reflected lancee aged into eight groups, hence their relating' law was concentratedly . They coincided naturally with the . ancient China's

,N •nVV1

i ' nnv -A •f Vfl ; ,J •n nn ;

Figure 30-2

Figure 30-3

Its Signific4ate)

cance of the Eight Trigrams' law, as in map 30-2 and 30-3 . (According to Yang Yushan,

Arranging and Expressing the Chums'

teristic of the Genetic code with the Eight l'rigrauts Map and its

490

Chapter Thirty

Bunk of Changes and TrpditivnaL Chinese Medicine

Significance . Nature Magazine, Volume 11, 11th Is$ue, pa 32,834) . According to the theory of Yin and Yang, the original Yin and Yang can be divided again into Yin and Yang. The idea of "one divides into two of the Yin and Yang is endless . From this point we

can draw an inspiration-the basic group cannot possibly be the smallest unit of Yin and Yang . There must exist a smaller one . Its revelation is waiting for the development of science .

Section 5 .

Book of

Changes

and

Eugenics

Eugenics is a science directed toward reforming the qualities of human body through heredity . Its aim is to make human beings ex-

cellent in terns of intellectual and physical abilities . The aint of Eugenics is to choose excellent birth and excellent breeding and to improve the quality of human beings under the'guidance of the genetic theory . Eugenics will snake it possible to save man from passive natural selection . At present, the appearances of test-tube babies, external fertilization and parthenogenic reproduc-

tion have attested to the fact that it's possible to foster an excellent race through excellent genes . Eugenics will make contributions to the development of the human race .

Eugenics at first sprouted during the Yin Zhou period . There is the word "All" (pregnancy) in the inscriptions on bones or tortoise

shells . The strict ethic principles of Confucianism in our country objectively played an active role in developing excellent births and excellent breeding. For example, in Zhou Li (CJM4L)), there was the admonition . of prohibiting marriage between members of the same

AAA of Changes arid Genetics

491

family . 'Because of the worship of Confucianism in feudal times and the close relationship between medicine and Confucianism, most doctors were familiar with Confucianism and many of them were concurrently Confucianists . Education in Confucian etiquette started in prenatal education, which had a potential influence on the Chi-

nese ethic of excellence . Eugenics includes basic eugenics, social eugenics and clinical eugenics . Basic eugenics is mainly a study of excellent births bunt the aspect of biology and basic medicine, such as human genetics, tuedical genetics, teratology etc ._Social eugenics is mainly related to researching excellent births from the aspect of social science, sociology and anthropology, including demography, sociology, ethics, law, prenatal education, pedagogy and environmental protection . Clinical eugenics refers to the concrete measures for excellent births such as examination before marriage, hygiene before and during pregnancy, parturition guardianship during puerperiuut and the health protection of a newborn baby .

The application of The Text of Yi to medical genetics is very extensive . For example, some scholars put forward a method for controlling sex in birth according to the theory that "the attributes expressed by Qian constitute the male ; those expressed by Kun constitute the female" in The Text of Yi . The detailed idea is as fol-

lows : the male's semen contains two kinds of chromosomal sperrtratozoa X and Y, while the female's ovum contains only one kind of chromosome of X . If the chromosomal spermatozoon of Y in semen

combines with the chromosome of X in the ovum, there will be a male . The odd number is Yang (YX), "the attributes expressed by Qian constitute the male" ; if the chromosome spermatozoon of X in semen combines with the chromosome of X in ovum, there will be a

492

$9pk

ofOatiges an,d Trulitipnal cltinese Medicine

female . The even number is Yin (XX), "the attributes expressed by Kun constitute the female" . This shows that the prosperity and decline of the parents' energy of Yin and Yang has a close relationship to the sex of their children . Besides, the acid-resisting ability of the chromosome spermatozoon of X in semen is stronger, and that of Y is we ker. So, the acidity and, basis of the vagina is very important . It matters a lot . In sexual intercourse, if the female gets her orgasm

first, plenty of secreted fluid will weaken the acidity of the vagina, which is beneficial to the upgoing of the spermatozoon of y, y will combine with X (ovum), and there will likely be a male . Other-

wise, if the female does not have a pleasant sensation and the male ejaculates semen first, there will likely be a female . Furthermore, if

the nurrrber of the spermatozoa per milliliter exceeds 80, 000, 000, the proportion of the spermatozoon of y will be higher . So, if a person wants a male child, his frequency of sexual intercourse' should not be too high (according to Chen Zhengfang, Primary Probe into

the Eight Trigratns and Fertility-Paper for the International Aeadernir Conference of Research ore the Relationship Between Medicine and Changes in Gui Yang . 1989) .

The achievements of ancient eugenics in China were about as follows : I . Commmandments of seeds

Commandments of seeds is an important aspect of ancient eugenics in China . For example, in Chi's Yi Shu (( tc is ~

written by Chu Cheng in Nanqi during the Warring States Period, it says : "Male and female should combine when they are strong ; if they mate when their energy of Yin and Yang is substantial, the fe-

male will become pregnant, and then have a son who will be strong and live a long life . " The early sages particularly emphasized that

Chapter

Thirty

BOA

493

of Ciwngrs and Genetics

adverse factors at the moment of mating would affect tile itCxt . eration . $0 they put forward the commandments of orating For example, the seeding method mentioned in Valuable Pre-

written by the great doctor Sun Simian during the 'hang Dynasty emphasizes that Mating should Ilk' avoided whs.n rhcre is hot ; tif when strong wind and heavy ran r' when it is tcx cold or too it is dark with the sun and nmoon being covered, otherwise the born . Besides, all baby will be foolish and deaf with no complete limbs those who want a child should choose a good day to mate and should avoid Bing (the third of the ten Heavenly Ste :nts), Ding (the fourth of the Heavenly Stems) and the fifteenth day, the last day, and the

ATT

i

ptions

first day of the lunar month . 'hhey sboulcl also avoid strung big tbttttdtet winds, heavy rain and dense fog ; trot anti c01d w tI sk and the earth ; lit;Fuic->»rte's LA and lightning ; gloominess of the sky arid c

Yang Li Book of Changes and Traditional Chinese Medicine PDF - PDFCOFFEE.COM (2024)

References

Top Articles
Latest Posts
Recommended Articles
Article information

Author: Ms. Lucile Johns

Last Updated:

Views: 6467

Rating: 4 / 5 (61 voted)

Reviews: 92% of readers found this page helpful

Author information

Name: Ms. Lucile Johns

Birthday: 1999-11-16

Address: Suite 237 56046 Walsh Coves, West Enid, VT 46557

Phone: +59115435987187

Job: Education Supervisor

Hobby: Genealogy, Stone skipping, Skydiving, Nordic skating, Couponing, Coloring, Gardening

Introduction: My name is Ms. Lucile Johns, I am a successful, friendly, friendly, homely, adventurous, handsome, delightful person who loves writing and wants to share my knowledge and understanding with you.